src/richtext/richtextbuffer.cpp

   1 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/richtext/richtextbuffer.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     Buffer for wxRichTextCtrl
   4 // Author:      Julian Smart
   5 // Modified by:
   6 // Created:     2005-09-30
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_RICHTEXT
  20
  21 #include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/dc.h"
  25     #include "wx/intl.h"
  26     #include "wx/log.h"
  27     #include "wx/dataobj.h"
  28     #include "wx/module.h"
  29 #endif
  30
  31 #include "wx/settings.h"
  32 #include "wx/filename.h"
  33 #include "wx/clipbrd.h"
  34 #include "wx/wfstream.h"
  35 #include "wx/mstream.h"
  36 #include "wx/sstream.h"
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/hashmap.h"
  39 #include "wx/dynarray.h"
  40
  41 #include "wx/richtext/richtextctrl.h"
  42 #include "wx/richtext/richtextstyles.h"
  43 #include "wx/richtext/richtextimagedlg.h"
  44 #include "wx/richtext/richtextsizepage.h"
  45
  46 #include "wx/listimpl.cpp"
  47 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  48
  49 WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxRichTextObjectList)
  50 WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxRichTextLineList)
  51
  52 // Switch off if the platform doesn't like it for some reason
  53 #define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING 1
  54
  55 // Use GetPartialTextExtents for platforms that support it natively
  56 #define wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS 1
  57
  58 const wxChar wxRichTextLineBreakChar = (wxChar) 29;
  59
  60 // Helper classes for floating layout
  61 struct wxRichTextFloatRectMap
  62 {
  63     wxRichTextFloatRectMap(int sY, int eY, int w, wxRichTextObject* obj)
  64     {
  65         startY = sY;
  66         endY = eY;
  67         width = w;
  68         anchor = obj;
  69     }
  70
  71     int startY, endY;
  72     int width;
  73     wxRichTextObject* anchor;
  74 };
  75
  76 WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY(wxRichTextFloatRectMap*, wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray);
  77
  78 int wxRichTextFloatRectMapCmp(wxRichTextFloatRectMap* r1, wxRichTextFloatRectMap* r2)
  79 {
  80     return r1->startY - r2->startY;
  81 }
  82
  83 class wxRichTextFloatCollector
  84 {
  85 public:
  86     wxRichTextFloatCollector(const wxRect& availableRect);
  87     ~wxRichTextFloatCollector();
  88
  89     // Collect the floating objects info in the given paragraph
  90     void CollectFloat(wxRichTextParagraph* para);
  91     void CollectFloat(wxRichTextParagraph* para, wxRichTextObject* floating);
  92
  93     // Return the last paragraph we collected
  94     wxRichTextParagraph* LastParagraph();
  95
  96     // Given the start y position and the height of the line,
  97     // find out how wide the line can be
  98     wxRect GetAvailableRect(int startY, int endY);
  99
 100     // Given a floating box, find its fit position
 101     int GetFitPosition(int direction, int start, int height) const;
 102     int GetFitPosition(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, int start, int height) const;
 103
 104     // Find the last y position
 105     int GetLastRectBottom();
 106
 107     // Draw the floats inside a rect
 108     void Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
 109
 110     // HitTest the floats
 111     int HitTest(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, int flags);
 112
 113     // Get floating object count
 114     int GetFloatingObjectCount() const { return m_left.GetCount() + m_right.GetCount(); }
 115
 116     // Get floating objects
 117     bool GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList& objects) const;
 118
 119     // Delete a float
 120     bool DeleteFloat(wxRichTextObject* obj);
 121
 122     // Do we have this float already?
 123     bool HasFloat(wxRichTextObject* obj);
 124
 125     bool HasFloats() const { return m_left.GetCount() >0 || m_right.GetCount() > 0; }
 126
 127     static int SearchAdjacentRect(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, int point);
 128
 129     static int GetWidthFromFloatRect(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, int index, int startY, int endY);
 130
 131     static void FreeFloatRectMapArray(wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array);
 132
 133     static void DrawFloat(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
 134
 135     static int HitTestFloat(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, int flags);
 136
 137 private:
 138     wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray m_left;
 139     wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray m_right;
 140     //int m_width;
 141     wxRect               m_availableRect;
 142     wxRichTextParagraph* m_para;
 143 };
 144
 145 // Delete a float
 146 bool wxRichTextFloatCollector::DeleteFloat(wxRichTextObject* obj)
 147 {
 148     size_t i;
 149     for (i = 0; i < m_left.GetCount(); i++)
 150     {
 151         if (m_left[i]->anchor == obj)
 152         {
 153             m_left.RemoveAt(i);
 154             return true;
 155         }
 156     }
 157     for (i = 0; i < m_right.GetCount(); i++)
 158     {
 159         if (m_right[i]->anchor == obj)
 160         {
 161             m_right.RemoveAt(i);
 162             return true;
 163         }
 164     }
 165     return false;
 166 }
 167
 168 // Do we have this float already?
 169 bool wxRichTextFloatCollector::HasFloat(wxRichTextObject* obj)
 170 {
 171     size_t i;
 172     for (i = 0; i < m_left.GetCount(); i++)
 173     {
 174         if (m_left[i]->anchor == obj)
 175         {
 176             return true;
 177         }
 178     }
 179     for (i = 0; i < m_right.GetCount(); i++)
 180     {
 181         if (m_right[i]->anchor == obj)
 182         {
 183             return true;
 184         }
 185     }
 186     return false;
 187 }
 188
 189 // Get floating objects
 190 bool wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList& objects) const
 191 {
 192     size_t i;
 193     for (i = 0; i < m_left.GetCount(); i++)
 194         objects.Append(m_left[i]->anchor);
 195     for (i = 0; i < m_right.GetCount(); i++)
 196         objects.Append(m_right[i]->anchor);
 197     return true;
 198 }
 199
 200
 201 /*
 202  * Binary search helper function
 203  * The argument point is the Y coordinate, and this fuction
 204  * always return the floating rect that contain this coordinate
 205  * or under this coordinate.
 206  */
 207 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::SearchAdjacentRect(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, int point)
 208 {
 209     int end = array.GetCount() - 1;
 210     int start = 0;
 211     int ret = 0;
 212
 213     wxASSERT(end >= 0);
 214
 215     while (true)
 216     {
 217         if (start > end)
 218         {
 219             break;
 220         }
 221
 222         int mid = (start + end) / 2;
 223         if (array[mid]->startY <= point && array[mid]->endY >= point)
 224             return mid;
 225         else if (array[mid]->startY > point)
 226         {
 227             end = mid - 1;
 228             ret = mid;
 229         }
 230         else if (array[mid]->endY < point)
 231         {
 232             start = mid + 1;
 233             ret = start;
 234         }
 235     }
 236
 237     return ret;
 238 }
 239
 240 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetWidthFromFloatRect(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, int index, int startY, int endY)
 241 {
 242     int ret = 0;
 243     int len = array.GetCount();
 244
 245     wxASSERT(index >= 0 && index < len);
 246
 247     if (array[index]->startY < startY && array[index]->endY > startY)
 248         ret = ret < array[index]->width ? array[index]->width : ret;
 249     while (index < len && array[index]->startY <= endY)
 250     {
 251         ret = ret < array[index]->width ? array[index]->width : ret;
 252         index++;
 253     }
 254
 255     return ret;
 256 }
 257
 258 wxRichTextFloatCollector::wxRichTextFloatCollector(const wxRect& rect) : m_left(wxRichTextFloatRectMapCmp), m_right(wxRichTextFloatRectMapCmp)
 259 {
 260     m_availableRect = rect;
 261     m_para = NULL;
 262 }
 263
 264 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::FreeFloatRectMapArray(wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array)
 265 {
 266     int len = array.GetCount();
 267     for (int i = 0; i < len; i++)
 268         delete array[i];
 269 }
 270
 271 wxRichTextFloatCollector::~wxRichTextFloatCollector()
 272 {
 273     FreeFloatRectMapArray(m_left);
 274     FreeFloatRectMapArray(m_right);
 275 }
 276
 277 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetFitPosition(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, int start, int height) const
 278 {
 279     if (array.GetCount() == 0)
 280         return start;
 281
 282     int i = SearchAdjacentRect(array, start);
 283     int last = start;
 284     while (i < (int) array.GetCount())
 285     {
 286         if (array[i]->startY - last >= height)
 287             return last + 1;
 288         last = array[i]->endY;
 289         i++;
 290     }
 291
 292     return last + 1;
 293 }
 294
 295 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetFitPosition(int direction, int start, int height) const
 296 {
 297     if (direction == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT)
 298         return GetFitPosition(m_left, start, height);
 299     else if (direction == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT)
 300         return GetFitPosition(m_right, start, height);
 301     else
 302     {
 303         wxASSERT("Never should be here");
 304         return start;
 305     }
 306 }
 307
 308 // Adds a floating image to the float collector.
 309 // The actual positioning is done by wxRichTextParagraph::LayoutFloat.
 310 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::CollectFloat(wxRichTextParagraph* para, wxRichTextObject* floating)
 311 {
 312     int direction = floating->GetFloatDirection();
 313
 314     wxPoint pos = floating->GetPosition();
 315     wxSize size = floating->GetCachedSize();
 316     wxRichTextFloatRectMap *map = new wxRichTextFloatRectMap(pos.y, pos.y + size.y, size.x, floating);
 317     switch (direction)
 318     {
 319         case wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE:
 320             delete map;
 321             break;
 322         case wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT:
 323             // Just a not-enough simple assertion
 324             wxASSERT (m_left.Index(map) == wxNOT_FOUND);
 325             m_left.Add(map);
 326             break;
 327         case wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT:
 328             wxASSERT (m_right.Index(map) == wxNOT_FOUND);
 329             m_right.Add(map);
 330             break;
 331         default:
 332             delete map;
 333             wxASSERT("Unrecognised float attribute.");
 334     }
 335
 336     m_para = para;
 337 }
 338
 339 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::CollectFloat(wxRichTextParagraph* para)
 340 {
 341     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = para->GetChildren().GetFirst();
 342     while (node)
 343     {
 344         wxRichTextObject* floating = node->GetData();
 345
 346         if (floating->IsFloating())
 347         {
 348             CollectFloat(para, floating);
 349         }
 350
 351         node = node->GetNext();
 352     }
 353
 354     m_para = para;
 355 }
 356
 357 wxRichTextParagraph* wxRichTextFloatCollector::LastParagraph()
 358 {
 359     return m_para;
 360 }
 361
 362 wxRect wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetAvailableRect(int startY, int endY)
 363 {
 364     int widthLeft = 0, widthRight = 0;
 365     if (m_left.GetCount() != 0)
 366     {
 367         int i = SearchAdjacentRect(m_left, startY);
 368         if (i < (int) m_left.GetCount())
 369             widthLeft = GetWidthFromFloatRect(m_left, i, startY, endY);
 370     }
 371     if (m_right.GetCount() != 0)
 372     {
 373         int j = SearchAdjacentRect(m_right, startY);
 374         if (j < (int) m_right.GetCount())
 375             widthRight = GetWidthFromFloatRect(m_right, j, startY, endY);
 376     }
 377
 378     // TODO: actually we want to use the actual image positions to find the
 379     // available remaining space, since the image might not be right up against
 380     // the left or right edge of the container.
 381     return wxRect(widthLeft + m_availableRect.x, 0, m_availableRect.width - widthLeft - widthRight, 0);
 382 }
 383
 384 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetLastRectBottom()
 385 {
 386     int ret = 0;
 387     int len = m_left.GetCount();
 388     if (len) {
 389         ret = ret > m_left[len-1]->endY ? ret : m_left[len-1]->endY;
 390     }
 391     len = m_right.GetCount();
 392     if (len) {
 393         ret = ret > m_right[len-1]->endY ? ret : m_right[len-1]->endY;
 394     }
 395
 396     return ret;
 397 }
 398
 399 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::DrawFloat(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& WXUNUSED(range), const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style)
 400 {
 401     int start = rect.y;
 402     int end = rect.y + rect.height;
 403     int i, j;
 404     i = SearchAdjacentRect(array, start);
 405     if (i < 0 || i >= (int) array.GetCount())
 406         return;
 407     j = SearchAdjacentRect(array, end);
 408     if (j < 0 || j >= (int) array.GetCount())
 409         j = array.GetCount() - 1;
 410     while (i <= j)
 411     {
 412         wxRichTextObject* obj = array[i]->anchor;
 413         wxRichTextRange r = obj->GetRange();
 414         obj->Draw(dc, r, selection, wxRect(obj->GetPosition(), obj->GetCachedSize()), descent, style);
 415         i++;
 416     }
 417 }
 418
 419 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style)
 420 {
 421     if (m_left.GetCount() > 0)
 422         DrawFloat(m_left, dc, range, selection, rect, descent, style);
 423     if (m_right.GetCount() > 0)
 424         DrawFloat(m_right, dc, range, selection, rect, descent, style);
 425 }
 426
 427 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::HitTestFloat(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, int WXUNUSED(flags))
 428 {
 429     int i;
 430     if (array.GetCount() == 0)
 431         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
 432     i = SearchAdjacentRect(array, pt.y);
 433     if (i < 0 || i >= (int) array.GetCount())
 434         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
 435     if (!array[i]->anchor->IsShown())
 436         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
 437
 438     wxPoint point = array[i]->anchor->GetPosition();
 439     wxSize size = array[i]->anchor->GetCachedSize();
 440     if (point.x <= pt.x && point.x + size.x >= pt.x
 441         && point.y <= pt.y && point.y + size.y >= pt.y)
 442     {
 443         textPosition = array[i]->anchor->GetRange().GetStart();
 444         * obj = array[i]->anchor;
 445         if (pt.x > (pt.x + pt.x + size.x) / 2)
 446             return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE;
 447         else
 448             return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER;
 449     }
 450
 451     return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
 452 }
 453
 454 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::HitTest(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, int flags)
 455 {
 456     int ret = HitTestFloat(m_left, dc, pt, textPosition, obj, flags);
 457     if (ret == wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE)
 458     {
 459         ret = HitTestFloat(m_right, dc, pt, textPosition, obj, flags);
 460     }
 461     return ret;
 462 }
 463
 464 // Helpers for efficiency
 465 inline void wxCheckSetFont(wxDC& dc, const wxFont& font)
 466 {
 467     // JACS: did I do this some time ago when testing? Should we re-enable it?
 468 #if 0
 469     const wxFont& font1 = dc.GetFont();
 470     if (font1.IsOk() && font.IsOk())
 471     {
 472         if (font1.GetPointSize() == font.GetPointSize() &&
 473             font1.GetFamily() == font.GetFamily() &&
 474             font1.GetStyle() == font.GetStyle() &&
 475             font1.GetWeight() == font.GetWeight() &&
 476             font1.GetUnderlined() == font.GetUnderlined() &&
 477             font1.GetFamily() == font.GetFamily() &&
 478             font1.GetFaceName() == font.GetFaceName())
 479             return;
 480     }
 481 #endif
 482     dc.SetFont(font);
 483 }
 484
 485 inline void wxCheckSetPen(wxDC& dc, const wxPen& pen)
 486 {
 487     const wxPen& pen1 = dc.GetPen();
 488     if (pen1.IsOk() && pen.IsOk())
 489     {
 490         if (pen1.GetWidth() == pen.GetWidth() &&
 491             pen1.GetStyle() == pen.GetStyle() &&
 492             pen1.GetColour() == pen.GetColour())
 493             return;
 494     }
 495     dc.SetPen(pen);
 496 }
 497
 498 inline void wxCheckSetBrush(wxDC& dc, const wxBrush& brush)
 499 {
 500     const wxBrush& brush1 = dc.GetBrush();
 501     if (brush1.IsOk() && brush.IsOk())
 502     {
 503         if (brush1.GetStyle() == brush.GetStyle() &&
 504             brush1.GetColour() == brush.GetColour())
 505             return;
 506     }
 507     dc.SetBrush(brush);
 508 }
 509
 510 /*!
 511  * wxRichTextObject
 512  * This is the base for drawable objects.
 513  */
 514
 515 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextObject, wxObject)
 516
 517 wxRichTextObject::wxRichTextObject(wxRichTextObject* parent)
 518 {
 519     m_refCount = 1;
 520     m_parent = parent;
 521     m_descent = 0;
 522     m_show = true;
 523 }
 524
 525 wxRichTextObject::~wxRichTextObject()
 526 {
 527 }
 528
 529 void wxRichTextObject::Dereference()
 530 {
 531     m_refCount --;
 532     if (m_refCount <= 0)
 533         delete this;
 534 }
 535
 536 /// Copy
 537 void wxRichTextObject::Copy(const wxRichTextObject& obj)
 538 {
 539     m_size = obj.m_size;
 540     m_maxSize = obj.m_maxSize;
 541     m_minSize = obj.m_minSize;
 542     m_pos = obj.m_pos;
 543     m_range = obj.m_range;
 544     m_ownRange = obj.m_ownRange;
 545     m_attributes = obj.m_attributes;
 546     m_properties = obj.m_properties;
 547     m_descent = obj.m_descent;
 548     m_show = obj.m_show;
 549 }
 550
 551 // Get/set the top-level container of this object.
 552 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* wxRichTextObject::GetContainer() const
 553 {
 554     const wxRichTextObject* p = this;
 555     while (p)
 556     {
 557         if (p->IsTopLevel())
 558         {
 559             return wxDynamicCast(p, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox);
 560         }
 561         p = p->GetParent();
 562     }
 563     return NULL;
 564 }
 565
 566 void wxRichTextObject::SetMargins(int margin)
 567 {
 568     SetMargins(margin, margin, margin, margin);
 569 }
 570
 571 void wxRichTextObject::SetMargins(int leftMargin, int rightMargin, int topMargin, int bottomMargin)
 572 {
 573     GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetLeft().SetValue(leftMargin, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS);
 574     GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetRight().SetValue(rightMargin, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS);
 575     GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetTop().SetValue(topMargin, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS);
 576     GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetBottom().SetValue(bottomMargin, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS);
 577 }
 578
 579 int wxRichTextObject::GetLeftMargin() const
 580 {
 581     return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetLeft().GetValue();
 582 }
 583
 584 int wxRichTextObject::GetRightMargin() const
 585 {
 586     return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetRight().GetValue();
 587 }
 588
 589 int wxRichTextObject::GetTopMargin() const
 590 {
 591     return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetTop().GetValue();
 592 }
 593
 594 int wxRichTextObject::GetBottomMargin() const
 595 {
 596     return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetBottom().GetValue();
 597 }
 598
 599 // Calculate the available content space in the given rectangle, given the
 600 // margins, border and padding specified in the object's attributes.
 601 wxRect wxRichTextObject::GetAvailableContentArea(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& outerRect) const
 602 {
 603     wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
 604     marginRect = outerRect;
 605     GetBoxRects(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
 606     return contentRect;
 607 }
 608
 609 // Invalidate the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer.
 610 void wxRichTextObject::Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange)
 611 {
 612     if (invalidRange != wxRICHTEXT_NONE)
 613     {
 614         SetCachedSize(wxDefaultSize);
 615         SetMaxSize(wxDefaultSize);
 616         SetMinSize(wxDefaultSize);
 617     }
 618 }
 619
 620 // Convert units in tenths of a millimetre to device units
 621 int wxRichTextObject::ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(wxDC& dc, int units) const
 622 {
 623     // Unscale
 624     double scale = 1.0;
 625     if (GetBuffer())
 626         scale = GetBuffer()->GetScale();
 627     int p = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc.GetPPI().x, units, scale);
 628
 629     return p;
 630 }
 631
 632 // Convert units in tenths of a millimetre to device units
 633 int wxRichTextObject::ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int ppi, int units, double scale)
 634 {
 635     // There are ppi pixels in 254.1 "1/10 mm"
 636
 637     double pixels = ((double) units * (double)ppi) / 254.1;
 638     if (scale != 1.0)
 639         pixels /= scale;
 640
 641     // If the result is very small, make it at least one pixel in size.
 642     if (pixels == 0 && units > 0)
 643         pixels = 1;
 644
 645     return (int) pixels;
 646 }
 647
 648 // Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre
 649 int wxRichTextObject::ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(wxDC& dc, int pixels) const
 650 {
 651     int p = pixels;
 652     double scale = 1.0;
 653     if (GetBuffer())
 654         scale = GetBuffer()->GetScale();
 655
 656     return ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(dc.GetPPI().x, p, scale);
 657 }
 658
 659 int wxRichTextObject::ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int ppi, int pixels, double scale)
 660 {
 661     // There are ppi pixels in 254.1 "1/10 mm"
 662
 663     double p = double(pixels);
 664
 665     if (scale != 1.0)
 666         p *= scale;
 667
 668     int units = int( p * 254.1 / (double) ppi );
 669     return units;
 670 }
 671
 672 // Draw the borders and background for the given rectangle and attributes.
 673 // Width and height are taken to be the outer margin size, not the content.
 674 bool wxRichTextObject::DrawBoxAttributes(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& boxRect, int flags)
 675 {
 676     // Assume boxRect is the area around the content
 677     wxRect marginRect = boxRect;
 678     wxRect contentRect, borderRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
 679
 680     GetBoxRects(dc, buffer, attr, marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
 681
 682     // Margin is transparent. Draw background from margin.
 683     if (attr.HasBackgroundColour() || (flags & wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED))
 684     {
 685         wxColour colour;
 686         if (flags & wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED)
 687         {
 688             // TODO: get selection colour from control?
 689             colour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
 690         }
 691         else
 692             colour = attr.GetBackgroundColour();
 693
 694         wxPen pen(colour);
 695         wxBrush brush(colour);
 696
 697         dc.SetPen(pen);
 698         dc.SetBrush(brush);
 699         dc.DrawRectangle(borderRect);
 700     }
 701
 702     if (flags & wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_GUIDELINES)
 703     {
 704         wxRichTextAttr editBorderAttr = attr;
 705         // TODO: make guideline colour configurable
 706         editBorderAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().SetColour(*wxLIGHT_GREY);
 707         editBorderAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().SetWidth(1, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS);
 708         editBorderAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().SetStyle(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_SOLID);
 709
 710         DrawBorder(dc, buffer, editBorderAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder(), borderRect, flags);
 711     }
 712
 713     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().IsValid())
 714         DrawBorder(dc, buffer, attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder(), borderRect);
 715
 716     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().IsValid())
 717         DrawBorder(dc, buffer, attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline(), outlineRect);
 718
 719     return true;
 720 }
 721
 722 // Draw a border
 723 bool wxRichTextObject::DrawBorder(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxTextAttrBorders& attr, const wxRect& rect, int WXUNUSED(flags))
 724 {
 725     int borderLeft = 0, borderRight = 0, borderTop = 0, borderBottom = 0;
 726     wxTextAttrDimensionConverter converter(dc, buffer ? buffer->GetScale() : 1.0);
 727
 728     if (attr.GetLeft().IsValid() && attr.GetLeft().GetStyle() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE)
 729     {
 730         borderLeft = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetLeft().GetWidth());
 731         wxColour col(attr.GetLeft().GetColour());
 732
 733         // If pen width is > 1, resorts to a solid rectangle.
 734         if (borderLeft == 1)
 735         {
 736             int penStyle = wxSOLID;
 737             if (attr.GetLeft().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED)
 738                 penStyle = wxDOT;
 739             else if (attr.GetLeft().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED)
 740                 penStyle = wxLONG_DASH;
 741             wxPen pen(col, 1, penStyle);
 742             dc.SetPen(pen);
 743             dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y, rect.x, rect.y + rect.height);
 744
 745         }
 746         else if (borderLeft > 1)
 747         {
 748             wxPen pen(col);
 749             wxBrush brush(col);
 750             dc.SetPen(pen);
 751             dc.SetBrush(brush);
 752             dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, borderLeft, rect.height);
 753         }
 754     }
 755
 756     if (attr.GetRight().IsValid() && attr.GetRight().GetStyle() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE)
 757     {
 758         borderRight = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetRight().GetWidth());
 759
 760         wxColour col(attr.GetRight().GetColour());
 761
 762         // If pen width is > 1, resorts to a solid rectangle.
 763         if (borderRight == 1)
 764         {
 765             int penStyle = wxSOLID;
 766             if (attr.GetRight().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED)
 767                 penStyle = wxDOT;
 768             else if (attr.GetRight().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED)
 769                 penStyle = wxLONG_DASH;
 770             wxPen pen(col, 1, penStyle);
 771             dc.SetPen(pen);
 772             dc.DrawLine(rect.x + rect.width, rect.y, rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1);
 773
 774         }
 775         else if (borderRight > 1)
 776         {
 777             wxPen pen(col);
 778             wxBrush brush(col);
 779             dc.SetPen(pen);
 780             dc.SetBrush(brush);
 781             dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x + rect.width - borderRight, rect.y, borderRight, rect.height);
 782         }
 783     }
 784
 785     if (attr.GetTop().IsValid() && attr.GetTop().GetStyle() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE)
 786     {
 787         borderTop = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTop().GetWidth());
 788
 789         wxColour col(attr.GetTop().GetColour());
 790
 791         // If pen width is > 1, resorts to a solid rectangle.
 792         if (borderTop == 1)
 793         {
 794             int penStyle = wxSOLID;
 795             if (attr.GetTop().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED)
 796                 penStyle = wxDOT;
 797             else if (attr.GetTop().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED)
 798                 penStyle = wxLONG_DASH;
 799             wxPen pen(col, 1, penStyle);
 800             dc.SetPen(pen);
 801             dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y, rect.x + rect.width, rect.y);
 802
 803         }
 804         else if (borderTop > 1)
 805         {
 806             wxPen pen(col);
 807             wxBrush brush(col);
 808             dc.SetPen(pen);
 809             dc.SetBrush(brush);
 810             dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, borderTop);
 811         }
 812     }
 813
 814     if (attr.GetBottom().IsValid() && attr.GetBottom().GetStyle() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE)
 815     {
 816         borderBottom = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetBottom().GetWidth());
 817         wxColour col(attr.GetTop().GetColour());
 818
 819         // If pen width is > 1, resorts to a solid rectangle.
 820         if (borderBottom == 1)
 821         {
 822             int penStyle = wxSOLID;
 823             if (attr.GetBottom().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED)
 824                 penStyle = wxDOT;
 825             else if (attr.GetBottom().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED)
 826                 penStyle = wxLONG_DASH;
 827             wxPen pen(col, 1, penStyle);
 828             dc.SetPen(pen);
 829             dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y + rect.height, rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
 830
 831         }
 832         else if (borderBottom > 1)
 833         {
 834             wxPen pen(col);
 835             wxBrush brush(col);
 836             dc.SetPen(pen);
 837             dc.SetBrush(brush);
 838             dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y + rect.height - borderBottom, rect.width, borderBottom);
 839         }
 840     }
 841
 842     return true;
 843 }
 844
 845 // Get the various rectangles of the box model in pixels. You can either specify contentRect (inner)
 846 // or marginRect (outer), and the other must be the default rectangle (no width or height).
 847 // Note that the outline doesn't affect the position of the rectangle, it's drawn in whatever space
 848 // is available.
 849 //
 850 // | Margin | Border | Padding | CONTENT | Padding | Border | Margin |
 851
 852 bool wxRichTextObject::GetBoxRects(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRect& marginRect, wxRect& borderRect, wxRect& contentRect, wxRect& paddingRect, wxRect& outlineRect)
 853 {
 854     int borderLeft = 0, borderRight = 0, borderTop = 0, borderBottom = 0;
 855     int outlineLeft = 0, outlineRight = 0, outlineTop = 0, outlineBottom = 0;
 856     int paddingLeft = 0, paddingRight = 0, paddingTop = 0, paddingBottom = 0;
 857     int marginLeft = 0, marginRight = 0, marginTop = 0, marginBottom = 0;
 858
 859     wxTextAttrDimensionConverter converter(dc, buffer ? buffer->GetScale() : 1.0);
 860
 861     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetLeft().IsValid())
 862         marginLeft = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetLeft());
 863     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetRight().IsValid())
 864         marginRight = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetRight());
 865     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetTop().IsValid())
 866         marginTop = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetTop());
 867     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetBottom().IsValid())
 868         marginBottom = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetBottom());
 869
 870     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetLeft().GetWidth().IsValid())
 871         borderLeft = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetLeft().GetWidth());
 872     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetRight().GetWidth().IsValid())
 873         borderRight = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetRight().GetWidth());
 874     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetTop().GetWidth().IsValid())
 875         borderTop = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetTop().GetWidth());
 876     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetBottom().GetWidth().IsValid())
 877         borderBottom = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetBottom().GetWidth());
 878
 879     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetLeft().IsValid())
 880         paddingLeft = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetLeft());
 881     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetRight().IsValid())
 882         paddingRight = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetRight());
 883     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetTop().IsValid())
 884         paddingTop = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetTop());
 885     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetBottom().IsValid())
 886         paddingBottom = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetBottom());
 887
 888     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetLeft().GetWidth().IsValid())
 889         outlineLeft = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetLeft().GetWidth());
 890     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetRight().GetWidth().IsValid())
 891         outlineRight = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetRight().GetWidth());
 892     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetTop().GetWidth().IsValid())
 893         outlineTop = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetTop().GetWidth());
 894     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetBottom().GetWidth().IsValid())
 895         outlineBottom = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetBottom().GetWidth());
 896
 897     int leftTotal = marginLeft + borderLeft + paddingLeft;
 898     int rightTotal = marginRight + borderRight + paddingRight;
 899     int topTotal = marginTop + borderTop + paddingTop;
 900     int bottomTotal = marginBottom + borderBottom + paddingBottom;
 901
 902     if (marginRect != wxRect())
 903     {
 904         contentRect.x = marginRect.x + leftTotal;
 905         contentRect.y = marginRect.y + topTotal;
 906         contentRect.width = marginRect.width - (leftTotal + rightTotal);
 907         contentRect.height = marginRect.height - (topTotal + bottomTotal);
 908     }
 909     else
 910     {
 911         marginRect.x = contentRect.x - leftTotal;
 912         marginRect.y = contentRect.y - topTotal;
 913         marginRect.width = contentRect.width + (leftTotal + rightTotal);
 914         marginRect.height = contentRect.height + (topTotal + bottomTotal);
 915     }
 916
 917     borderRect.x = marginRect.x + marginLeft;
 918     borderRect.y = marginRect.y + marginTop;
 919     borderRect.width = marginRect.width - (marginLeft + marginRight);
 920     borderRect.height = marginRect.height - (marginTop + marginBottom);
 921
 922     paddingRect.x = marginRect.x + marginLeft + borderLeft;
 923     paddingRect.y = marginRect.y + marginTop + borderTop;
 924     paddingRect.width = marginRect.width - (marginLeft + marginRight + borderLeft + borderRight);
 925     paddingRect.height = marginRect.height - (marginTop + marginBottom + borderTop + borderBottom);
 926
 927     // The outline is outside the margin and doesn't influence the overall box position or content size.
 928     outlineRect.x = marginRect.x - outlineLeft;
 929     outlineRect.y = marginRect.y - outlineTop;
 930     outlineRect.width = marginRect.width + (outlineLeft + outlineRight);
 931     outlineRect.height = marginRect.height + (outlineTop + outlineBottom);
 932
 933     return true;
 934 }
 935
 936 // Get the total margin for the object in pixels, taking into account margin, padding and border size
 937 bool wxRichTextObject::GetTotalMargin(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, int& leftMargin, int& rightMargin,
 938         int& topMargin, int& bottomMargin)
 939 {
 940     // Assume boxRect is the area around the content
 941     wxRect contentRect, marginRect, borderRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
 942     marginRect = wxRect(0, 0, 1000, 1000);
 943
 944     GetBoxRects(dc, buffer, attr, marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
 945
 946     leftMargin = contentRect.GetLeft() - marginRect.GetLeft();
 947     rightMargin = marginRect.GetRight() - contentRect.GetRight();
 948     topMargin = contentRect.GetTop() - marginRect.GetTop();
 949     bottomMargin = marginRect.GetBottom() - contentRect.GetBottom();
 950
 951     return true;
 952 }
 953
 954 // Returns the rectangle which the child has available to it given restrictions specified in the
 955 // child attribute, e.g. 50% width of the parent, 400 pixels, x position 20% of the parent, etc.
 956 wxRect wxRichTextObject::AdjustAvailableSpace(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& WXUNUSED(parentAttr), const wxRichTextAttr& childAttr, const wxRect& availableParentSpace)
 957 {
 958     wxRect rect = availableParentSpace;
 959     double scale = 1.0;
 960     if (buffer)
 961         scale = buffer->GetScale();
 962
 963     wxTextAttrDimensionConverter converter(dc, scale, availableParentSpace.GetSize());
 964
 965     if (childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid())
 966         rect.width = converter.GetPixels(childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth());
 967
 968     if (childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().IsValid())
 969         rect.height = converter.GetPixels(childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight());
 970
 971     // Can specify either left or right for the position (we're assuming we can't
 972     // set the left and right edges to effectively set the size. Would we want to do that?)
 973     if (childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetLeft().IsValid())
 974     {
 975         rect.x = rect.x + converter.GetPixels(childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetLeft());
 976     }
 977     else if (childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetRight().IsValid())
 978     {
 979         int x = converter.GetPixels(childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetRight());
 980         if (childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetRight().GetPosition() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_RELATIVE)
 981             rect.x = availableParentSpace.x + availableParentSpace.width - rect.width;
 982         else
 983             rect.x += x;
 984     }
 985
 986     if (childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetTop().IsValid())
 987     {
 988         rect.y = rect.y + converter.GetPixels(childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetTop());
 989     }
 990     else if (childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetBottom().IsValid())
 991     {
 992         int y = converter.GetPixels(childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetBottom());
 993         if (childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetBottom().GetPosition() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_RELATIVE)
 994             rect.y = availableParentSpace.y + availableParentSpace.height - rect.height;
 995         else
 996             rect.y += y;
 997     }
 998
 999     return rect;
1000 }
1001
1002 // Dump to output stream for debugging
1003 void wxRichTextObject::Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream)
1004 {
1005     stream << GetClassInfo()->GetClassName() << wxT("\n");
1006     stream << wxString::Format(wxT("Size: %d,%d. Position: %d,%d, Range: %ld,%ld"), m_size.x, m_size.y, m_pos.x, m_pos.y, m_range.GetStart(), m_range.GetEnd()) << wxT("\n");
1007     stream << wxString::Format(wxT("Text colour: %d,%d,%d."), (int) m_attributes.GetTextColour().Red(), (int) m_attributes.GetTextColour().Green(), (int) m_attributes.GetTextColour().Blue()) << wxT("\n");
1008 }
1009
1010 // Gets the containing buffer
1011 wxRichTextBuffer* wxRichTextObject::GetBuffer() const
1012 {
1013     const wxRichTextObject* obj = this;
1014     while (obj && !obj->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxRichTextBuffer)))
1015         obj = obj->GetParent();
1016     return wxDynamicCast(obj, wxRichTextBuffer);
1017 }
1018
1019 // Get the absolute object position, by traversing up the child/parent hierarchy
1020 wxPoint wxRichTextObject::GetAbsolutePosition() const
1021 {
1022     wxPoint pt = GetPosition();
1023
1024     wxRichTextObject* p = GetParent();
1025     while (p)
1026     {
1027         pt = pt + p->GetPosition();
1028         p = p->GetParent();
1029     }
1030
1031     return pt;
1032 }
1033
1034 // Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
1035 // information about position
1036 int wxRichTextObject::HitTest(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int WXUNUSED(flags))
1037 {
1038     if (!IsShown())
1039         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
1040
1041     wxRect rect = GetRect();
1042     if (pt.x >= rect.x && pt.x < rect.x + rect.width &&
1043         pt.y >= rect.y && pt.y < rect.y + rect.height)
1044     {
1045         *obj = this;
1046         *contextObj = GetParentContainer();
1047         textPosition = GetRange().GetStart();
1048         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_ON;
1049     }
1050     else
1051         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
1052 }
1053
1054 // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
1055 // lays out the object again using the maximum ('best') size
1056 bool wxRichTextObject::LayoutToBestSize(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer,
1057     const wxRichTextAttr& parentAttr, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& availableParentSpace,
1058     int style)
1059 {
1060     wxRect availableChildRect = AdjustAvailableSpace(dc, buffer, parentAttr, attr, availableParentSpace);
1061     wxRect originalAvailableRect = availableChildRect;
1062     Layout(dc, availableChildRect, style);
1063
1064     wxSize maxSize = GetMaxSize();
1065
1066     // Don't ignore if maxSize.x is zero, since we need to redo the paragraph's lines
1067     // on this basis
1068     if (!attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid() && maxSize.x < availableChildRect.width /* && maxSize.x > 0 */)
1069     {
1070         // Redo the layout with a fixed, minimum size this time.
1071         Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
1072         wxRichTextAttr newAttr(attr);
1073         newAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().SetValue(maxSize.x, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS);
1074         newAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().SetPosition(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_ABSOLUTE);
1075
1076         availableChildRect = AdjustAvailableSpace(dc, buffer, parentAttr, newAttr, availableParentSpace);
1077
1078         // If a paragraph, align the whole paragraph.
1079         // Problem with this: if we're limited by a floating object, a line may be centered
1080         // w.r.t. the smaller resulting box rather than the actual available width.
1081         if (attr.HasAlignment() && !GetContainer()->GetFloatCollector()->HasFloats()) // FIXME: aligning whole paragraph not compatible with floating objects
1082         {
1083             // centering, right-justification
1084             if (GetAttributes().GetAlignment() == wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE)
1085             {
1086                 availableChildRect.x = (originalAvailableRect.GetWidth() - availableChildRect.GetWidth())/2 + availableChildRect.x;
1087             }
1088             else if (GetAttributes().GetAlignment() == wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT)
1089             {
1090                 availableChildRect.x = availableChildRect.x + originalAvailableRect.GetWidth() - availableChildRect.GetWidth();
1091             }
1092         }
1093
1094         Layout(dc, availableChildRect, style);
1095     }
1096
1097     /*
1098      __________________
1099     |   ____________   |
1100     |  |            |  |
1101
1102
1103     */
1104
1105     return true;
1106 }
1107
1108 // Move the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new
1109 void wxRichTextObject::Move(const wxPoint& pt)
1110 {
1111     SetPosition(pt);
1112 }
1113
1114
1115 /*!
1116  * wxRichTextCompositeObject
1117  * This is the base for drawable objects.
1118  */
1119
1120 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextCompositeObject, wxRichTextObject)
1121
1122 wxRichTextCompositeObject::wxRichTextCompositeObject(wxRichTextObject* parent):
1123     wxRichTextObject(parent)
1124 {
1125 }
1126
1127 wxRichTextCompositeObject::~wxRichTextCompositeObject()
1128 {
1129     DeleteChildren();
1130 }
1131
1132 /// Get the nth child
1133 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetChild(size_t n) const
1134 {
1135     wxASSERT ( n < m_children.GetCount() );
1136
1137     return m_children.Item(n)->GetData();
1138 }
1139
1140 /// Append a child, returning the position
1141 size_t wxRichTextCompositeObject::AppendChild(wxRichTextObject* child)
1142 {
1143     m_children.Append(child);
1144     child->SetParent(this);
1145     return m_children.GetCount() - 1;
1146 }
1147
1148 /// Insert the child in front of the given object, or at the beginning
1149 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::InsertChild(wxRichTextObject* child, wxRichTextObject* inFrontOf)
1150 {
1151     if (inFrontOf)
1152     {
1153         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.Find(inFrontOf);
1154         m_children.Insert(node, child);
1155     }
1156     else
1157         m_children.Insert(child);
1158     child->SetParent(this);
1159
1160     return true;
1161 }
1162
1163 /// Delete the child
1164 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::RemoveChild(wxRichTextObject* child, bool deleteChild)
1165 {
1166     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.Find(child);
1167     if (node)
1168     {
1169         wxRichTextObject* obj = node->GetData();
1170         m_children.Erase(node);
1171         if (deleteChild)
1172             delete obj;
1173
1174         return true;
1175     }
1176     return false;
1177 }
1178
1179 /// Delete all children
1180 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::DeleteChildren()
1181 {
1182     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1183     while (node)
1184     {
1185         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator oldNode = node;
1186
1187         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1188         child->Dereference(); // Only delete if reference count is zero
1189
1190         node = node->GetNext();
1191         m_children.Erase(oldNode);
1192     }
1193
1194     return true;
1195 }
1196
1197 /// Get the child count
1198 size_t wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetChildCount() const
1199 {
1200     return m_children.GetCount();
1201 }
1202
1203 /// Copy
1204 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::Copy(const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj)
1205 {
1206     wxRichTextObject::Copy(obj);
1207
1208     DeleteChildren();
1209
1210     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = obj.m_children.GetFirst();
1211     while (node)
1212     {
1213         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1214         wxRichTextObject* newChild = child->Clone();
1215         newChild->SetParent(this);
1216         m_children.Append(newChild);
1217
1218         node = node->GetNext();
1219     }
1220 }
1221
1222 /// Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
1223 /// information about position
1224 int wxRichTextCompositeObject::HitTest(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags)
1225 {
1226     if (!IsShown())
1227         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
1228
1229     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1230     while (node)
1231     {
1232         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1233
1234         if (child->IsShown() && child->IsTopLevel() && (flags & wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS))
1235         {
1236             // Just check if we hit the overall object
1237             int ret = child->wxRichTextObject::HitTest(dc, pt, textPosition, obj, contextObj, flags);
1238             if (ret != wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE)
1239                 return ret;
1240         }
1241         else if (child->IsShown())
1242         {
1243             int ret = child->HitTest(dc, pt, textPosition, obj, contextObj, flags);
1244             if (ret != wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE)
1245                 return ret;
1246         }
1247
1248         node = node->GetNext();
1249     }
1250
1251     return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
1252 }
1253
1254 /// Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position
1255 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::FindPosition(wxDC& dc, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart)
1256 {
1257     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1258     while (node)
1259     {
1260         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1261
1262         // Don't recurse if the child is a top-level object,
1263         // such as a text box, because the character position will no longer
1264         // apply. By definition, a top-level object has its own range of
1265         // character positions.
1266         if (!child->IsTopLevel() && child->FindPosition(dc, index, pt, height, forceLineStart))
1267             return true;
1268
1269         node = node->GetNext();
1270     }
1271
1272     return false;
1273 }
1274
1275 /// Calculate range
1276 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::CalculateRange(long start, long& end)
1277 {
1278     long current = start;
1279     long lastEnd = current;
1280
1281     if (IsTopLevel())
1282     {
1283         current = 0;
1284         lastEnd = 0;
1285     }
1286
1287     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1288     while (node)
1289     {
1290         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1291         long childEnd = 0;
1292
1293         child->CalculateRange(current, childEnd);
1294         lastEnd = childEnd;
1295
1296         current = childEnd + 1;
1297
1298         node = node->GetNext();
1299     }
1300
1301     if (IsTopLevel())
1302     {
1303         // A top-level object always has a range of size 1,
1304         // because its children don't count at this level.
1305         end = start;
1306         m_range.SetRange(start, start);
1307
1308         // An object with no children has zero length
1309         if (m_children.GetCount() == 0)
1310             lastEnd --;
1311         m_ownRange.SetRange(0, lastEnd);
1312     }
1313     else
1314     {
1315         end = lastEnd;
1316
1317         // An object with no children has zero length
1318         if (m_children.GetCount() == 0)
1319             end --;
1320
1321         m_range.SetRange(start, end);
1322     }
1323 }
1324
1325 /// Delete range from layout.
1326 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range)
1327 {
1328     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1329
1330     while (node)
1331     {
1332         wxRichTextObject* obj = (wxRichTextObject*) node->GetData();
1333         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext();
1334
1335         // Delete the range in each paragraph
1336
1337         // When a chunk has been deleted, internally the content does not
1338         // now match the ranges.
1339         // However, so long as deletion is not done on the same object twice this is OK.
1340         // If you may delete content from the same object twice, recalculate
1341         // the ranges inbetween DeleteRange calls by calling CalculateRanges, and
1342         // adjust the range you're deleting accordingly.
1343
1344         if (!obj->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
1345         {
1346             // No need to delete within a top-level object; just removing this object will do fine
1347             if (!obj->IsTopLevel())
1348                 obj->DeleteRange(range);
1349
1350             // Delete an empty object, or paragraph within this range.
1351             if (obj->IsEmpty() ||
1352                 (range.GetStart() <= obj->GetRange().GetStart() && range.GetEnd() >= obj->GetRange().GetEnd()))
1353             {
1354                 // An empty paragraph has length 1, so won't be deleted unless the
1355                 // whole range is deleted.
1356                 RemoveChild(obj, true);
1357             }
1358         }
1359
1360         node = next;
1361     }
1362
1363     return true;
1364 }
1365
1366 /// Get any text in this object for the given range
1367 wxString wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const
1368 {
1369     wxString text;
1370     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1371     while (node)
1372     {
1373         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1374         wxRichTextRange childRange = range;
1375         if (!child->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
1376         {
1377             childRange.LimitTo(child->GetRange());
1378
1379             wxString childText = child->GetTextForRange(childRange);
1380
1381             text += childText;
1382         }
1383         node = node->GetNext();
1384     }
1385
1386     return text;
1387 }
1388
1389 /// Get the child object at the given character position
1390 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetChildAtPosition(long pos) const
1391 {
1392     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1393     while (node)
1394     {
1395         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1396         if (child->GetRange().GetStart() == pos)
1397             return child;
1398         node = node->GetNext();
1399     }
1400     return NULL;
1401 }
1402
1403 /// Recursively merge all pieces that can be merged.
1404 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::Defragment(const wxRichTextRange& range)
1405 {
1406     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1407     while (node)
1408     {
1409         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1410         if (range == wxRICHTEXT_ALL || !child->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
1411         {
1412             wxRichTextCompositeObject* composite = wxDynamicCast(child, wxRichTextCompositeObject);
1413             if (composite)
1414                 composite->Defragment();
1415
1416             if (node->GetNext())
1417             {
1418                 wxRichTextObject* nextChild = node->GetNext()->GetData();
1419                 if (child->CanMerge(nextChild) && child->Merge(nextChild))
1420                 {
1421                     nextChild->Dereference();
1422                     m_children.Erase(node->GetNext());
1423
1424                     // Don't set node -- we'll see if we can merge again with the next
1425                     // child.
1426                 }
1427                 else
1428                     node = node->GetNext();
1429             }
1430             else
1431                 node = node->GetNext();
1432         }
1433         else
1434             node = node->GetNext();
1435     }
1436
1437     // Delete any remaining empty objects, but leave at least one empty object per composite object.
1438     if (GetChildCount() > 1)
1439     {
1440         node = m_children.GetFirst();
1441         while (node)
1442         {
1443             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext();
1444             wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1445             if (range == wxRICHTEXT_ALL || !child->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
1446             {
1447                 if (child->IsEmpty())
1448                 {
1449                     child->Dereference();
1450                     m_children.Erase(node);
1451                 }
1452                 node = next;
1453             }
1454             else
1455                 node = node->GetNext();
1456         }
1457     }
1458
1459     return true;
1460 }
1461
1462 /// Dump to output stream for debugging
1463 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream)
1464 {
1465     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1466     while (node)
1467     {
1468         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1469         child->Dump(stream);
1470         node = node->GetNext();
1471     }
1472 }
1473
1474 /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
1475 /// is invalid for this object.
1476 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, int flags, wxPoint position, wxArrayInt* partialExtents) const
1477 {
1478     if (!range.IsWithin(GetRange()))
1479         return false;
1480
1481     wxSize sz;
1482
1483     wxArrayInt childExtents;
1484     wxArrayInt* p;
1485     if (partialExtents)
1486         p = & childExtents;
1487     else
1488         p = NULL;
1489
1490     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1491     while (node)
1492     {
1493         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1494         if (!child->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
1495         {
1496             // Floating objects have a zero size within the paragraph.
1497             if (child->IsFloating())
1498             {
1499                 if (partialExtents)
1500                 {
1501                     int lastSize;
1502                     if (partialExtents->GetCount() > 0)
1503                         lastSize = (*partialExtents)[partialExtents->GetCount()-1];
1504                     else
1505                         lastSize = 0;
1506
1507                     partialExtents->Add(0 /* zero size */ + lastSize);
1508                 }
1509             }
1510             else
1511             {
1512                 wxSize childSize;
1513
1514                 wxRichTextRange rangeToUse = range;
1515                 rangeToUse.LimitTo(child->GetRange());
1516                 if (child->IsTopLevel())
1517                     rangeToUse = child->GetOwnRange();
1518
1519                 int childDescent = 0;
1520
1521                 // At present wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY is only fast if we're already cached the size,
1522                 // but it's only going to be used after caching has taken place.
1523                 if ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY) && child->GetCachedSize().y != 0)
1524                 {
1525                     childDescent = child->GetDescent();
1526                     childSize = child->GetCachedSize();
1527
1528                     sz.y = wxMax(sz.y, childSize.y);
1529                     sz.x += childSize.x;
1530                     descent = wxMax(descent, childDescent);
1531                 }
1532                 else if (child->GetRangeSize(rangeToUse, childSize, childDescent, dc, flags, wxPoint(position.x + sz.x, position.y), p))
1533                 {
1534                     sz.y = wxMax(sz.y, childSize.y);
1535                     sz.x += childSize.x;
1536                     descent = wxMax(descent, childDescent);
1537
1538                     if ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE) && (rangeToUse == child->GetRange() || child->IsTopLevel()))
1539                     {
1540                         child->SetCachedSize(childSize);
1541                         child->SetDescent(childDescent);
1542                     }
1543
1544                     if (partialExtents)
1545                     {
1546                         int lastSize;
1547                         if (partialExtents->GetCount() > 0)
1548                             lastSize = (*partialExtents)[partialExtents->GetCount()-1];
1549                         else
1550                             lastSize = 0;
1551
1552                         size_t i;
1553                         for (i = 0; i < childExtents.GetCount(); i++)
1554                         {
1555                             partialExtents->Add(childExtents[i] + lastSize);
1556                         }
1557                     }
1558                 }
1559             }
1560
1561             if (p)
1562                 p->Clear();
1563         }
1564
1565         node = node->GetNext();
1566     }
1567     size = sz;
1568     return true;
1569 }
1570
1571 // Invalidate the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer.
1572 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange)
1573 {
1574     wxRichTextObject::Invalidate(invalidRange);
1575
1576     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1577     while (node)
1578     {
1579         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1580         if (invalidRange != wxRICHTEXT_ALL && invalidRange != wxRICHTEXT_NONE && child->GetRange().IsOutside(invalidRange))
1581         {
1582             // Skip
1583         }
1584         else if (child->IsTopLevel())
1585         {
1586             if (invalidRange == wxRICHTEXT_NONE)
1587                 child->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_NONE);
1588             else
1589                 child->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL); // All children must be invalidated if within parent range
1590         }
1591         else
1592             child->Invalidate(invalidRange);
1593         node = node->GetNext();
1594     }
1595 }
1596
1597 // Move the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new
1598 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::Move(const wxPoint& pt)
1599 {
1600     wxPoint oldPos = GetPosition();
1601     SetPosition(pt);
1602     wxPoint offset = pt - oldPos;
1603
1604     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1605     while (node)
1606     {
1607         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1608         wxPoint childPos = child->GetPosition() + offset;
1609         child->Move(childPos);
1610         node = node->GetNext();
1611     }
1612 }
1613
1614
1615 /*!
1616  * wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
1617  * This box knows how to lay out paragraphs.
1618  */
1619
1620 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextCompositeObject)
1621
1622 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(wxRichTextObject* parent):
1623     wxRichTextCompositeObject(parent)
1624 {
1625     Init();
1626 }
1627
1628 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::~wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox()
1629 {
1630     if (m_floatCollector)
1631     {
1632         delete m_floatCollector;
1633         m_floatCollector = NULL;
1634     }
1635 }
1636
1637 /// Initialize the object.
1638 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Init()
1639 {
1640     m_ctrl = NULL;
1641
1642     // For now, assume is the only box and has no initial size.
1643     m_range = wxRichTextRange(0, -1);
1644     m_ownRange = wxRichTextRange(0, -1);
1645
1646     m_invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL;
1647
1648     SetMargins(4);
1649     m_partialParagraph = false;
1650     m_floatCollector = NULL;
1651 }
1652
1653 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Clear()
1654 {
1655     DeleteChildren();
1656
1657     if (m_floatCollector)
1658         delete m_floatCollector;
1659     m_floatCollector = NULL;
1660     m_partialParagraph = false;
1661 }
1662
1663 /// Copy
1664 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Copy(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj)
1665 {
1666     Clear();
1667
1668     wxRichTextCompositeObject::Copy(obj);
1669
1670     m_partialParagraph = obj.m_partialParagraph;
1671     m_defaultAttributes = obj.m_defaultAttributes;
1672 }
1673
1674 // Gather information about floating objects; only gather floats for those paragraphs that
1675 // will not be formatted again due to optimization, after which floats will be gathered per-paragraph
1676 // during layout.
1677 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::UpdateFloatingObjects(const wxRect& availableRect, wxRichTextObject* untilObj)
1678 {
1679     if (m_floatCollector != NULL)
1680         delete m_floatCollector;
1681     m_floatCollector = new wxRichTextFloatCollector(availableRect);
1682     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1683     // Only gather floats up to the point we'll start formatting paragraphs.
1684     while (untilObj && node && node->GetData() != untilObj)
1685     {
1686         wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
1687         wxASSERT (child != NULL);
1688         if (child)
1689             m_floatCollector->CollectFloat(child);
1690         node = node->GetNext();
1691     }
1692
1693     return true;
1694 }
1695
1696 // Returns the style sheet associated with the overall buffer.
1697 wxRichTextStyleSheet* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetStyleSheet() const
1698 {
1699     return GetBuffer() ? GetBuffer()->GetStyleSheet() : (wxRichTextStyleSheet*) NULL;
1700 }
1701
1702 // Get the number of floating objects at this level
1703 int wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetFloatingObjectCount() const
1704 {
1705     if (m_floatCollector)
1706         return m_floatCollector->GetFloatingObjectCount();
1707     else
1708         return 0;
1709 }
1710
1711 // Get a list of floating objects
1712 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList& objects) const
1713 {
1714     if (m_floatCollector)
1715     {
1716         return m_floatCollector->GetFloatingObjects(objects);
1717     }
1718     else
1719         return false;
1720 }
1721
1722 // Calculate ranges
1723 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::UpdateRanges()
1724 {
1725     long start = 0;
1726     if (GetParent())
1727         start = GetRange().GetStart();
1728     long end;
1729     CalculateRange(start, end);
1730 }
1731
1732 // HitTest
1733 int wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::HitTest(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags)
1734 {
1735     if (!IsShown())
1736         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
1737
1738     int ret = wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
1739     if (m_floatCollector && (flags & wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_FLOATING_OBJECTS) == 0)
1740         ret = m_floatCollector->HitTest(dc, pt, textPosition, obj, flags);
1741
1742     if (ret == wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE)
1743         return wxRichTextCompositeObject::HitTest(dc, pt, textPosition, obj, contextObj, flags);
1744     else
1745     {
1746         *contextObj = this;
1747         return ret;
1748     }
1749 }
1750
1751 /// Draw the floating objects
1752 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DrawFloats(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style)
1753 {
1754     if (m_floatCollector)
1755         m_floatCollector->Draw(dc, range, selection, rect, descent, style);
1756 }
1757
1758 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::MoveAnchoredObjectToParagraph(wxRichTextParagraph* from, wxRichTextParagraph* to, wxRichTextObject* obj)
1759 {
1760     if (from == to)
1761         return;
1762
1763     from->RemoveChild(obj);
1764     to->AppendChild(obj);
1765 }
1766
1767 /// Draw the item
1768 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style)
1769 {
1770     if (!IsShown())
1771         return true;
1772
1773     wxRect thisRect(GetPosition(), GetCachedSize());
1774
1775     int flags = style;
1776     if (selection.IsValid() && GetParentContainer() != this && selection.WithinSelection(GetRange().GetStart(), GetParentContainer()))
1777         flags |= wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED;
1778
1779     // Don't draw guidelines if at top level
1780     int theseFlags = flags;
1781     if (!GetParent())
1782         theseFlags &= ~wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_GUIDELINES;
1783     DrawBoxAttributes(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), thisRect, theseFlags);
1784
1785     DrawFloats(dc, range, selection, rect, descent, style);
1786     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1787     while (node)
1788     {
1789         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1790
1791         if (child && !child->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
1792         {
1793             wxRect childRect(child->GetPosition(), child->GetCachedSize());
1794             wxRichTextRange childRange = range;
1795             if (child->IsTopLevel())
1796             {
1797                 childRange = child->GetOwnRange();
1798             }
1799
1800             if (((style & wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE) == 0) && childRect.GetTop() > rect.GetBottom())
1801             {
1802                 // Stop drawing
1803                 break;
1804             }
1805             else if (((style & wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE) == 0) && childRect.GetBottom() < rect.GetTop())
1806             {
1807                 // Skip
1808             }
1809             else
1810                 child->Draw(dc, childRange, selection, rect, descent, style);
1811         }
1812
1813         node = node->GetNext();
1814     }
1815     return true;
1816 }
1817
1818 /// Lay the item out
1819 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Layout(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int style)
1820 {
1821     SetPosition(rect.GetPosition());
1822
1823     if (!IsShown())
1824         return true;
1825
1826     wxRect availableSpace;
1827     bool formatRect = (style & wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT) == wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT;
1828
1829     // If only laying out a specific area, the passed rect has a different meaning:
1830     // the visible part of the buffer. This is used in wxRichTextCtrl::OnSize,
1831     // so that during a size, only the visible part will be relaid out, or
1832     // it would take too long causing flicker. As an approximation, we assume that
1833     // everything up to the start of the visible area is laid out correctly.
1834     if (formatRect)
1835     {
1836         wxRect rect2(0, 0, rect.width, rect.height);
1837         availableSpace = GetAvailableContentArea(dc, rect2);
1838
1839         // Invalidate the part of the buffer from the first visible line
1840         // to the end. If other parts of the buffer are currently invalid,
1841         // then they too will be taken into account if they are above
1842         // the visible point.
1843         long startPos = 0;
1844         wxRichTextLine* line = GetLineAtYPosition(rect.y);
1845         if (line)
1846             startPos = line->GetAbsoluteRange().GetStart();
1847
1848         Invalidate(wxRichTextRange(startPos, GetOwnRange().GetEnd()));
1849     }
1850     else
1851     {
1852         availableSpace = GetAvailableContentArea(dc, rect);
1853     }
1854
1855     int leftMargin, rightMargin, topMargin, bottomMargin;
1856     wxRichTextObject::GetTotalMargin(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), leftMargin, rightMargin,
1857             topMargin, bottomMargin);
1858
1859     int maxWidth = 0;
1860     int maxHeight = 0;
1861
1862     // The maximum paragraph maximum width, so we can set the overall maximum width for this object
1863     int maxMaxWidth = 0;
1864
1865     // The maximum paragraph minimum width, so we can set the overall minimum width for this object
1866     int maxMinWidth = 0;
1867
1868     // If we have vertical alignment, we must recalculate everything.
1869     bool hasVerticalAlignment = (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().HasVerticalAlignment() &&
1870         (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetVerticalAlignment() > wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_TOP));
1871
1872     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1873
1874     bool layoutAll = true;
1875
1876     // Get invalid range, rounding to paragraph start/end.
1877     wxRichTextRange invalidRange = GetInvalidRange(true);
1878
1879     if (invalidRange == wxRICHTEXT_NONE && !formatRect)
1880         return true;
1881
1882     if (invalidRange == wxRICHTEXT_ALL || hasVerticalAlignment)
1883         layoutAll = true;
1884     else    // If we know what range is affected, start laying out from that point on.
1885         if (invalidRange.GetStart() >= GetOwnRange().GetStart())
1886     {
1887         wxRichTextParagraph* firstParagraph = GetParagraphAtPosition(invalidRange.GetStart());
1888         if (firstParagraph)
1889         {
1890             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstNode = m_children.Find(firstParagraph);
1891             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator previousNode;
1892             if ( firstNode )
1893                 previousNode = firstNode->GetPrevious();
1894             if (firstNode)
1895             {
1896                 if (previousNode)
1897                 {
1898                     wxRichTextParagraph* previousParagraph = wxDynamicCast(previousNode->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
1899                     availableSpace.y = previousParagraph->GetPosition().y + previousParagraph->GetCachedSize().y;
1900                 }
1901
1902                 // Now we're going to start iterating from the first affected paragraph.
1903                 node = firstNode;
1904
1905                 layoutAll = false;
1906             }
1907         }
1908     }
1909
1910     // Gather information about only those floating objects that will not be formatted,
1911     // after which floats will be gathered per-paragraph during layout.
1912     UpdateFloatingObjects(availableSpace, node ? node->GetData() : (wxRichTextObject*) NULL);
1913
1914     // A way to force speedy rest-of-buffer layout (the 'else' below)
1915     bool forceQuickLayout = false;
1916
1917     // First get the size of the paragraphs we won't be laying out
1918     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator n = m_children.GetFirst();
1919     while (n && n != node)
1920     {
1921         wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(n->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
1922         if (child)
1923         {
1924             maxWidth = wxMax(maxWidth, child->GetCachedSize().x);
1925             maxMinWidth = wxMax(maxMinWidth, child->GetMinSize().x);
1926             maxMaxWidth = wxMax(maxMaxWidth, child->GetMaxSize().x);
1927         }
1928         n = n->GetNext();
1929     }
1930
1931     while (node)
1932     {
1933         // Assume this box only contains paragraphs
1934
1935         wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
1936         // Unsure if this is needed
1937         // wxCHECK_MSG( child, false, wxT("Unknown object in layout") );
1938
1939         if (child && child->IsShown())
1940         {
1941             // TODO: what if the child hasn't been laid out (e.g. involved in Undo) but still has 'old' lines
1942             if ( !forceQuickLayout &&
1943                     (layoutAll ||
1944                         child->GetLines().IsEmpty() ||
1945                             !child->GetRange().IsOutside(invalidRange)) )
1946             {
1947                 // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
1948                 // lays out the object again using the minimum size
1949                 child->LayoutToBestSize(dc, GetBuffer(),
1950                         GetAttributes(), child->GetAttributes(), availableSpace, style&~wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT);
1951
1952                 // Layout must set the cached size
1953                 availableSpace.y += child->GetCachedSize().y;
1954                 maxWidth = wxMax(maxWidth, child->GetCachedSize().x);
1955                 maxMinWidth = wxMax(maxMinWidth, child->GetMinSize().x);
1956                 maxMaxWidth = wxMax(maxMaxWidth, child->GetMaxSize().x);
1957
1958                 // If we're just formatting the visible part of the buffer,
1959                 // and we're now past the bottom of the window, and we don't have any
1960                 // floating objects (since they may cause wrapping to change for the rest of the
1961                 // the buffer), start quick layout.
1962                 if (!hasVerticalAlignment && formatRect && child->GetPosition().y > rect.GetBottom() && GetFloatingObjectCount() == 0)
1963                     forceQuickLayout = true;
1964             }
1965             else
1966             {
1967                 // We're outside the immediately affected range, so now let's just
1968                 // move everything up or down. This assumes that all the children have previously
1969                 // been laid out and have wrapped line lists associated with them.
1970                 // TODO: check all paragraphs before the affected range.
1971
1972                 int inc = availableSpace.y - child->GetPosition().y;
1973
1974                 while (node)
1975                 {
1976                     wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
1977                     if (child)
1978                     {
1979                         if (child->GetLines().GetCount() == 0)
1980                         {
1981                             // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
1982                             // lays out the object again using the minimum size
1983                             child->LayoutToBestSize(dc, GetBuffer(),
1984                                         GetAttributes(), child->GetAttributes(), availableSpace, style&~wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT);
1985
1986                             //child->Layout(dc, availableChildRect, style);
1987                         }
1988                         else
1989                             child->Move(wxPoint(child->GetPosition().x, child->GetPosition().y + inc));
1990
1991                         availableSpace.y += child->GetCachedSize().y;
1992                         maxWidth = wxMax(maxWidth, child->GetCachedSize().x);
1993                         maxMinWidth = wxMax(maxMinWidth, child->GetMinSize().x);
1994                         maxMaxWidth = wxMax(maxMaxWidth, child->GetMaxSize().x);
1995                     }
1996
1997                     node = node->GetNext();
1998                 }
1999                 break;
2000             }
2001         }
2002
2003         node = node->GetNext();
2004     }
2005
2006     node = m_children.GetLast();
2007     if (node && node->GetData()->IsShown())
2008     {
2009         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
2010         // maxHeight = (child->GetPosition().y - GetPosition().y) + child->GetCachedSize().y;
2011         maxHeight = child->GetPosition().y - (GetPosition().y + topMargin) + child->GetCachedSize().y;
2012     }
2013     else
2014         maxHeight = 0; // topMargin + bottomMargin;
2015
2016     // TODO: (also in para layout) should set the
2017     // object's size to an absolute one if specified,
2018     // but if not specified, calculate it from content.
2019
2020     // We need to add back the margins etc.
2021     {
2022         wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
2023         contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxWidth, maxHeight));
2024         GetBoxRects(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
2025         SetCachedSize(marginRect.GetSize());
2026     }
2027
2028     // The maximum size is the greatest of all maximum widths for all paragraphs.
2029     {
2030         wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
2031         contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxMaxWidth, maxHeight)); // Actually max height is a lie, we can't know it
2032         GetBoxRects(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
2033         SetMaxSize(marginRect.GetSize());
2034     }
2035
2036     // The minimum size is the greatest of all minimum widths for all paragraphs.
2037     {
2038         wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
2039         contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxMinWidth, maxHeight)); // Actually max height is a lie, we can't know it
2040         GetBoxRects(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
2041         SetMinSize(marginRect.GetSize());
2042     }
2043
2044     if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().HasVerticalAlignment() &&
2045         (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetVerticalAlignment() > wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_TOP))
2046     {
2047         int yOffset = 0;
2048         int leftOverSpace = availableSpace.height - topMargin - bottomMargin - maxHeight;
2049         if (leftOverSpace > 0)
2050         {
2051             if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetVerticalAlignment() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE)
2052             {
2053                 yOffset = (leftOverSpace/2);
2054             }
2055             else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetVerticalAlignment() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_BOTTOM)
2056             {
2057                 yOffset = leftOverSpace;
2058             }
2059         }
2060
2061         // Move all the children to vertically align the content
2062         // This doesn't take into account floating objects, unfortunately.
2063         if (yOffset != 0)
2064         {
2065             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2066             while (node)
2067             {
2068                 wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2069                 if (child)
2070                     child->Move(wxPoint(child->GetPosition().x, child->GetPosition().y + yOffset));
2071
2072                 node = node->GetNext();
2073             }
2074         }
2075     }
2076
2077     m_invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_NONE;
2078
2079     return true;
2080 }
2081
2082 /// Get/set the size for the given range.
2083 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, int flags, wxPoint position, wxArrayInt* WXUNUSED(partialExtents)) const
2084 {
2085     wxSize sz;
2086
2087     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator startPara = wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
2088     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator endPara = wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
2089
2090     // First find the first paragraph whose starting position is within the range.
2091     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2092     while (node)
2093     {
2094         // child is a paragraph
2095         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
2096         const wxRichTextRange& r = child->GetRange();
2097
2098         if (r.GetStart() <= range.GetStart() && r.GetEnd() >= range.GetStart())
2099         {
2100             startPara = node;
2101             break;
2102         }
2103
2104         node = node->GetNext();
2105     }
2106
2107     // Next find the last paragraph containing part of the range
2108     node = m_children.GetFirst();
2109     while (node)
2110     {
2111         // child is a paragraph
2112         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
2113         const wxRichTextRange& r = child->GetRange();
2114
2115         if (r.GetStart() <= range.GetEnd() && r.GetEnd() >= range.GetEnd())
2116         {
2117             endPara = node;
2118             break;
2119         }
2120
2121         node = node->GetNext();
2122     }
2123
2124     if (!startPara || !endPara)
2125         return false;
2126
2127     // Now we can add up the sizes
2128     for (node = startPara; node ; node = node->GetNext())
2129     {
2130         // child is a paragraph
2131         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
2132         const wxRichTextRange& childRange = child->GetRange();
2133         wxRichTextRange rangeToFind = range;
2134         rangeToFind.LimitTo(childRange);
2135
2136         if (child->IsTopLevel())
2137             rangeToFind = child->GetOwnRange();
2138
2139         wxSize childSize;
2140
2141         int childDescent = 0;
2142         child->GetRangeSize(rangeToFind, childSize, childDescent, dc, flags, position);
2143
2144         descent = wxMax(childDescent, descent);
2145
2146         sz.x = wxMax(sz.x, childSize.x);
2147         sz.y += childSize.y;
2148
2149         if (node == endPara)
2150             break;
2151     }
2152
2153     size = sz;
2154
2155     return true;
2156 }
2157
2158 /// Get the paragraph at the given position
2159 wxRichTextParagraph* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition) const
2160 {
2161     if (caretPosition)
2162         pos ++;
2163
2164     // First find the first paragraph whose starting position is within the range.
2165     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2166     while (node)
2167     {
2168         // child is a paragraph
2169         wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2170         // wxASSERT (child != NULL);
2171
2172         if (child)
2173         {
2174             // Return first child in buffer if position is -1
2175             // if (pos == -1)
2176             //    return child;
2177
2178             if (child->GetRange().Contains(pos))
2179                 return child;
2180         }
2181
2182         node = node->GetNext();
2183     }
2184     return NULL;
2185 }
2186
2187 /// Get the line at the given position
2188 wxRichTextLine* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition) const
2189 {
2190     if (caretPosition)
2191         pos ++;
2192
2193     // First find the first paragraph whose starting position is within the range.
2194     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2195     while (node)
2196     {
2197         wxRichTextObject* obj = (wxRichTextObject*) node->GetData();
2198         if (obj->GetRange().Contains(pos))
2199         {
2200             // child is a paragraph
2201             wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(obj, wxRichTextParagraph);
2202             // wxASSERT (child != NULL);
2203
2204             if (child)
2205             {
2206                 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2 = child->GetLines().GetFirst();
2207                 while (node2)
2208                 {
2209                     wxRichTextLine* line = node2->GetData();
2210
2211                     wxRichTextRange range = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
2212
2213                     if (range.Contains(pos) ||
2214
2215                         // If the position is end-of-paragraph, then return the last line of
2216                         // of the paragraph.
2217                         ((range.GetEnd() == child->GetRange().GetEnd()-1) && (pos == child->GetRange().GetEnd())))
2218                         return line;
2219
2220                     node2 = node2->GetNext();
2221                 }
2222             }
2223         }
2224
2225         node = node->GetNext();
2226     }
2227
2228     int lineCount = GetLineCount();
2229     if (lineCount > 0)
2230         return GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(lineCount-1);
2231     else
2232         return NULL;
2233 }
2234
2235 /// Get the line at the given y pixel position, or the last line.
2236 wxRichTextLine* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineAtYPosition(int y) const
2237 {
2238     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2239     while (node)
2240     {
2241         wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2242         // wxASSERT (child != NULL);
2243
2244         if (child)
2245         {
2246             wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2 = child->GetLines().GetFirst();
2247             while (node2)
2248             {
2249                 wxRichTextLine* line = node2->GetData();
2250
2251                 wxRect rect(line->GetRect());
2252
2253                 if (y <= rect.GetBottom())
2254                     return line;
2255
2256                 node2 = node2->GetNext();
2257             }
2258         }
2259
2260         node = node->GetNext();
2261     }
2262
2263     // Return last line
2264     int lineCount = GetLineCount();
2265     if (lineCount > 0)
2266         return GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(lineCount-1);
2267     else
2268         return NULL;
2269 }
2270
2271 /// Get the number of visible lines
2272 int wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineCount() const
2273 {
2274     int count = 0;
2275
2276     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2277     while (node)
2278     {
2279         wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2280         // wxASSERT (child != NULL);
2281
2282         if (child)
2283             count += child->GetLines().GetCount();
2284
2285         node = node->GetNext();
2286     }
2287     return count;
2288 }
2289
2290
2291 /// Get the paragraph for a given line
2292 wxRichTextParagraph* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphForLine(wxRichTextLine* line) const
2293 {
2294     return GetParagraphAtPosition(line->GetAbsoluteRange().GetStart());
2295 }
2296
2297 /// Get the line size at the given position
2298 wxSize wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineSizeAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition) const
2299 {
2300     wxRichTextLine* line = GetLineAtPosition(pos, caretPosition);
2301     if (line)
2302     {
2303         return line->GetSize();
2304     }
2305     else
2306         return wxSize(0, 0);
2307 }
2308
2309
2310 /// Convenience function to add a paragraph of text
2311 wxRichTextRange wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle)
2312 {
2313     // Don't use the base style, just the default style, and the base style will
2314     // be combined at display time.
2315     // Divide into paragraph and character styles.
2316
2317     wxRichTextAttr defaultCharStyle;
2318     wxRichTextAttr defaultParaStyle;
2319
2320     // If the default style is a named paragraph style, don't apply any character formatting
2321     // to the initial text string.
2322     if (GetDefaultStyle().HasParagraphStyleName() && GetStyleSheet())
2323     {
2324         wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* def = GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(GetDefaultStyle().GetParagraphStyleName());
2325         if (def)
2326             defaultParaStyle = def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
2327     }
2328     else
2329         wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(GetDefaultStyle(), defaultParaStyle, defaultCharStyle);
2330
2331     wxRichTextAttr* pStyle = paraStyle ? paraStyle : (wxRichTextAttr*) & defaultParaStyle;
2332     wxRichTextAttr* cStyle = & defaultCharStyle;
2333
2334     wxRichTextParagraph* para = new wxRichTextParagraph(text, this, pStyle, cStyle);
2335
2336     AppendChild(para);
2337
2338     UpdateRanges();
2339
2340     return para->GetRange();
2341 }
2342
2343 /// Adds multiple paragraphs, based on newlines.
2344 wxRichTextRange wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddParagraphs(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle)
2345 {
2346     // Don't use the base style, just the default style, and the base style will
2347     // be combined at display time.
2348     // Divide into paragraph and character styles.
2349
2350     wxRichTextAttr defaultCharStyle;
2351     wxRichTextAttr defaultParaStyle;
2352
2353     // If the default style is a named paragraph style, don't apply any character formatting
2354     // to the initial text string.
2355     if (GetDefaultStyle().HasParagraphStyleName() && GetStyleSheet())
2356     {
2357         wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* def = GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(GetDefaultStyle().GetParagraphStyleName());
2358         if (def)
2359             defaultParaStyle = def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
2360     }
2361     else
2362         wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(GetDefaultStyle(), defaultParaStyle, defaultCharStyle);
2363
2364     wxRichTextAttr* pStyle = paraStyle ? paraStyle : (wxRichTextAttr*) & defaultParaStyle;
2365     wxRichTextAttr* cStyle = & defaultCharStyle;
2366
2367     wxRichTextParagraph* firstPara = NULL;
2368     wxRichTextParagraph* lastPara = NULL;
2369
2370     wxRichTextRange range(-1, -1);
2371
2372     size_t i = 0;
2373     size_t len = text.length();
2374     wxString line;
2375     wxRichTextParagraph* para = new wxRichTextParagraph(wxEmptyString, this, pStyle, cStyle);
2376
2377     AppendChild(para);
2378
2379     firstPara = para;
2380     lastPara = para;
2381
2382     while (i < len)
2383     {
2384         wxChar ch = text[i];
2385         if (ch == wxT('\n') || ch == wxT('\r'))
2386         {
2387             if (i != (len-1))
2388             {
2389                 wxRichTextPlainText* plainText = (wxRichTextPlainText*) para->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
2390                 plainText->SetText(line);
2391
2392                 para = new wxRichTextParagraph(wxEmptyString, this, pStyle, cStyle);
2393
2394                 AppendChild(para);
2395
2396                 lastPara = para;
2397                 line = wxEmptyString;
2398             }
2399         }
2400         else
2401             line += ch;
2402
2403         i ++;
2404     }
2405
2406     if (!line.empty())
2407     {
2408         wxRichTextPlainText* plainText = (wxRichTextPlainText*) para->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
2409         plainText->SetText(line);
2410     }
2411
2412     UpdateRanges();
2413
2414     return wxRichTextRange(firstPara->GetRange().GetStart(), lastPara->GetRange().GetEnd());
2415 }
2416
2417 /// Convenience function to add an image
2418 wxRichTextRange wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle)
2419 {
2420     // Don't use the base style, just the default style, and the base style will
2421     // be combined at display time.
2422     // Divide into paragraph and character styles.
2423
2424     wxRichTextAttr defaultCharStyle;
2425     wxRichTextAttr defaultParaStyle;
2426
2427     // If the default style is a named paragraph style, don't apply any character formatting
2428     // to the initial text string.
2429     if (GetDefaultStyle().HasParagraphStyleName() && GetStyleSheet())
2430     {
2431         wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* def = GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(GetDefaultStyle().GetParagraphStyleName());
2432         if (def)
2433             defaultParaStyle = def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
2434     }
2435     else
2436         wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(GetDefaultStyle(), defaultParaStyle, defaultCharStyle);
2437
2438     wxRichTextAttr* pStyle = paraStyle ? paraStyle : (wxRichTextAttr*) & defaultParaStyle;
2439     wxRichTextAttr* cStyle = & defaultCharStyle;
2440
2441     wxRichTextParagraph* para = new wxRichTextParagraph(this, pStyle);
2442     AppendChild(para);
2443     para->AppendChild(new wxRichTextImage(image, this, cStyle));
2444
2445     UpdateRanges();
2446
2447     return para->GetRange();
2448 }
2449
2450
2451 /// Insert fragment into this box at the given position. If partialParagraph is true,
2452 /// it is assumed that the last (or only) paragraph is just a piece of data with no paragraph
2453 /// marker.
2454
2455 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertFragment(long position, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment)
2456 {
2457     // First, find the first paragraph whose starting position is within the range.
2458     wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtPosition(position);
2459     if (para)
2460     {
2461         wxRichTextAttr originalAttr = para->GetAttributes();
2462
2463         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.Find(para);
2464
2465         // Now split at this position, returning the object to insert the new
2466         // ones in front of.
2467         wxRichTextObject* nextObject = para->SplitAt(position);
2468
2469         // Special case: partial paragraph, just one paragraph. Might be a small amount of
2470         // text, for example, so let's optimize.
2471
2472         if (fragment.GetPartialParagraph() && fragment.GetChildren().GetCount() == 1)
2473         {
2474             // Add the first para to this para...
2475             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstParaNode = fragment.GetChildren().GetFirst();
2476             if (!firstParaNode)
2477                 return false;
2478
2479             // Iterate through the fragment paragraph inserting the content into this paragraph.
2480             wxRichTextParagraph* firstPara = wxDynamicCast(firstParaNode->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2481             wxASSERT (firstPara != NULL);
2482
2483             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator objectNode = firstPara->GetChildren().GetFirst();
2484             while (objectNode)
2485             {
2486                 wxRichTextObject* newObj = objectNode->GetData()->Clone();
2487
2488                 if (!nextObject)
2489                 {
2490                     // Append
2491                     para->AppendChild(newObj);
2492                 }
2493                 else
2494                 {
2495                     // Insert before nextObject
2496                     para->InsertChild(newObj, nextObject);
2497                 }
2498
2499                 objectNode = objectNode->GetNext();
2500             }
2501
2502             return true;
2503         }
2504         else
2505         {
2506             // Procedure for inserting a fragment consisting of a number of
2507             // paragraphs:
2508             //
2509             // 1. Remove and save the content that's after the insertion point, for adding
2510             //    back once we've added the fragment.
2511             // 2. Add the content from the first fragment paragraph to the current
2512             //    paragraph.
2513             // 3. Add remaining fragment paragraphs after the current paragraph.
2514             // 4. Add back the saved content from the first paragraph. If partialParagraph
2515             //    is true, add it to the last paragraph added and not a new one.
2516
2517             // 1. Remove and save objects after split point.
2518             wxList savedObjects;
2519             if (nextObject)
2520                 para->MoveToList(nextObject, savedObjects);
2521
2522             // 2. Add the content from the 1st fragment paragraph.
2523             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstParaNode = fragment.GetChildren().GetFirst();
2524             if (!firstParaNode)
2525                 return false;
2526
2527             wxRichTextParagraph* firstPara = wxDynamicCast(firstParaNode->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2528             wxASSERT(firstPara != NULL);
2529
2530             if (!(fragment.GetAttributes().GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE))
2531                 para->SetAttributes(firstPara->GetAttributes());
2532
2533             // Save empty paragraph attributes for appending later
2534             // These are character attributes deliberately set for a new paragraph. Without this,
2535             // we couldn't pass default attributes when appending a new paragraph.
2536             wxRichTextAttr emptyParagraphAttributes;
2537
2538             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator objectNode = firstPara->GetChildren().GetFirst();
2539
2540             if (objectNode && firstPara->GetChildren().GetCount() == 1 && objectNode->GetData()->IsEmpty())
2541                 emptyParagraphAttributes = objectNode->GetData()->GetAttributes();
2542
2543             while (objectNode)
2544             {
2545                 wxRichTextObject* newObj = objectNode->GetData()->Clone();
2546
2547                 // Append
2548                 para->AppendChild(newObj);
2549
2550                 objectNode = objectNode->GetNext();
2551             }
2552
2553             // 3. Add remaining fragment paragraphs after the current paragraph.
2554             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator nextParagraphNode = node->GetNext();
2555             wxRichTextObject* nextParagraph = NULL;
2556             if (nextParagraphNode)
2557                 nextParagraph = nextParagraphNode->GetData();
2558
2559             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator i = fragment.GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetNext();
2560             wxRichTextParagraph* finalPara = para;
2561
2562             bool needExtraPara = (!i || !fragment.GetPartialParagraph());
2563
2564             // If there was only one paragraph, we need to insert a new one.
2565             while (i)
2566             {
2567                 wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(i->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2568                 wxASSERT( para != NULL );
2569
2570                 finalPara = (wxRichTextParagraph*) para->Clone();
2571
2572                 if (nextParagraph)
2573                     InsertChild(finalPara, nextParagraph);
2574                 else
2575                     AppendChild(finalPara);
2576
2577                 i = i->GetNext();
2578             }
2579
2580             // If there was only one paragraph, or we have full paragraphs in our fragment,
2581             // we need to insert a new one.
2582             if (needExtraPara)
2583             {
2584                 finalPara = new wxRichTextParagraph;
2585
2586                 if (nextParagraph)
2587                     InsertChild(finalPara, nextParagraph);
2588                 else
2589                     AppendChild(finalPara);
2590             }
2591
2592             // 4. Add back the remaining content.
2593             if (finalPara)
2594             {
2595                 if (nextObject)
2596                     finalPara->MoveFromList(savedObjects);
2597
2598                 // Ensure there's at least one object
2599                 if (finalPara->GetChildCount() == 0)
2600                 {
2601                     wxRichTextPlainText* text = new wxRichTextPlainText(wxEmptyString);
2602                     text->SetAttributes(emptyParagraphAttributes);
2603
2604                     finalPara->AppendChild(text);
2605                 }
2606             }
2607
2608             if ((fragment.GetAttributes().GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE) && firstPara)
2609                 finalPara->SetAttributes(firstPara->GetAttributes());
2610             else if (finalPara && finalPara != para)
2611                 finalPara->SetAttributes(originalAttr);
2612
2613             return true;
2614         }
2615     }
2616     else
2617     {
2618         // Append
2619         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator i = fragment.GetChildren().GetFirst();
2620         while (i)
2621         {
2622             wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(i->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2623             wxASSERT( para != NULL );
2624
2625             AppendChild(para->Clone());
2626
2627             i = i->GetNext();
2628         }
2629
2630         return true;
2631     }
2632 }
2633
2634 /// Make a copy of the fragment corresponding to the given range, putting it in 'fragment'.
2635 /// If there was an incomplete paragraph at the end, partialParagraph is set to true.
2636 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::CopyFragment(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment)
2637 {
2638     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator i = GetChildren().GetFirst();
2639     while (i)
2640     {
2641         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(i->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2642         wxASSERT( para != NULL );
2643
2644         if (!para->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
2645         {
2646             fragment.AppendChild(para->Clone());
2647         }
2648         i = i->GetNext();
2649     }
2650
2651     // Now top and tail the first and last paragraphs in our new fragment (which might be the same).
2652     if (!fragment.IsEmpty())
2653     {
2654         wxRichTextParagraph* firstPara = wxDynamicCast(fragment.GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2655         wxASSERT( firstPara != NULL );
2656
2657         wxRichTextParagraph* lastPara = wxDynamicCast(fragment.GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2658         wxASSERT( lastPara != NULL );
2659
2660         if (!firstPara || !lastPara)
2661             return false;
2662
2663         bool isFragment = (range.GetEnd() < lastPara->GetRange().GetEnd());
2664
2665         long firstPos = firstPara->GetRange().GetStart();
2666
2667         // Adjust for renumbering from zero
2668         wxRichTextRange topTailRange(range.GetStart() - firstPos, range.GetEnd() - firstPos);
2669
2670         long end;
2671         fragment.CalculateRange(0, end);
2672
2673         // Chop off the start of the paragraph
2674         if (topTailRange.GetStart() > 0)
2675         {
2676             wxRichTextRange r(0, topTailRange.GetStart()-1);
2677             firstPara->DeleteRange(r);
2678
2679             // Make sure the numbering is correct
2680             fragment.CalculateRange(0, end);
2681
2682             // Now, we've deleted some positions, so adjust the range
2683             // accordingly.
2684             topTailRange.SetStart(range.GetLength());
2685             topTailRange.SetEnd(fragment.GetOwnRange().GetEnd());
2686         }
2687         else
2688         {
2689             topTailRange.SetStart(range.GetLength());
2690             topTailRange.SetEnd(fragment.GetOwnRange().GetEnd());
2691         }
2692
2693         if (topTailRange.GetStart() < lastPara->GetRange().GetEnd())
2694         {
2695             lastPara->DeleteRange(topTailRange);
2696
2697             // Make sure the numbering is correct
2698             long end;
2699             fragment.CalculateRange(0, end);
2700
2701             // We only have part of a paragraph at the end
2702             fragment.SetPartialParagraph(true);
2703         }
2704         else
2705         {
2706             // We have a partial paragraph (don't save last new paragraph marker)
2707             // or complete paragraph
2708             fragment.SetPartialParagraph(isFragment);
2709         }
2710     }
2711
2712     return true;
2713 }
2714
2715 /// Given a position, get the number of the visible line (potentially many to a paragraph),
2716 /// starting from zero at the start of the buffer.
2717 long wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetVisibleLineNumber(long pos, bool caretPosition, bool startOfLine) const
2718 {
2719     if (caretPosition)
2720         pos ++;
2721
2722     int lineCount = 0;
2723
2724     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2725     while (node)
2726     {
2727         wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2728         // wxASSERT( child != NULL );
2729
2730         if (child)
2731         {
2732             if (child->GetRange().Contains(pos))
2733             {
2734                 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2 = child->GetLines().GetFirst();
2735                 while (node2)
2736                 {
2737                     wxRichTextLine* line = node2->GetData();
2738                     wxRichTextRange lineRange = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
2739
2740                     if (lineRange.Contains(pos) || pos == lineRange.GetStart())
2741                     {
2742                         // If the caret is displayed at the end of the previous wrapped line,
2743                         // we want to return the line it's _displayed_ at (not the actual line
2744                         // containing the position).
2745                         if (lineRange.GetStart() == pos && !startOfLine && child->GetRange().GetStart() != pos)
2746                             return lineCount - 1;
2747                         else
2748                             return lineCount;
2749                     }
2750
2751                     lineCount ++;
2752
2753                     node2 = node2->GetNext();
2754                 }
2755                 // If we didn't find it in the lines, it must be
2756                 // the last position of the paragraph. So return the last line.
2757                 return lineCount-1;
2758             }
2759             else
2760                 lineCount += child->GetLines().GetCount();
2761         }
2762
2763         node = node->GetNext();
2764     }
2765
2766     // Not found
2767     return -1;
2768 }
2769
2770 /// Given a line number, get the corresponding wxRichTextLine object.
2771 wxRichTextLine* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(long lineNumber) const
2772 {
2773     int lineCount = 0;
2774
2775     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2776     while (node)
2777     {
2778         wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2779         // wxASSERT(child != NULL);
2780
2781         if (child)
2782         {
2783             if (lineNumber < (int) (child->GetLines().GetCount() + lineCount))
2784             {
2785                 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2 = child->GetLines().GetFirst();
2786                 while (node2)
2787                 {
2788                     wxRichTextLine* line = node2->GetData();
2789
2790                     if (lineCount == lineNumber)
2791                         return line;
2792
2793                     lineCount ++;
2794
2795                     node2 = node2->GetNext();
2796                 }
2797             }
2798             else
2799                 lineCount += child->GetLines().GetCount();
2800         }
2801
2802         node = node->GetNext();
2803     }
2804
2805     // Didn't find it
2806     return NULL;
2807 }
2808
2809 /// Delete range from layout.
2810 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range)
2811 {
2812     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2813
2814     wxRichTextParagraph* firstPara = NULL;
2815     while (node)
2816     {
2817         wxRichTextParagraph* obj = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2818         // wxASSERT (obj != NULL);
2819
2820         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext();
2821
2822         if (obj)
2823         {
2824             // Delete the range in each paragraph
2825
2826             if (!obj->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
2827             {
2828                 // Deletes the content of this object within the given range
2829                 obj->DeleteRange(range);
2830
2831                 wxRichTextRange thisRange = obj->GetRange();
2832                 wxRichTextAttr thisAttr = obj->GetAttributes();
2833
2834                 // If the whole paragraph is within the range to delete,
2835                 // delete the whole thing.
2836                 if (range.GetStart() <= thisRange.GetStart() && range.GetEnd() >= thisRange.GetEnd())
2837                 {
2838                     // Delete the whole object
2839                     RemoveChild(obj, true);
2840                     obj = NULL;
2841                 }
2842                 else if (!firstPara)
2843                     firstPara = obj;
2844
2845                 // If the range includes the paragraph end, we need to join this
2846                 // and the next paragraph.
2847                 if (range.GetEnd() <= thisRange.GetEnd())
2848                 {
2849                     // We need to move the objects from the next paragraph
2850                     // to this paragraph
2851
2852                     wxRichTextParagraph* nextParagraph = NULL;
2853                     if ((range.GetEnd() < thisRange.GetEnd()) && obj)
2854                         nextParagraph = obj;
2855                     else
2856                     {
2857                         // We're ending at the end of the paragraph, so merge the _next_ paragraph.
2858                         if (next)
2859                             nextParagraph = wxDynamicCast(next->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2860                     }
2861
2862                     bool applyFinalParagraphStyle = firstPara && nextParagraph && nextParagraph != firstPara;
2863
2864                     wxRichTextAttr nextParaAttr;
2865                     if (applyFinalParagraphStyle)
2866                     {
2867                         // Special case when deleting the end of a paragraph - use _this_ paragraph's style,
2868                         // not the next one.
2869                         if (range.GetStart() == range.GetEnd() && range.GetStart() == thisRange.GetEnd())
2870                             nextParaAttr = thisAttr;
2871                         else
2872                             nextParaAttr = nextParagraph->GetAttributes();
2873                     }
2874
2875                     if (firstPara && nextParagraph && firstPara != nextParagraph)
2876                     {
2877                         // Move the objects to the previous para
2878                         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node1 = nextParagraph->GetChildren().GetFirst();
2879
2880                         while (node1)
2881                         {
2882                             wxRichTextObject* obj1 = node1->GetData();
2883
2884                             firstPara->AppendChild(obj1);
2885
2886                             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next1 = node1->GetNext();
2887                             nextParagraph->GetChildren().Erase(node1);
2888
2889                             node1 = next1;
2890                         }
2891
2892                         // Delete the paragraph
2893                         RemoveChild(nextParagraph, true);
2894                     }
2895
2896                     // Avoid empty paragraphs
2897                     if (firstPara && firstPara->GetChildren().GetCount() == 0)
2898                     {
2899                         wxRichTextPlainText* text = new wxRichTextPlainText(wxEmptyString);
2900                         firstPara->AppendChild(text);
2901                     }
2902
2903                     if (applyFinalParagraphStyle)
2904                         firstPara->SetAttributes(nextParaAttr);
2905
2906                     return true;
2907                 }
2908             }
2909         }
2910
2911         node = next;
2912     }
2913
2914     return true;
2915 }
2916
2917 /// Get any text in this object for the given range
2918 wxString wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const
2919 {
2920     int lineCount = 0;
2921     wxString text;
2922     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2923     while (node)
2924     {
2925         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
2926         if (!child->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
2927         {
2928             wxRichTextRange childRange = range;
2929             childRange.LimitTo(child->GetRange());
2930
2931             wxString childText = child->GetTextForRange(childRange);
2932
2933             text += childText;
2934
2935             if ((childRange.GetEnd() == child->GetRange().GetEnd()) && node->GetNext())
2936                 text += wxT("\n");
2937
2938             lineCount ++;
2939         }
2940         node = node->GetNext();
2941     }
2942
2943     return text;
2944 }
2945
2946 /// Get all the text
2947 wxString wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetText() const
2948 {
2949     return GetTextForRange(GetOwnRange());
2950 }
2951
2952 /// Get the paragraph by number
2953 wxRichTextParagraph* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphAtLine(long paragraphNumber) const
2954 {
2955     if ((size_t) paragraphNumber >= GetChildCount())
2956         return NULL;
2957
2958     return (wxRichTextParagraph*) GetChild((size_t) paragraphNumber);
2959 }
2960
2961 /// Get the length of the paragraph
2962 int wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphLength(long paragraphNumber) const
2963 {
2964     wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtLine(paragraphNumber);
2965     if (para)
2966         return para->GetRange().GetLength() - 1; // don't include newline
2967     else
2968         return 0;
2969 }
2970
2971 /// Get the text of the paragraph
2972 wxString wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphText(long paragraphNumber) const
2973 {
2974     wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtLine(paragraphNumber);
2975     if (para)
2976         return para->GetTextForRange(para->GetRange());
2977     else
2978         return wxEmptyString;
2979 }
2980
2981 /// Convert zero-based line column and paragraph number to a position.
2982 long wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::XYToPosition(long x, long y) const
2983 {
2984     wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtLine(y);
2985     if (para)
2986     {
2987         return para->GetRange().GetStart() + x;
2988     }
2989     else
2990         return -1;
2991 }
2992
2993 /// Convert zero-based position to line column and paragraph number
2994 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::PositionToXY(long pos, long* x, long* y) const
2995 {
2996     wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtPosition(pos);
2997     if (para)
2998     {
2999         int count = 0;
3000         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
3001         while (node)
3002         {
3003             wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
3004             if (child == para)
3005                 break;
3006             count ++;
3007             node = node->GetNext();
3008         }
3009
3010         *y = count;
3011         *x = pos - para->GetRange().GetStart();
3012
3013         return true;
3014     }
3015     else
3016         return false;
3017 }
3018
3019 /// Get the leaf object in a paragraph at this position.
3020 /// Given a line number, get the corresponding wxRichTextLine object.
3021 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLeafObjectAtPosition(long position) const
3022 {
3023     wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtPosition(position);
3024     if (para)
3025     {
3026         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = para->GetChildren().GetFirst();
3027
3028         while (node)
3029         {
3030             wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
3031             if (child->GetRange().Contains(position))
3032                 return child;
3033
3034             node = node->GetNext();
3035         }
3036         if (position == para->GetRange().GetEnd() && para->GetChildCount() > 0)
3037             return para->GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData();
3038     }
3039     return NULL;
3040 }
3041
3042 /// Set character or paragraph text attributes: apply character styles only to immediate text nodes
3043 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags)
3044 {
3045     bool characterStyle = false;
3046     bool paragraphStyle = false;
3047
3048     if (style.IsCharacterStyle())
3049         characterStyle = true;
3050     if (style.IsParagraphStyle())
3051         paragraphStyle = true;
3052
3053     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
3054
3055     bool withUndo = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO) != 0);
3056     bool applyMinimal = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE) != 0);
3057     bool parasOnly = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY) != 0);
3058     bool charactersOnly = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY) != 0);
3059     bool resetExistingStyle = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET) != 0);
3060     bool removeStyle = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE) != 0);
3061
3062     // Apply paragraph style first, if any
3063     wxRichTextAttr wholeStyle(style);
3064
3065     if (!removeStyle && wholeStyle.HasParagraphStyleName() && buffer->GetStyleSheet())
3066     {
3067         wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* def = buffer->GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(wholeStyle.GetParagraphStyleName());
3068         if (def)
3069             wxRichTextApplyStyle(wholeStyle, def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(buffer->GetStyleSheet()));
3070     }
3071
3072     // Limit the attributes to be set to the content to only character attributes.
3073     wxRichTextAttr characterAttributes(wholeStyle);
3074     characterAttributes.SetFlags(characterAttributes.GetFlags() & (wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER));
3075
3076     if (!removeStyle && characterAttributes.HasCharacterStyleName() && buffer->GetStyleSheet())
3077     {
3078         wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition* def = buffer->GetStyleSheet()->FindCharacterStyle(characterAttributes.GetCharacterStyleName());
3079         if (def)
3080             wxRichTextApplyStyle(characterAttributes, def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(buffer->GetStyleSheet()));
3081     }
3082
3083     // If we are associated with a control, make undoable; otherwise, apply immediately
3084     // to the data.
3085
3086     bool haveControl = (buffer->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL);
3087
3088     wxRichTextAction* action = NULL;
3089
3090     if (haveControl && withUndo)
3091     {
3092         action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Change Style"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE, buffer, this, buffer->GetRichTextCtrl());
3093         action->SetRange(range);
3094         action->SetPosition(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
3095     }
3096
3097     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
3098     while (node)
3099     {
3100         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
3101         // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3102
3103         if (para && para->GetChildCount() > 0)
3104         {
3105             // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3106             if (para->GetRange().GetStart() > range.GetEnd())
3107                 break;
3108
3109             if (!para->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
3110             {
3111                 // We'll be using a copy of the paragraph to make style changes,
3112                 // not updating the buffer directly.
3113                 wxRichTextParagraph* newPara wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL);
3114
3115                 if (haveControl && withUndo)
3116                 {
3117                     newPara = new wxRichTextParagraph(*para);
3118                     action->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara);
3119
3120                     // Also store the old ones for Undo
3121                     action->GetOldParagraphs().AppendChild(new wxRichTextParagraph(*para));
3122                 }
3123                 else
3124                     newPara = para;
3125
3126                 // If we're specifying paragraphs only, then we really mean character formatting
3127                 // to be included in the paragraph style
3128                 if ((paragraphStyle || parasOnly) && !charactersOnly)
3129                 {
3130                     if (removeStyle)
3131                     {
3132                         // Removes the given style from the paragraph
3133                         wxRichTextRemoveStyle(newPara->GetAttributes(), style);
3134                     }
3135                     else if (resetExistingStyle)
3136                         newPara->GetAttributes() = wholeStyle;
3137                     else
3138                     {
3139                         if (applyMinimal)
3140                         {
3141                             // Only apply attributes that will make a difference to the combined
3142                             // style as seen on the display
3143                             wxRichTextAttr combinedAttr(para->GetCombinedAttributes(true));
3144                             wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara->GetAttributes(), wholeStyle, & combinedAttr);
3145                         }
3146                         else
3147                             wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara->GetAttributes(), wholeStyle);
3148                     }
3149                 }
3150
3151                 // When applying paragraph styles dynamically, don't change the text objects' attributes
3152                 // since they will computed as needed. Only apply the character styling if it's _only_
3153                 // character styling. This policy is subject to change and might be put under user control.
3154
3155                 // Hm. we might well be applying a mix of paragraph and character styles, in which
3156                 // case we _do_ want to apply character styles regardless of what para styles are set.
3157                 // But if we're applying a paragraph style, which has some character attributes, but
3158                 // we only want the paragraphs to hold this character style, then we _don't_ want to
3159                 // apply the character style. So we need to be able to choose.
3160
3161                 if (!parasOnly && (characterStyle|charactersOnly) && range.GetStart() != newPara->GetRange().GetEnd())
3162                 {
3163                     wxRichTextRange childRange(range);
3164                     childRange.LimitTo(newPara->GetRange());
3165
3166                     // Find the starting position and if necessary split it so
3167                     // we can start applying a different style.
3168                     // TODO: check that the style actually changes or is different
3169                     // from style outside of range
3170                     wxRichTextObject* firstObject wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL);
3171                     wxRichTextObject* lastObject wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL);
3172
3173                     if (childRange.GetStart() == newPara->GetRange().GetStart())
3174                         firstObject = newPara->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
3175                     else
3176                         firstObject = newPara->SplitAt(range.GetStart());
3177
3178                     // Increment by 1 because we're apply the style one _after_ the split point
3179                     long splitPoint = childRange.GetEnd();
3180                     if (splitPoint != newPara->GetRange().GetEnd())
3181                         splitPoint ++;
3182
3183                     // Find last object
3184                     if (splitPoint == newPara->GetRange().GetEnd())
3185                         lastObject = newPara->GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData();
3186                     else
3187                         // lastObject is set as a side-effect of splitting. It's
3188                         // returned as the object before the new object.
3189                         (void) newPara->SplitAt(splitPoint, & lastObject);
3190
3191                     wxASSERT(firstObject != NULL);
3192                     wxASSERT(lastObject != NULL);
3193
3194                     if (!firstObject || !lastObject)
3195                         continue;
3196
3197                     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstNode = newPara->GetChildren().Find(firstObject);
3198                     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator lastNode = newPara->GetChildren().Find(lastObject);
3199
3200                     wxASSERT(firstNode);
3201                     wxASSERT(lastNode);
3202
3203                     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2 = firstNode;
3204
3205                     while (node2)
3206                     {
3207                         wxRichTextObject* child = node2->GetData();
3208
3209                         if (removeStyle)
3210                         {
3211                             // Removes the given style from the paragraph
3212                             wxRichTextRemoveStyle(child->GetAttributes(), style);
3213                         }
3214                         else if (resetExistingStyle)
3215                             child->GetAttributes() = characterAttributes;
3216                         else
3217                         {
3218                             if (applyMinimal)
3219                             {
3220                                 // Only apply attributes that will make a difference to the combined
3221                                 // style as seen on the display
3222                                 wxRichTextAttr combinedAttr(newPara->GetCombinedAttributes(child->GetAttributes(), true));
3223                                 wxRichTextApplyStyle(child->GetAttributes(), characterAttributes, & combinedAttr);
3224                             }
3225                             else
3226                                 wxRichTextApplyStyle(child->GetAttributes(), characterAttributes);
3227                         }
3228
3229                         if (node2 == lastNode)
3230                             break;
3231
3232                         node2 = node2->GetNext();
3233                     }
3234                 }
3235             }
3236         }
3237
3238         node = node->GetNext();
3239     }
3240
3241     // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
3242     if (haveControl && withUndo)
3243         buffer->SubmitAction(action);
3244
3245     return true;
3246 }
3247
3248 // Just change the attributes for this single object.
3249 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetStyle(wxRichTextObject* obj, const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr, int flags)
3250 {
3251     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
3252     bool withUndo = flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO;
3253     bool resetExistingStyle = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET) != 0);
3254     bool haveControl = (buffer->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL);
3255
3256     wxRichTextAction *action = NULL;
3257     wxRichTextAttr newAttr = obj->GetAttributes();
3258     if (resetExistingStyle)
3259         newAttr = textAttr;
3260     else
3261         newAttr.Apply(textAttr);
3262
3263     if (haveControl && withUndo)
3264     {
3265         action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Change Object Style"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES, buffer, obj->GetContainer(), buffer->GetRichTextCtrl());
3266         action->SetRange(obj->GetRange().FromInternal());
3267         action->SetPosition(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
3268         action->MakeObject(obj);
3269
3270         action->GetAttributes() = newAttr;
3271     }
3272     else
3273         obj->GetAttributes() = newAttr;
3274
3275     if (haveControl && withUndo)
3276         buffer->SubmitAction(action);
3277 }
3278
3279 /// Get the text attributes for this position.
3280 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style)
3281 {
3282     return DoGetStyle(position, style, true);
3283 }
3284
3285 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style)
3286 {
3287     return DoGetStyle(position, style, false);
3288 }
3289
3290 /// Implementation helper for GetStyle. If combineStyles is true, combine base, paragraph and
3291 /// context attributes.
3292 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DoGetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style, bool combineStyles)
3293 {
3294     wxRichTextObject* obj wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL);
3295
3296     if (style.IsParagraphStyle())
3297     {
3298         obj = GetParagraphAtPosition(position);
3299         if (obj)
3300         {
3301             if (combineStyles)
3302             {
3303                 // Start with the base style
3304                 style = GetAttributes();
3305
3306                 // Apply the paragraph style
3307                 wxRichTextApplyStyle(style, obj->GetAttributes());
3308             }
3309             else
3310                 style = obj->GetAttributes();
3311
3312             return true;
3313         }
3314     }
3315     else
3316     {
3317         obj = GetLeafObjectAtPosition(position);
3318         if (obj)
3319         {
3320             if (combineStyles)
3321             {
3322                 wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(obj->GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraph);
3323                 style = para ? para->GetCombinedAttributes(obj->GetAttributes()) : obj->GetAttributes();
3324             }
3325             else
3326                 style = obj->GetAttributes();
3327
3328             return true;
3329         }
3330     }
3331     return false;
3332 }
3333
3334 static bool wxHasStyle(long flags, long style)
3335 {
3336     return (flags & style) != 0;
3337 }
3338
3339 /// Combines 'style' with 'currentStyle' for the purpose of summarising the attributes of a range of
3340 /// content.
3341 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::CollectStyle(wxRichTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr)
3342 {
3343     currentStyle.CollectCommonAttributes(style, clashingAttr, absentAttr);
3344
3345     return true;
3346 }
3347
3348 /// Get the combined style for a range - if any attribute is different within the range,
3349 /// that attribute is not present within the flags.
3350 /// *** Note that this is not recursive, and so assumes that content inside a paragraph is not itself
3351 /// nested.
3352 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetStyleForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextAttr& style)
3353 {
3354     style = wxRichTextAttr();
3355
3356     wxRichTextAttr clashingAttr;
3357     wxRichTextAttr absentAttrPara, absentAttrChar;
3358
3359     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
3360     while (node)
3361     {
3362         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
3363         if (para && !(para->GetRange().GetStart() > range.GetEnd() || para->GetRange().GetEnd() < range.GetStart()))
3364         {
3365             if (para->GetChildren().GetCount() == 0)
3366             {
3367                 wxRichTextAttr paraStyle = para->GetCombinedAttributes(true /* use box attributes */);
3368
3369                 CollectStyle(style, paraStyle, clashingAttr, absentAttrPara);
3370             }
3371             else
3372             {
3373                 wxRichTextRange paraRange(para->GetRange());
3374                 paraRange.LimitTo(range);
3375
3376                 // First collect paragraph attributes only
3377                 wxRichTextAttr paraStyle = para->GetCombinedAttributes();
3378                 paraStyle.SetFlags(paraStyle.GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH);
3379                 CollectStyle(style, paraStyle, clashingAttr, absentAttrPara);
3380
3381                 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator childNode = para->GetChildren().GetFirst();
3382
3383                 while (childNode)
3384                 {
3385                     wxRichTextObject* child = childNode->GetData();
3386                     if (!(child->GetRange().GetStart() > range.GetEnd() || child->GetRange().GetEnd() < range.GetStart()))
3387                     {
3388                         wxRichTextAttr childStyle = para->GetCombinedAttributes(child->GetAttributes(), true /* include box attributes */);
3389
3390                         // Now collect character attributes only
3391                         childStyle.SetFlags(childStyle.GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER);
3392
3393                         CollectStyle(style, childStyle, clashingAttr, absentAttrChar);
3394                     }
3395
3396                     childNode = childNode->GetNext();
3397                 }
3398             }
3399         }
3400         node = node->GetNext();
3401     }
3402     return true;
3403 }
3404
3405 /// Set default style
3406 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetDefaultStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style)
3407 {
3408     m_defaultAttributes = style;
3409     return true;
3410 }
3411
3412 /// Test if this whole range has character attributes of the specified kind. If any
3413 /// of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
3414 /// can use this to implement, for example, bold button updating. style must have
3415 /// flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
3416 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::HasCharacterAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const
3417 {
3418     int foundCount = 0;
3419     int matchingCount = 0;
3420
3421     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
3422     while (node)
3423     {
3424         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
3425         // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3426
3427         if (para)
3428         {
3429             // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3430             if (para->GetRange().GetStart() > range.GetEnd())
3431                 return foundCount == matchingCount && foundCount != 0;
3432
3433             if (!para->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
3434             {
3435                 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2 = para->GetChildren().GetFirst();
3436
3437                 while (node2)
3438                 {
3439                     wxRichTextObject* child = node2->GetData();
3440                     // Allow for empty string if no buffer
3441                     wxRichTextRange childRange = child->GetRange();
3442                     if (childRange.GetLength() == 0 && GetRange().GetLength() == 1)
3443                         childRange.SetEnd(childRange.GetEnd()+1);
3444
3445                     if (!childRange.IsOutside(range) && child->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxRichTextPlainText)))
3446                     {
3447                         foundCount ++;
3448                         wxRichTextAttr textAttr = para->GetCombinedAttributes(child->GetAttributes());
3449
3450                         if (wxTextAttrEqPartial(textAttr, style))
3451                             matchingCount ++;
3452                     }
3453
3454                     node2 = node2->GetNext();
3455                 }
3456             }
3457         }
3458
3459         node = node->GetNext();
3460     }
3461
3462     return foundCount == matchingCount && foundCount != 0;
3463 }
3464
3465 /// Test if this whole range has paragraph attributes of the specified kind. If any
3466 /// of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
3467 /// can use this to implement, for example, centering button updating. style must have
3468 /// flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
3469 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::HasParagraphAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const
3470 {
3471     int foundCount = 0;
3472     int matchingCount = 0;
3473
3474     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
3475     while (node)
3476     {
3477         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
3478         // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3479
3480         if (para)
3481         {
3482             // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3483             if (para->GetRange().GetStart() > range.GetEnd())
3484                 return foundCount == matchingCount && foundCount != 0;
3485
3486             if (!para->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
3487             {
3488                 wxRichTextAttr textAttr = GetAttributes();
3489                 // Apply the paragraph style
3490                 wxRichTextApplyStyle(textAttr, para->GetAttributes());
3491
3492                 foundCount ++;
3493                 if (wxTextAttrEqPartial(textAttr, style))
3494                     matchingCount ++;
3495             }
3496         }
3497
3498         node = node->GetNext();
3499     }
3500     return foundCount == matchingCount && foundCount != 0;
3501 }
3502
3503 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Reset()
3504 {
3505     Clear();
3506
3507     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
3508     if (buffer && buffer->GetRichTextCtrl())
3509     {
3510         wxRichTextEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_BUFFER_RESET, buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetId());
3511         event.SetEventObject(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl());
3512         event.SetContainer(this);
3513
3514         buffer->SendEvent(event, true);
3515     }
3516
3517     AddParagraph(wxEmptyString);
3518
3519     InvalidateHierarchy(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
3520 }
3521
3522 /// Invalidate the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer.
3523 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange)
3524 {
3525     wxRichTextCompositeObject::Invalidate(invalidRange);
3526
3527     DoInvalidate(invalidRange);
3528 }
3529
3530 // Do the (in)validation for this object only
3531 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DoInvalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange)
3532 {
3533     if (invalidRange == wxRICHTEXT_ALL)
3534     {
3535         m_invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL;
3536     }
3537     // Already invalidating everything
3538     else if (m_invalidRange == wxRICHTEXT_ALL)
3539     {
3540     }
3541     else
3542     {
3543         if ((invalidRange.GetStart() < m_invalidRange.GetStart()) || m_invalidRange.GetStart() == -1)
3544             m_invalidRange.SetStart(invalidRange.GetStart());
3545         if (invalidRange.GetEnd() > m_invalidRange.GetEnd())
3546             m_invalidRange.SetEnd(invalidRange.GetEnd());
3547     }
3548 }
3549
3550 // Do the (in)validation both up and down the hierarchy
3551 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InvalidateHierarchy(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange)
3552 {
3553     Invalidate(invalidRange);
3554
3555     if (invalidRange != wxRICHTEXT_NONE)
3556     {
3557         // Now go up the hierarchy
3558         wxRichTextObject* thisObj = this;
3559         wxRichTextObject* p = GetParent();
3560         while (p)
3561         {
3562             wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* l = wxDynamicCast(p, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox);
3563             if (l)
3564                 l->DoInvalidate(thisObj->GetRange());
3565
3566             thisObj = p;
3567             p = p->GetParent();
3568         }
3569     }
3570 }
3571
3572 /// Get invalid range, rounding to entire paragraphs if argument is true.
3573 wxRichTextRange wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetInvalidRange(bool wholeParagraphs) const
3574 {
3575     if (m_invalidRange == wxRICHTEXT_ALL || m_invalidRange == wxRICHTEXT_NONE)
3576         return m_invalidRange;
3577
3578     wxRichTextRange range = m_invalidRange;
3579
3580     if (wholeParagraphs)
3581     {
3582         wxRichTextParagraph* para1 = GetParagraphAtPosition(range.GetStart());
3583         if (para1)
3584             range.SetStart(para1->GetRange().GetStart());
3585         // floating layout make all child should be relayout
3586         range.SetEnd(GetOwnRange().GetEnd());
3587     }
3588     return range;
3589 }
3590
3591 /// Apply the style sheet to the buffer, for example if the styles have changed.
3592 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::ApplyStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet)
3593 {
3594     wxASSERT(styleSheet != NULL);
3595     if (!styleSheet)
3596         return false;
3597
3598     int foundCount = 0;
3599
3600     wxRichTextAttr attr(GetBasicStyle());
3601     if (GetBasicStyle().HasParagraphStyleName())
3602     {
3603         wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* paraDef = styleSheet->FindParagraphStyle(GetBasicStyle().GetParagraphStyleName());
3604         if (paraDef)
3605         {
3606             attr.Apply(paraDef->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet));
3607             SetBasicStyle(attr);
3608             foundCount ++;
3609         }
3610     }
3611
3612     if (GetBasicStyle().HasCharacterStyleName())
3613     {
3614         wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition* charDef = styleSheet->FindCharacterStyle(GetBasicStyle().GetCharacterStyleName());
3615         if (charDef)
3616         {
3617             attr.Apply(charDef->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet));
3618             SetBasicStyle(attr);
3619             foundCount ++;
3620         }
3621     }
3622
3623     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
3624     while (node)
3625     {
3626         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
3627         // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3628
3629         if (para)
3630         {
3631             // Combine paragraph and list styles. If there is a list style in the original attributes,
3632             // the current indentation overrides anything else and is used to find the item indentation.
3633             // Also, for applying paragraph styles, consider having 2 modes: (1) we merge with what we have,
3634             // thereby taking into account all user changes, (2) reset the style completely (except for indentation/list
3635             // exception as above).
3636             // Problem: when changing from one list style to another, there's a danger that the level info will get lost.
3637             // So when changing a list style interactively, could retrieve level based on current style, then
3638             // set appropriate indent and apply new style.
3639
3640             int outline = -1;
3641             int num = -1;
3642             if (para->GetAttributes().HasOutlineLevel())
3643                 outline = para->GetAttributes().GetOutlineLevel();
3644             if (para->GetAttributes().HasBulletNumber())
3645                 num = para->GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber();
3646
3647             if (!para->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty() && !para->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
3648             {
3649                 int currentIndent = para->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
3650
3651                 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* paraDef = styleSheet->FindParagraphStyle(para->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName());
3652                 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* listDef = styleSheet->FindListStyle(para->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
3653                 if (paraDef && !listDef)
3654                 {
3655                     para->GetAttributes() = paraDef->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet);
3656                     foundCount ++;
3657                 }
3658                 else if (listDef && !paraDef)
3659                 {
3660                     // Set overall style defined for the list style definition
3661                     para->GetAttributes() = listDef->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet);
3662
3663                     // Apply the style for this level
3664                     wxRichTextApplyStyle(para->GetAttributes(), * listDef->GetLevelAttributes(listDef->FindLevelForIndent(currentIndent)));
3665                     foundCount ++;
3666                 }
3667                 else if (listDef && paraDef)
3668                 {
3669                     // Combines overall list style, style for level, and paragraph style
3670                     para->GetAttributes() = listDef->CombineWithParagraphStyle(currentIndent, paraDef->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet));
3671                     foundCount ++;
3672                 }
3673             }
3674             else if (para->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty() && !para->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
3675             {
3676                 int currentIndent = para->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
3677
3678                 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* listDef = styleSheet->FindListStyle(para->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
3679
3680                 // Overall list definition style
3681                 para->GetAttributes() = listDef->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet);
3682
3683                 // Style for this level
3684                 wxRichTextApplyStyle(para->GetAttributes(), * listDef->GetLevelAttributes(listDef->FindLevelForIndent(currentIndent)));
3685
3686                 foundCount ++;
3687             }
3688             else if (!para->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty() && para->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
3689             {
3690                 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* def = styleSheet->FindParagraphStyle(para->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName());
3691                 if (def)
3692                 {
3693                     para->GetAttributes() = def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet);
3694                     foundCount ++;
3695                 }
3696             }
3697
3698             if (outline != -1)
3699                 para->GetAttributes().SetOutlineLevel(outline);
3700             if (num != -1)
3701                 para->GetAttributes().SetBulletNumber(num);
3702         }
3703
3704         node = node->GetNext();
3705     }
3706     return foundCount != 0;
3707 }
3708
3709 /// Set list style
3710 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags, int startFrom, int specifiedLevel)
3711 {
3712     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
3713     wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet = buffer->GetStyleSheet();
3714
3715     bool withUndo = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO) != 0);
3716     // bool applyMinimal = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE) != 0);
3717     bool specifyLevel = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL) != 0);
3718     bool renumber = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER) != 0);
3719
3720     // Current number, if numbering
3721     int n = startFrom;
3722
3723     wxASSERT (!specifyLevel || (specifyLevel && (specifiedLevel >= 0)));
3724
3725     // If we are associated with a control, make undoable; otherwise, apply immediately
3726     // to the data.
3727
3728     bool haveControl = (buffer->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL);
3729
3730     wxRichTextAction* action = NULL;
3731
3732     if (haveControl && withUndo)
3733     {
3734         action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Change List Style"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE, buffer, this, buffer->GetRichTextCtrl());
3735         action->SetRange(range);
3736         action->SetPosition(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
3737     }
3738
3739     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
3740     while (node)
3741     {
3742         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
3743         // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3744
3745         if (para && para->GetChildCount() > 0)
3746         {
3747             // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3748             if (para->GetRange().GetStart() > range.GetEnd())
3749                 break;
3750
3751             if (!para->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
3752             {
3753                 // We'll be using a copy of the paragraph to make style changes,
3754                 // not updating the buffer directly.
3755                 wxRichTextParagraph* newPara wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL);
3756
3757                 if (haveControl && withUndo)
3758                 {
3759                     newPara = new wxRichTextParagraph(*para);
3760                     action->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara);
3761
3762                     // Also store the old ones for Undo
3763                     action->GetOldParagraphs().AppendChild(new wxRichTextParagraph(*para));
3764                 }
3765                 else
3766                     newPara = para;
3767
3768                 if (def)
3769                 {
3770                     int thisIndent = newPara->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
3771                     int thisLevel = specifyLevel ? specifiedLevel : def->FindLevelForIndent(thisIndent);
3772
3773                     // How is numbering going to work?
3774                     // If we are renumbering, or numbering for the first time, we need to keep
3775                     // track of the number for each level. But we might be simply applying a different
3776                     // list style.
3777                     // In Word, applying a style to several paragraphs, even if at different levels,
3778                     // reverts the level back to the same one. So we could do the same here.
3779                     // Renumbering will need to be done when we promote/demote a paragraph.
3780
3781                     // Apply the overall list style, and item style for this level
3782                     wxRichTextAttr listStyle(def->GetCombinedStyleForLevel(thisLevel, styleSheet));
3783                     wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara->GetAttributes(), listStyle);
3784
3785                     // Now we need to do numbering
3786                     if (renumber)
3787                     {
3788                         newPara->GetAttributes().SetBulletNumber(n);
3789                     }
3790
3791                     n ++;
3792                 }
3793                 else if (!newPara->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
3794                 {
3795                     // if def is NULL, remove list style, applying any associated paragraph style
3796                     // to restore the attributes
3797
3798                     newPara->GetAttributes().SetListStyleName(wxEmptyString);
3799                     newPara->GetAttributes().SetLeftIndent(0, 0);
3800                     newPara->GetAttributes().SetBulletText(wxEmptyString);
3801
3802                     // Eliminate the main list-related attributes
3803                     newPara->GetAttributes().SetFlags(newPara->GetAttributes().GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT & wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME);
3804
3805                     if (styleSheet && !newPara->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty())
3806                     {
3807                         wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* def = styleSheet->FindParagraphStyle(newPara->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName());
3808                         if (def)
3809                         {
3810                             newPara->GetAttributes() = def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet);
3811                         }
3812                     }
3813                 }
3814             }
3815         }
3816
3817         node = node->GetNext();
3818     }
3819
3820     // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
3821     if (haveControl && withUndo)
3822         buffer->SubmitAction(action);
3823
3824     return true;
3825 }
3826
3827 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags, int startFrom, int specifiedLevel)
3828 {
3829     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
3830     if (buffer && buffer->GetStyleSheet())
3831     {
3832         wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = buffer->GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(defName);
3833         if (def)
3834             return SetListStyle(range, def, flags, startFrom, specifiedLevel);
3835     }
3836     return false;
3837 }
3838
3839 /// Clear list for given range
3840 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::ClearListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, int flags)
3841 {
3842     return SetListStyle(range, NULL, flags);
3843 }
3844
3845 /// Number/renumber any list elements in the given range
3846 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags, int startFrom, int specifiedLevel)
3847 {
3848     return DoNumberList(range, range, 0, def, flags, startFrom, specifiedLevel);
3849 }
3850
3851 /// Number/renumber any list elements in the given range. Also do promotion or demotion of items, if specified
3852 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DoNumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRange& promotionRange, int promoteBy,
3853                                                 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags, int startFrom, int specifiedLevel)
3854 {
3855     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
3856     wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet = buffer->GetStyleSheet();
3857
3858     bool withUndo = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO) != 0);
3859     // bool applyMinimal = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE) != 0);
3860 #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL
3861     bool specifyLevel = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL) != 0);
3862 #endif
3863
3864     bool renumber = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER) != 0);
3865
3866     // Max number of levels
3867     const int maxLevels = 10;
3868
3869     // The level we're looking at now
3870     int currentLevel = -1;
3871
3872     // The item number for each level
3873     int levels[maxLevels];
3874     int i;
3875
3876     // Reset all numbering
3877     for (i = 0; i < maxLevels; i++)
3878     {
3879         if (startFrom != -1)
3880             levels[i] = startFrom-1;
3881         else if (renumber) // start again
3882             levels[i] = 0;
3883         else
3884             levels[i] = -1; // start from the number we found, if any
3885     }
3886
3887     wxASSERT(!specifyLevel || (specifyLevel && (specifiedLevel >= 0)));
3888
3889     // If we are associated with a control, make undoable; otherwise, apply immediately
3890     // to the data.
3891
3892     bool haveControl = (buffer->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL);
3893
3894     wxRichTextAction* action = NULL;
3895
3896     if (haveControl && withUndo)
3897     {
3898         action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Renumber List"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE, buffer, this, buffer->GetRichTextCtrl());
3899         action->SetRange(range);
3900         action->SetPosition(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
3901     }
3902
3903     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
3904     while (node)
3905     {
3906         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
3907         // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3908
3909         if (para && para->GetChildCount() > 0)
3910         {
3911             // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3912             if (para->GetRange().GetStart() > range.GetEnd())
3913                 break;
3914
3915             if (!para->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
3916             {
3917                 // We'll be using a copy of the paragraph to make style changes,
3918                 // not updating the buffer directly.
3919                 wxRichTextParagraph* newPara wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL);
3920
3921                 if (haveControl && withUndo)
3922                 {
3923                     newPara = new wxRichTextParagraph(*para);
3924                     action->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara);
3925
3926                     // Also store the old ones for Undo
3927                     action->GetOldParagraphs().AppendChild(new wxRichTextParagraph(*para));
3928                 }
3929                 else
3930                     newPara = para;
3931
3932                 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* defToUse = def;
3933                 if (!defToUse)
3934                 {
3935                     if (styleSheet && !newPara->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
3936                         defToUse = styleSheet->FindListStyle(newPara->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
3937                 }
3938
3939                 if (defToUse)
3940                 {
3941                     int thisIndent = newPara->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
3942                     int thisLevel = defToUse->FindLevelForIndent(thisIndent);
3943
3944                     // If we've specified a level to apply to all, change the level.
3945                     if (specifiedLevel != -1)
3946                         thisLevel = specifiedLevel;
3947
3948                     // Do promotion if specified
3949                     if ((promoteBy != 0) && !para->GetRange().IsOutside(promotionRange))
3950                     {
3951                         thisLevel = thisLevel - promoteBy;
3952                         if (thisLevel < 0)
3953                             thisLevel = 0;
3954                         if (thisLevel > 9)
3955                             thisLevel = 9;
3956                     }
3957
3958                     // Apply the overall list style, and item style for this level
3959                     wxRichTextAttr listStyle(defToUse->GetCombinedStyleForLevel(thisLevel, styleSheet));
3960                     wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara->GetAttributes(), listStyle);
3961
3962                     // OK, we've (re)applied the style, now let's get the numbering right.
3963
3964                     if (currentLevel == -1)
3965                         currentLevel = thisLevel;
3966
3967                     // Same level as before, do nothing except increment level's number afterwards
3968                     if (currentLevel == thisLevel)
3969                     {
3970                     }
3971                     // A deeper level: start renumbering all levels after current level
3972                     else if (thisLevel > currentLevel)
3973                     {
3974                         for (i = currentLevel+1; i <= thisLevel; i++)
3975                         {
3976                             levels[i] = 0;
3977                         }
3978                         currentLevel = thisLevel;
3979                     }
3980                     else if (thisLevel < currentLevel)
3981                     {
3982                         currentLevel = thisLevel;
3983                     }
3984
3985                     // Use the current numbering if -1 and we have a bullet number already
3986                     if (levels[currentLevel] == -1)
3987                     {
3988                         if (newPara->GetAttributes().HasBulletNumber())
3989                             levels[currentLevel] = newPara->GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber();
3990                         else
3991                             levels[currentLevel] = 1;
3992                     }
3993                     else
3994                     {
3995                         levels[currentLevel] ++;
3996                     }
3997
3998                     newPara->GetAttributes().SetBulletNumber(levels[currentLevel]);
3999
4000                     // Create the bullet text if an outline list
4001                     if (listStyle.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE)
4002                     {
4003                         wxString text;
4004                         for (i = 0; i <= currentLevel; i++)
4005                         {
4006                             if (!text.IsEmpty())
4007                                 text += wxT(".");
4008                             text += wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), levels[i]);
4009                         }
4010                         newPara->GetAttributes().SetBulletText(text);
4011                     }
4012                 }
4013             }
4014         }
4015
4016         node = node->GetNext();
4017     }
4018
4019     // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
4020     if (haveControl && withUndo)
4021         buffer->SubmitAction(action);
4022
4023     return true;
4024 }
4025
4026 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags, int startFrom, int specifiedLevel)
4027 {
4028     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
4029     if (buffer->GetStyleSheet())
4030     {
4031         wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL;
4032         if (!defName.IsEmpty())
4033             def = buffer->GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(defName);
4034         return NumberList(range, def, flags, startFrom, specifiedLevel);
4035     }
4036     return false;
4037 }
4038
4039 /// Promote the list items within the given range. promoteBy can be a positive or negative number, e.g. 1 or -1
4040 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags, int specifiedLevel)
4041 {
4042     // TODO
4043     // One strategy is to first work out the range within which renumbering must occur. Then could pass these two ranges
4044     // to NumberList with a flag indicating promotion is required within one of the ranges.
4045     // Find first and last paragraphs in range. Then for first, calculate new indentation and look back until we find
4046     // a paragraph that either has no list style, or has one that is different or whose indentation is less.
4047     // We start renumbering from the para after that different para we found. We specify that the numbering of that
4048     // list position will start from 1.
4049     // Similarly, we look after the last para in the promote range for an indentation that is less (or no list style).
4050     // We can end the renumbering at this point.
4051
4052     // For now, only renumber within the promotion range.
4053
4054     return DoNumberList(range, range, promoteBy, def, flags, 1, specifiedLevel);
4055 }
4056
4057 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags, int specifiedLevel)
4058 {
4059     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
4060     if (buffer->GetStyleSheet())
4061     {
4062         wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL;
4063         if (!defName.IsEmpty())
4064             def = buffer->GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(defName);
4065         return PromoteList(promoteBy, range, def, flags, specifiedLevel);
4066     }
4067     return false;
4068 }
4069
4070 /// Fills in the attributes for numbering a paragraph after previousParagraph. It also finds the
4071 /// position of the paragraph that it had to start looking from.
4072 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::FindNextParagraphNumber(wxRichTextParagraph* previousParagraph, wxRichTextAttr& attr) const
4073 {
4074     if (!previousParagraph->GetAttributes().HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE) || previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() == wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE)
4075         return false;
4076
4077     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
4078     wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet = buffer->GetStyleSheet();
4079     if (styleSheet && !previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
4080     {
4081         wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = styleSheet->FindListStyle(previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
4082         if (def)
4083         {
4084             // int thisIndent = previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
4085             // int thisLevel = def->FindLevelForIndent(thisIndent);
4086
4087             bool isOutline = (previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE) != 0;
4088
4089             attr.SetFlags(previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetFlags() & (wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME));
4090             if (previousParagraph->GetAttributes().HasBulletName())
4091                 attr.SetBulletName(previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetBulletName());
4092             attr.SetBulletStyle(previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle());
4093             attr.SetListStyleName(previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
4094
4095             int nextNumber = previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber() + 1;
4096             attr.SetBulletNumber(nextNumber);
4097
4098             if (isOutline)
4099             {
4100                 wxString text = previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetBulletText();
4101                 if (!text.IsEmpty())
4102                 {
4103                     int pos = text.Find(wxT('.'), true);
4104                     if (pos != wxNOT_FOUND)
4105                     {
4106                         text = text.Mid(0, text.Length() - pos - 1);
4107                     }
4108                     else
4109                         text = wxEmptyString;
4110                     if (!text.IsEmpty())
4111                         text += wxT(".");
4112                     text += wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), nextNumber);
4113                     attr.SetBulletText(text);
4114                 }
4115             }
4116
4117             return true;
4118         }
4119         else
4120             return false;
4121     }
4122     else
4123         return false;
4124 }
4125
4126 /*!
4127  * wxRichTextParagraph
4128  * This object represents a single paragraph (or in a straight text editor, a line).
4129  */
4130
4131 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraph, wxRichTextCompositeObject)
4132
4133 wxArrayInt wxRichTextParagraph::sm_defaultTabs;
4134
4135 wxRichTextParagraph::wxRichTextParagraph(wxRichTextObject* parent, wxRichTextAttr* style):
4136     wxRichTextCompositeObject(parent)
4137 {
4138     if (style)
4139         SetAttributes(*style);
4140 }
4141
4142 wxRichTextParagraph::wxRichTextParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextObject* parent, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle):
4143     wxRichTextCompositeObject(parent)
4144 {
4145     if (paraStyle)
4146         SetAttributes(*paraStyle);
4147
4148     AppendChild(new wxRichTextPlainText(text, this, charStyle));
4149 }
4150
4151 wxRichTextParagraph::~wxRichTextParagraph()
4152 {
4153     ClearLines();
4154 }
4155
4156 /// Draw the item
4157 bool wxRichTextParagraph::Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int WXUNUSED(descent), int style)
4158 {
4159     if (!IsShown())
4160         return true;
4161
4162     // Currently we don't merge these attributes with the parent, but we
4163     // should consider whether we should (e.g. if we set a border colour
4164     // for all paragraphs). But generally box attributes are likely to be
4165     // different for different objects.
4166     wxRect paraRect = GetRect();
4167     DrawBoxAttributes(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), paraRect);
4168
4169     wxRichTextAttr attr = GetCombinedAttributes();
4170
4171     // Draw the bullet, if any
4172     if (attr.GetBulletStyle() != wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE)
4173     {
4174         if (attr.GetLeftSubIndent() != 0)
4175         {
4176             int spaceBeforePara = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetParagraphSpacingBefore());
4177             int leftIndent = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetLeftIndent());
4178
4179             wxRichTextAttr bulletAttr(GetCombinedAttributes());
4180
4181             // Combine with the font of the first piece of content, if one is specified
4182             if (GetChildren().GetCount() > 0)
4183             {
4184                 wxRichTextObject* firstObj = (wxRichTextObject*) GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
4185                 if (!firstObj->IsFloatable() && firstObj->GetAttributes().HasFont())
4186                 {
4187                     wxRichTextApplyStyle(bulletAttr, firstObj->GetAttributes());
4188                 }
4189             }
4190
4191             // Get line height from first line, if any
4192             wxRichTextLine* line = m_cachedLines.GetFirst() ? (wxRichTextLine* ) m_cachedLines.GetFirst()->GetData() : NULL;
4193
4194             wxPoint linePos;
4195             int lineHeight wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(0);
4196             if (line)
4197             {
4198                 lineHeight = line->GetSize().y;
4199                 linePos = line->GetPosition() + GetPosition();
4200             }
4201             else
4202             {
4203                 wxFont font;
4204                 if (bulletAttr.HasFont() && GetBuffer())
4205                     font = GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(bulletAttr);
4206                 else
4207                     font = (*wxNORMAL_FONT);
4208
4209                 wxCheckSetFont(dc, font);
4210
4211                 lineHeight = dc.GetCharHeight();
4212                 linePos = GetPosition();
4213                 linePos.y += spaceBeforePara;
4214             }
4215
4216             wxRect bulletRect(GetPosition().x + leftIndent, linePos.y, linePos.x - (GetPosition().x + leftIndent), lineHeight);
4217
4218             if (attr.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_BITMAP)
4219             {
4220                 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer())
4221                     wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer()->DrawBitmapBullet(this, dc, bulletAttr, bulletRect);
4222             }
4223             else if (attr.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_STANDARD)
4224             {
4225                 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer())
4226                     wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer()->DrawStandardBullet(this, dc, bulletAttr, bulletRect);
4227             }
4228             else
4229             {
4230                 wxString bulletText = GetBulletText();
4231
4232                 if (!bulletText.empty() && wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer())
4233                     wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer()->DrawTextBullet(this, dc, bulletAttr, bulletRect, bulletText);
4234             }
4235         }
4236     }
4237
4238     // Draw the range for each line, one object at a time.
4239
4240     wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node = m_cachedLines.GetFirst();
4241     while (node)
4242     {
4243         wxRichTextLine* line = node->GetData();
4244         wxRichTextRange lineRange = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
4245
4246         // Lines are specified relative to the paragraph
4247
4248         wxPoint linePosition = line->GetPosition() + GetPosition();
4249
4250         // Don't draw if off the screen
4251         if (((style & wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE) != 0) || ((linePosition.y + line->GetSize().y) >= rect.y && linePosition.y <= rect.y + rect.height))
4252         {
4253             wxPoint objectPosition = linePosition;
4254             int maxDescent = line->GetDescent();
4255
4256             // Loop through objects until we get to the one within range
4257             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2 = m_children.GetFirst();
4258
4259             int i = 0;
4260             while (node2)
4261             {
4262                 wxRichTextObject* child = node2->GetData();
4263
4264                 if (!child->IsFloating() && child->GetRange().GetLength() > 0 && !child->GetRange().IsOutside(lineRange) && !lineRange.IsOutside(range))
4265                 {
4266                     // Draw this part of the line at the correct position
4267                     wxRichTextRange objectRange(child->GetRange());
4268                     objectRange.LimitTo(lineRange);
4269
4270                     wxSize objectSize;
4271                     if (child->IsTopLevel())
4272                     {
4273                         objectSize = child->GetCachedSize();
4274                         objectRange = child->GetOwnRange();
4275                     }
4276                     else
4277                     {
4278 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING && wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4279                         if (i < (int) line->GetObjectSizes().GetCount())
4280                         {
4281                             objectSize.x = line->GetObjectSizes()[(size_t) i];
4282                         }
4283                         else
4284 #endif
4285                         {
4286                             int descent = 0;
4287                             child->GetRangeSize(objectRange, objectSize, descent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED, objectPosition);
4288                         }
4289                     }
4290
4291                     // Use the child object's width, but the whole line's height
4292                     wxRect childRect(objectPosition, wxSize(objectSize.x, line->GetSize().y));
4293                     child->Draw(dc, objectRange, selection, childRect, maxDescent, style);
4294
4295                     objectPosition.x += objectSize.x;
4296                     i ++;
4297                 }
4298                 else if (child->GetRange().GetStart() > lineRange.GetEnd())
4299                     // Can break out of inner loop now since we've passed this line's range
4300                     break;
4301
4302                 node2 = node2->GetNext();
4303             }
4304         }
4305
4306         node = node->GetNext();
4307     }
4308
4309     return true;
4310 }
4311
4312 // Get the range width using partial extents calculated for the whole paragraph.
4313 static int wxRichTextGetRangeWidth(const wxRichTextParagraph& para, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxArrayInt& partialExtents)
4314 {
4315     wxASSERT(partialExtents.GetCount() >= (size_t) range.GetLength());
4316
4317     if (partialExtents.GetCount() < (size_t) range.GetLength())
4318         return 0;
4319
4320     int leftMostPos = 0;
4321     if (range.GetStart() - para.GetRange().GetStart() > 0)
4322         leftMostPos = partialExtents[range.GetStart() - para.GetRange().GetStart() - 1];
4323
4324     int rightMostPos = partialExtents[range.GetEnd() - para.GetRange().GetStart()];
4325
4326     int w = rightMostPos - leftMostPos;
4327
4328     return w;
4329 }
4330
4331 /// Lay the item out
4332 bool wxRichTextParagraph::Layout(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int style)
4333 {
4334     // Deal with floating objects firstly before the normal layout
4335     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
4336     wxASSERT(buffer);
4337     wxRichTextFloatCollector* collector = GetContainer()->GetFloatCollector();
4338     wxASSERT(collector);
4339     LayoutFloat(dc, rect, style, collector);
4340
4341     wxRichTextAttr attr = GetCombinedAttributes();
4342
4343     // ClearLines();
4344
4345     // Increase the size of the paragraph due to spacing
4346     int spaceBeforePara = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetParagraphSpacingBefore());
4347     int spaceAfterPara = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetParagraphSpacingAfter());
4348     int leftIndent = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetLeftIndent());
4349     int leftSubIndent = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetLeftSubIndent());
4350     int rightIndent = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetRightIndent());
4351
4352     int lineSpacing = 0;
4353
4354     // Let's assume line spacing of 10 is normal, 15 is 1.5, 20 is 2, etc.
4355     if (attr.HasLineSpacing() && attr.GetLineSpacing() > 0 && attr.GetFont().IsOk())
4356     {
4357         wxCheckSetFont(dc, attr.GetFont());
4358         lineSpacing = (int) (double(dc.GetCharHeight()) * (double(attr.GetLineSpacing())/10.0 - 1.0));
4359     }
4360
4361     // Start position for each line relative to the paragraph
4362     int startPositionFirstLine = leftIndent;
4363     int startPositionSubsequentLines = leftIndent + leftSubIndent;
4364
4365     // If we have a bullet in this paragraph, the start position for the first line's text
4366     // is actually leftIndent + leftSubIndent.
4367     if (attr.GetBulletStyle() != wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE)
4368         startPositionFirstLine = startPositionSubsequentLines;
4369
4370     long lastEndPos = GetRange().GetStart()-1;
4371     long lastCompletedEndPos = lastEndPos;
4372
4373     int currentWidth = 0;
4374     SetPosition(rect.GetPosition());
4375
4376     wxPoint currentPosition(0, spaceBeforePara); // We will calculate lines relative to paragraph
4377     int lineHeight = 0;
4378     int maxWidth = 0;
4379     int maxHeight = currentPosition.y;
4380     int maxAscent = 0;
4381     int maxDescent = 0;
4382     int lineCount = 0;
4383     int lineAscent = 0;
4384     int lineDescent = 0;
4385
4386     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node;
4387
4388 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4389     wxUnusedVar(style);
4390     wxArrayInt partialExtents;
4391
4392     wxSize paraSize;
4393     int paraDescent = 0;
4394
4395     // This calculates the partial text extents
4396     GetRangeSize(GetRange(), paraSize, paraDescent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED|wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE, rect.GetPosition(), & partialExtents);
4397 #else
4398     node = m_children.GetFirst();
4399     while (node)
4400     {
4401         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
4402
4403         //child->SetCachedSize(wxDefaultSize);
4404         child->Layout(dc, rect, style);
4405
4406         node = node->GetNext();
4407     }
4408
4409 #endif
4410
4411     // Split up lines
4412
4413     // We may need to go back to a previous child, in which case create the new line,
4414     // find the child corresponding to the start position of the string, and
4415     // continue.
4416
4417     wxRect availableRect;
4418
4419     node = m_children.GetFirst();
4420     while (node)
4421     {
4422         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
4423
4424         // If floating, ignore. We already laid out floats.
4425         // Also ignore if empty object, except if we haven't got any
4426         // size yet.
4427         if (child->IsFloating() || !child->IsShown() ||
4428             (child->GetRange().GetLength() == 0 && maxHeight > spaceBeforePara)
4429             )
4430         {
4431             node = node->GetNext();
4432             continue;
4433         }
4434
4435         // If this is e.g. a composite text box, it will need to be laid out itself.
4436         // But if just a text fragment or image, for example, this will
4437         // do nothing. NB: won't we need to set the position after layout?
4438         // since for example if position is dependent on vertical line size, we
4439         // can't tell the position until the size is determined. So possibly introduce
4440         // another layout phase.
4441
4442         // We may only be looking at part of a child, if we searched back for wrapping
4443         // and found a suitable point some way into the child. So get the size for the fragment
4444         // if necessary.
4445
4446         long nextBreakPos = GetFirstLineBreakPosition(lastEndPos+1);
4447         long lastPosToUse = child->GetRange().GetEnd();
4448         bool lineBreakInThisObject = (nextBreakPos > -1 && nextBreakPos <= child->GetRange().GetEnd());
4449
4450         if (lineBreakInThisObject)
4451             lastPosToUse = nextBreakPos;
4452
4453         wxSize childSize;
4454         int childDescent = 0;
4455
4456         int startOffset = (lineCount == 0 ? startPositionFirstLine : startPositionSubsequentLines);
4457         availableRect = wxRect(rect.x + startOffset, rect.y + currentPosition.y,
4458                                      rect.width - startOffset - rightIndent, rect.height);
4459
4460         if (child->IsTopLevel())
4461         {
4462             wxSize oldSize = child->GetCachedSize();
4463
4464             child->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
4465             child->SetPosition(wxPoint(0, 0));
4466
4467             // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
4468             // lays out the object again using the minimum size
4469             // The position will be determined by its location in its line,
4470             // and not by the child's actual position.
4471             child->LayoutToBestSize(dc, buffer,
4472                     GetAttributes(), child->GetAttributes(), availableRect, style);
4473
4474             if (oldSize != child->GetCachedSize())
4475             {
4476                 partialExtents.Clear();
4477
4478                 // Recalculate the partial text extents since the child object changed size
4479                 GetRangeSize(GetRange(), paraSize, paraDescent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED|wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE, wxPoint(0,0), & partialExtents);
4480             }
4481         }
4482
4483         // Problem: we need to layout composites here for which we need the available width,
4484         // but we can't get the available width without using the float collector which
4485         // needs to know the object height.
4486
4487         if ((nextBreakPos == -1) && (lastEndPos == child->GetRange().GetStart() - 1)) // i.e. we want to get the whole thing
4488         {
4489             childSize = child->GetCachedSize();
4490             childDescent = child->GetDescent();
4491         }
4492         else
4493         {
4494 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4495             // Get height only, then the width using the partial extents
4496             GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(lastEndPos+1, lastPosToUse), childSize, childDescent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED|wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY);
4497             childSize.x = wxRichTextGetRangeWidth(*this, wxRichTextRange(lastEndPos+1, lastPosToUse), partialExtents);
4498 #else
4499             GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(lastEndPos+1, lastPosToUse), childSize, childDescent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED, rect.GetPosition());
4500 #endif
4501         }
4502
4503         bool doLoop = true;
4504         int loopIterations = 0;
4505
4506         // If there are nested objects that need to lay themselves out, we have to do this in a
4507         // loop because the height of the object may well depend on the available width.
4508         // And because of floating object positioning, the available width depends on the
4509         // height of the object and whether it will clash with the floating objects.
4510         // So, we see whether the available width changes due to the presence of floating images.
4511         // If it does, then we'll use the new restricted width to find the object height again.
4512         // If this causes another restriction in the available width, we'll try again, until
4513         // either we lose patience or the available width settles down.
4514         do
4515         {
4516             loopIterations ++;
4517
4518             wxRect oldAvailableRect = availableRect;
4519
4520             // Available width depends on the floating objects and the line height.
4521             // Note: the floating objects may be placed vertically along the two side of
4522             // buffer, so we may have different available line widths with different
4523             // [startY, endY]. So, we can't determine how wide the available
4524             // space is until we know the exact line height.
4525             lineDescent = wxMax(childDescent, maxDescent);
4526             lineAscent = wxMax(childSize.y-childDescent, maxAscent);
4527             lineHeight = lineDescent + lineAscent;
4528             wxRect floatAvailableRect = collector->GetAvailableRect(rect.y + currentPosition.y, rect.y + currentPosition.y + lineHeight);
4529
4530             // Adjust availableRect to the space that is available when taking floating objects into account.
4531
4532             if (floatAvailableRect.x + startOffset > availableRect.x)
4533             {
4534                 int newX = floatAvailableRect.x + startOffset;
4535                 int newW = availableRect.width - (newX - availableRect.x);
4536                 availableRect.x = newX;
4537                 availableRect.width = newW;
4538             }
4539
4540             if (floatAvailableRect.width < availableRect.width)
4541                 availableRect.width = floatAvailableRect.width;
4542
4543             currentPosition.x = availableRect.x - rect.x;
4544
4545             if (child->IsTopLevel() && loopIterations <= 20)
4546             {
4547                 if (availableRect != oldAvailableRect)
4548                 {
4549                     wxSize oldSize = child->GetCachedSize();
4550
4551                     //child->SetCachedSize(wxDefaultSize);
4552                     // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
4553                     // lays out the object again using the minimum size
4554                     child->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
4555                     child->LayoutToBestSize(dc, buffer,
4556                                 GetAttributes(), child->GetAttributes(), availableRect, style);
4557                     childSize = child->GetCachedSize();
4558                     childDescent = child->GetDescent();
4559                     //child->SetPosition(availableRect.GetPosition());
4560
4561                     if (oldSize != child->GetCachedSize())
4562                     {
4563                         partialExtents.Clear();
4564
4565                         // Recalculate the partial text extents since the child object changed size
4566                         GetRangeSize(GetRange(), paraSize, paraDescent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED|wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE, wxPoint(0,0), & partialExtents);
4567                     }
4568
4569                     // Go around the loop finding the available rect for the given floating objects
4570                 }
4571                 else
4572                     doLoop = false;
4573             }
4574             else
4575                 doLoop = false;
4576         }
4577         while (doLoop);
4578
4579         // Cases:
4580         // 1) There was a line break BEFORE the natural break
4581         // 2) There was a line break AFTER the natural break
4582         // 3) It's the last line
4583         // 4) The child still fits (carry on) - 'else' clause
4584
4585         if ((lineBreakInThisObject && (childSize.x + currentWidth <= availableRect.width))
4586             ||
4587             (childSize.x + currentWidth > availableRect.width)
4588             ||
4589             ((childSize.x + currentWidth <= availableRect.width) && !node->GetNext())
4590
4591             )
4592         {
4593             if (child->IsTopLevel())
4594             {
4595                 // We can move it to the correct position at this point
4596                 child->Move(GetPosition() + wxPoint(currentWidth, currentPosition.y));
4597             }
4598
4599             long wrapPosition = 0;
4600             if ((childSize.x + currentWidth <= availableRect.width) && !node->GetNext() && !lineBreakInThisObject)
4601                 wrapPosition = child->GetRange().GetEnd();
4602             else
4603
4604             // Find a place to wrap. This may walk back to previous children,
4605             // for example if a word spans several objects.
4606             // Note: one object must contains only one wxTextAtrr, so the line height will not
4607             //       change inside one object. Thus, we can pass the remain line width to the
4608             //       FindWrapPosition function.
4609             if (!FindWrapPosition(wxRichTextRange(lastCompletedEndPos+1, child->GetRange().GetEnd()), dc, availableRect.width, wrapPosition, & partialExtents))
4610             {
4611                 // If the function failed, just cut it off at the end of this child.
4612                 wrapPosition = child->GetRange().GetEnd();
4613             }
4614
4615             // FindWrapPosition can still return a value that will put us in an endless wrapping loop
4616             if (wrapPosition <= lastCompletedEndPos)
4617                 wrapPosition = wxMax(lastCompletedEndPos+1,child->GetRange().GetEnd());
4618
4619             // Line end position shouldn't be the same as the end, or greater.
4620             if (wrapPosition >= GetRange().GetEnd())
4621                 wrapPosition = GetRange().GetEnd()-1;
4622
4623             // wxLogDebug(wxT("Split at %ld"), wrapPosition);
4624
4625             // Let's find the actual size of the current line now
4626             wxSize actualSize;
4627             wxRichTextRange actualRange(lastCompletedEndPos+1, wrapPosition);
4628
4629             /// Use previous descent, not the wrapping descent we just found, since this may be too big
4630             /// for the fragment we're about to add.
4631             childDescent = maxDescent;
4632
4633 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4634             if (!child->IsEmpty())
4635             {
4636                 // Get height only, then the width using the partial extents
4637                 GetRangeSize(actualRange, actualSize, childDescent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED|wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY);
4638                 actualSize.x = wxRichTextGetRangeWidth(*this, actualRange, partialExtents);
4639             }
4640             else
4641 #endif
4642                 GetRangeSize(actualRange, actualSize, childDescent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED);
4643
4644             currentWidth = actualSize.x;
4645             maxDescent = wxMax(childDescent, maxDescent);
4646             maxAscent = wxMax(actualSize.y-childDescent, maxAscent);
4647             lineHeight = maxDescent + maxAscent;
4648
4649             if (lineHeight == 0 && buffer)
4650             {
4651                 wxFont font(buffer->GetFontTable().FindFont(attr));
4652                 wxCheckSetFont(dc, font);
4653                 lineHeight = dc.GetCharHeight();
4654             }
4655
4656             if (maxDescent == 0)
4657             {
4658                 int w, h;
4659                 dc.GetTextExtent(wxT("X"), & w, &h, & maxDescent);
4660             }
4661
4662             // Add a new line
4663             wxRichTextLine* line = AllocateLine(lineCount);
4664
4665             // Set relative range so we won't have to change line ranges when paragraphs are moved
4666             line->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(actualRange.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart(), actualRange.GetEnd() - GetRange().GetStart()));
4667             line->SetPosition(currentPosition);
4668             line->SetSize(wxSize(currentWidth, lineHeight));
4669             line->SetDescent(maxDescent);
4670
4671             maxHeight = currentPosition.y + lineHeight;
4672
4673             // Now move down a line. TODO: add margins, spacing
4674             currentPosition.y += lineHeight;
4675             currentPosition.y += lineSpacing;
4676             maxDescent = 0;
4677             maxAscent = 0;
4678             maxWidth = wxMax(maxWidth, currentWidth+startOffset);
4679             currentWidth = 0;
4680
4681             lineCount ++;
4682
4683             // TODO: account for zero-length objects, such as fields
4684             // wxASSERT(wrapPosition > lastCompletedEndPos);
4685
4686             lastEndPos = wrapPosition;
4687             lastCompletedEndPos = lastEndPos;
4688
4689             lineHeight = 0;
4690
4691             if (wrapPosition < GetRange().GetEnd()-1)
4692             {
4693                 // May need to set the node back to a previous one, due to searching back in wrapping
4694                 wxRichTextObject* childAfterWrapPosition = FindObjectAtPosition(wrapPosition+1);
4695                 if (childAfterWrapPosition)
4696                     node = m_children.Find(childAfterWrapPosition);
4697                 else
4698                     node = node->GetNext();
4699             }
4700             else
4701                 node = node->GetNext();
4702
4703             // Apply paragraph styles such as alignment to the wrapped line
4704             ApplyParagraphStyle(line, attr, availableRect, dc);
4705         }
4706         else
4707         {
4708             // We still fit, so don't add a line, and keep going
4709             currentWidth += childSize.x;
4710             maxDescent = wxMax(childDescent, maxDescent);
4711             maxAscent = wxMax(childSize.y-childDescent, maxAscent);
4712             lineHeight = maxDescent + maxAscent;
4713
4714             maxWidth = wxMax(maxWidth, currentWidth+startOffset);
4715             lastEndPos = child->GetRange().GetEnd();
4716
4717             node = node->GetNext();
4718         }
4719     }
4720
4721     //wxASSERT(!(lastCompletedEndPos != -1 && lastCompletedEndPos < GetRange().GetEnd()-1));
4722
4723     // Remove remaining unused line objects, if any
4724     ClearUnusedLines(lineCount);
4725
4726     // We need to add back the margins etc.
4727     {
4728         wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
4729         contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxWidth, currentPosition.y + spaceAfterPara));
4730         GetBoxRects(dc, buffer, GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
4731         SetCachedSize(marginRect.GetSize());
4732     }
4733
4734     // The maximum size is the length of the paragraph stretched out into a line.
4735     // So if there were a single word, or an image, or a fixed-size text box, the object could be shrunk around
4736     // this size. TODO: take into account line breaks.
4737     {
4738         wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
4739         contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(paraSize.x + wxMax(leftIndent, leftIndent + leftSubIndent) + rightIndent, currentPosition.y + spaceAfterPara));
4740         GetBoxRects(dc, buffer, GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
4741         SetMaxSize(marginRect.GetSize());
4742     }
4743
4744     // Find the greatest minimum size. Currently we only look at non-text objects,
4745     // which isn't ideal but it would be slow to find the maximum word width to
4746     // use as the minimum.
4747     {
4748         int minWidth = 0;
4749         node = m_children.GetFirst();
4750         while (node)
4751         {
4752             wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
4753
4754             // If floating, ignore. We already laid out floats.
4755             // Also ignore if empty object, except if we haven't got any
4756             // size yet.
4757             if (!child->IsFloating() && child->GetRange().GetLength() != 0 && !child->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxRichTextPlainText)))
4758             {
4759                 if (child->GetCachedSize().x > minWidth)
4760                     minWidth = child->GetMinSize().x;
4761             }
4762             node = node->GetNext();
4763         }
4764
4765         wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
4766         contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(minWidth, currentPosition.y + spaceAfterPara));
4767         GetBoxRects(dc, buffer, GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
4768         SetMinSize(marginRect.GetSize());
4769     }
4770
4771
4772 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4773 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
4774     // Use the text extents to calculate the size of each fragment in each line
4775     wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator lineNode = m_cachedLines.GetFirst();
4776     while (lineNode)
4777     {
4778         wxRichTextLine* line = lineNode->GetData();
4779         wxRichTextRange lineRange = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
4780
4781         // Loop through objects until we get to the one within range
4782         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2 = m_children.GetFirst();
4783
4784         while (node2)
4785         {
4786             wxRichTextObject* child = node2->GetData();
4787
4788             if (child->GetRange().GetLength() > 0 && !child->GetRange().IsOutside(lineRange))
4789             {
4790                 wxRichTextRange rangeToUse = lineRange;
4791                 rangeToUse.LimitTo(child->GetRange());
4792
4793                 // Find the size of the child from the text extents, and store in an array
4794                 // for drawing later
4795                 int left = 0;
4796                 if (rangeToUse.GetStart() > GetRange().GetStart())
4797                     left = partialExtents[(rangeToUse.GetStart()-1) - GetRange().GetStart()];
4798                 int right = partialExtents[rangeToUse.GetEnd() - GetRange().GetStart()];
4799                 int sz = right - left;
4800                 line->GetObjectSizes().Add(sz);
4801             }
4802             else if (child->GetRange().GetStart() > lineRange.GetEnd())
4803                 // Can break out of inner loop now since we've passed this line's range
4804                 break;
4805
4806             node2 = node2->GetNext();
4807         }
4808
4809         lineNode = lineNode->GetNext();
4810     }
4811 #endif
4812 #endif
4813
4814     return true;
4815 }
4816
4817 /// Apply paragraph styles, such as centering, to wrapped lines
4818 /// TODO: take into account box attributes, possibly
4819 void wxRichTextParagraph::ApplyParagraphStyle(wxRichTextLine* line, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, wxDC& dc)
4820 {
4821     if (!attr.HasAlignment())
4822         return;
4823
4824     wxPoint pos = line->GetPosition();
4825     wxSize size = line->GetSize();
4826
4827     // centering, right-justification
4828     if (attr.HasAlignment() && GetAttributes().GetAlignment() == wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE)
4829     {
4830         int rightIndent = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetRightIndent());
4831         pos.x = (rect.GetWidth() - rightIndent - size.x)/2 + pos.x;
4832         line->SetPosition(pos);
4833     }
4834     else if (attr.HasAlignment() && GetAttributes().GetAlignment() == wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT)
4835     {
4836         int rightIndent = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetRightIndent());
4837         pos.x = pos.x + rect.GetWidth() - size.x - rightIndent;
4838         line->SetPosition(pos);
4839     }
4840 }
4841
4842 /// Insert text at the given position
4843 bool wxRichTextParagraph::InsertText(long pos, const wxString& text)
4844 {
4845     wxRichTextObject* childToUse = NULL;
4846     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator nodeToUse = wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
4847
4848     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
4849     while (node)
4850     {
4851         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
4852         if (child->GetRange().Contains(pos) && child->GetRange().GetLength() > 0)
4853         {
4854             childToUse = child;
4855             nodeToUse = node;
4856             break;
4857         }
4858
4859         node = node->GetNext();
4860     }
4861
4862     if (childToUse)
4863     {
4864         wxRichTextPlainText* textObject = wxDynamicCast(childToUse, wxRichTextPlainText);
4865         if (textObject)
4866         {
4867             int posInString = pos - textObject->GetRange().GetStart();
4868
4869             wxString newText = textObject->GetText().Mid(0, posInString) +
4870                                text + textObject->GetText().Mid(posInString);
4871             textObject->SetText(newText);
4872
4873             int textLength = text.length();
4874
4875             textObject->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(textObject->GetRange().GetStart(),
4876                                                  textObject->GetRange().GetEnd() + textLength));
4877
4878             // Increment the end range of subsequent fragments in this paragraph.
4879             // We'll set the paragraph range itself at a higher level.
4880
4881             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = nodeToUse->GetNext();
4882             while (node)
4883             {
4884                 wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
4885                 child->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(textObject->GetRange().GetStart() + textLength,
4886                                                  textObject->GetRange().GetEnd() + textLength));
4887
4888                 node = node->GetNext();
4889             }
4890
4891             return true;
4892         }
4893         else
4894         {
4895             // TODO: if not a text object, insert at closest position, e.g. in front of it
4896         }
4897     }
4898     else
4899     {
4900         // Add at end.
4901         // Don't pass parent initially to suppress auto-setting of parent range.
4902         // We'll do that at a higher level.
4903         wxRichTextPlainText* textObject = new wxRichTextPlainText(text, this);
4904
4905         AppendChild(textObject);
4906         return true;
4907     }
4908
4909     return false;
4910 }
4911
4912 void wxRichTextParagraph::Copy(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj)
4913 {
4914     wxRichTextCompositeObject::Copy(obj);
4915 }
4916
4917 /// Clear the cached lines
4918 void wxRichTextParagraph::ClearLines()
4919 {
4920     WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxRichTextLineList, m_cachedLines);
4921 }
4922
4923 /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
4924 /// is invalid for this object.
4925 bool wxRichTextParagraph::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, int flags, wxPoint position, wxArrayInt* partialExtents) const
4926 {
4927     if (!range.IsWithin(GetRange()))
4928         return false;
4929
4930     if (flags & wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED)
4931     {
4932         // Just use unformatted data, assume no line breaks
4933         // TODO: take into account line breaks
4934
4935         wxSize sz;
4936
4937         wxArrayInt childExtents;
4938         wxArrayInt* p;
4939         if (partialExtents)
4940             p = & childExtents;
4941         else
4942             p = NULL;
4943
4944         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
4945         while (node)
4946         {
4947
4948             wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
4949             if (!child->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
4950             {
4951                 // Floating objects have a zero size within the paragraph.
4952                 if (child->IsFloating())
4953                 {
4954                     if (partialExtents)
4955                     {
4956                         int lastSize;
4957                         if (partialExtents->GetCount() > 0)
4958                             lastSize = (*partialExtents)[partialExtents->GetCount()-1];
4959                         else
4960                             lastSize = 0;
4961
4962                         partialExtents->Add(0 /* zero size */ + lastSize);
4963                     }
4964                 }
4965                 else
4966                 {
4967                     wxSize childSize;
4968
4969                     wxRichTextRange rangeToUse = range;
4970                     rangeToUse.LimitTo(child->GetRange());
4971 #if 0
4972                     if (child->IsTopLevel())
4973                         rangeToUse = child->GetOwnRange();
4974 #endif
4975                     int childDescent = 0;
4976
4977                     // At present wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY is only fast if we're already cached the size,
4978                     // but it's only going to be used after caching has taken place.
4979                     if ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY) && child->GetCachedSize().y != 0)
4980                     {
4981                         childDescent = child->GetDescent();
4982                         childSize = child->GetCachedSize();
4983
4984                         sz.y = wxMax(sz.y, childSize.y);
4985                         sz.x += childSize.x;
4986                         descent = wxMax(descent, childDescent);
4987                     }
4988                     else if (child->IsTopLevel())
4989                     {
4990                         childDescent = child->GetDescent();
4991                         childSize = child->GetCachedSize();
4992
4993                         sz.y = wxMax(sz.y, childSize.y);
4994                         sz.x += childSize.x;
4995                         descent = wxMax(descent, childDescent);
4996                         if ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE) && (rangeToUse == child->GetRange()))
4997                         {
4998                             child->SetCachedSize(childSize);
4999                             child->SetDescent(childDescent);
5000                         }
5001
5002                         if (partialExtents)
5003                         {
5004                             int lastSize;
5005                             if (partialExtents->GetCount() > 0)
5006                                 lastSize = (*partialExtents)[partialExtents->GetCount()-1];
5007                             else
5008                                 lastSize = 0;
5009
5010                             partialExtents->Add(childSize.x + lastSize);
5011                         }
5012                     }
5013                     else if (child->GetRangeSize(rangeToUse, childSize, childDescent, dc, flags, wxPoint(position.x + sz.x, position.y), p))
5014                     {
5015                         sz.y = wxMax(sz.y, childSize.y);
5016                         sz.x += childSize.x;
5017                         descent = wxMax(descent, childDescent);
5018
5019                         if ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE) && (rangeToUse == child->GetRange()))
5020                         {
5021                             child->SetCachedSize(childSize);
5022                             child->SetDescent(childDescent);
5023                         }
5024
5025                         if (partialExtents)
5026                         {
5027                             int lastSize;
5028                             if (partialExtents->GetCount() > 0)
5029                                 lastSize = (*partialExtents)[partialExtents->GetCount()-1];
5030                             else
5031                                 lastSize = 0;
5032
5033                             size_t i;
5034                             for (i = 0; i < childExtents.GetCount(); i++)
5035                             {
5036                                 partialExtents->Add(childExtents[i] + lastSize);
5037                             }
5038                         }
5039                     }
5040                 }
5041
5042                 if (p)
5043                     p->Clear();
5044             }
5045
5046             node = node->GetNext();
5047         }
5048         size = sz;
5049     }
5050     else
5051     {
5052         // Use formatted data, with line breaks
5053         wxSize sz;
5054
5055         // We're going to loop through each line, and then for each line,
5056         // call GetRangeSize for the fragment that comprises that line.
5057         // Only we have to do that multiple times within the line, because
5058         // the line may be broken into pieces. For now ignore line break commands
5059         // (so we can assume that getting the unformatted size for a fragment
5060         // within a line is the actual size)
5061
5062         wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node = m_cachedLines.GetFirst();
5063         while (node)
5064         {
5065             wxRichTextLine* line = node->GetData();
5066             wxRichTextRange lineRange = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
5067             if (!lineRange.IsOutside(range))
5068             {
5069                 wxSize lineSize;
5070
5071                 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2 = m_children.GetFirst();
5072                 while (node2)
5073                 {
5074                     wxRichTextObject* child = node2->GetData();
5075
5076                     if (!child->IsFloating() && !child->GetRange().IsOutside(lineRange))
5077                     {
5078                         wxRichTextRange rangeToUse = lineRange;
5079                         rangeToUse.LimitTo(child->GetRange());
5080                         if (child->IsTopLevel())
5081                             rangeToUse = child->GetOwnRange();
5082
5083                         wxSize childSize;
5084                         int childDescent = 0;
5085                         if (child->GetRangeSize(rangeToUse, childSize, childDescent, dc, flags, wxPoint(position.x + sz.x, position.y)))
5086                         {
5087                             lineSize.y = wxMax(lineSize.y, childSize.y);
5088                             lineSize.x += childSize.x;
5089                         }
5090                         descent = wxMax(descent, childDescent);
5091                     }
5092
5093                     node2 = node2->GetNext();
5094                 }
5095
5096                 // Increase size by a line (TODO: paragraph spacing)
5097                 sz.y += lineSize.y;
5098                 sz.x = wxMax(sz.x, lineSize.x);
5099             }
5100             node = node->GetNext();
5101         }
5102         size = sz;
5103     }
5104     return true;
5105 }
5106
5107 /// Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position
5108 bool wxRichTextParagraph::FindPosition(wxDC& dc, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart)
5109 {
5110     if (index == -1)
5111     {
5112         wxRichTextLine* line = ((wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox*)GetParent())->GetLineAtPosition(0);
5113         if (line)
5114             *height = line->GetSize().y;
5115         else
5116             *height = dc.GetCharHeight();
5117
5118         // -1 means 'the start of the buffer'.
5119         pt = GetPosition();
5120         if (line)
5121             pt = pt + line->GetPosition();
5122
5123         return true;
5124     }
5125
5126     // The final position in a paragraph is taken to mean the position
5127     // at the start of the next paragraph.
5128     if (index == GetRange().GetEnd())
5129     {
5130         wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* parent = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox);
5131         wxASSERT( parent != NULL );
5132
5133         // Find the height at the next paragraph, if any
5134         wxRichTextLine* line = parent->GetLineAtPosition(index + 1);
5135         if (line)
5136         {
5137             *height = line->GetSize().y;
5138             pt = line->GetAbsolutePosition();
5139         }
5140         else
5141         {
5142             *height = dc.GetCharHeight();
5143             int indent = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, m_attributes.GetLeftIndent());
5144             pt = wxPoint(indent, GetCachedSize().y);
5145         }
5146
5147         return true;
5148     }
5149
5150     if (index < GetRange().GetStart() || index > GetRange().GetEnd())
5151         return false;
5152
5153     wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node = m_cachedLines.GetFirst();
5154     while (node)
5155     {
5156         wxRichTextLine* line = node->GetData();
5157         wxRichTextRange lineRange = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
5158         if (index >= lineRange.GetStart() && index <= lineRange.GetEnd())
5159         {
5160             // If this is the last point in the line, and we're forcing the
5161             // returned value to be the start of the next line, do the required
5162             // thing.
5163             if (index == lineRange.GetEnd() && forceLineStart)
5164             {
5165                 if (node->GetNext())
5166                 {
5167                     wxRichTextLine* nextLine = node->GetNext()->GetData();
5168                     *height = nextLine->GetSize().y;
5169                     pt = nextLine->GetAbsolutePosition();
5170                     return true;
5171                 }
5172             }
5173
5174             pt.y = line->GetPosition().y + GetPosition().y;
5175
5176             wxRichTextRange r(lineRange.GetStart(), index);
5177             wxSize rangeSize;
5178             int descent = 0;
5179
5180             // We find the size of the line up to this point,
5181             // then we can add this size to the line start position and
5182             // paragraph start position to find the actual position.
5183
5184             if (GetRangeSize(r, rangeSize, descent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED, line->GetPosition()+ GetPosition()))
5185             {
5186                 pt.x = line->GetPosition().x + GetPosition().x + rangeSize.x;
5187                 *height = line->GetSize().y;
5188
5189                 return true;
5190             }
5191
5192         }
5193
5194         node = node->GetNext();
5195     }
5196
5197     return false;
5198 }
5199
5200 /// Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
5201 /// information about position
5202 int wxRichTextParagraph::HitTest(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags)
5203 {
5204     if (!IsShown())
5205         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
5206
5207     // If we're in the top-level container, then we can return
5208     // a suitable hit test code even if the point is outside the container area,
5209     // so that we can position the caret sensibly even if we don't
5210     // click on valid content. If we're not at the top-level, and the point
5211     // is not within this paragraph object, then we don't want to stop more
5212     // precise hit-testing from working prematurely, so return immediately.
5213     // NEW STRATEGY: use the parent boundary to test whether we're in the
5214     // right region, not the paragraph, since the paragraph may be positioned
5215     // some way in from where the user clicks.
5216     {
5217         long tmpPos;
5218         wxRichTextObject* tempObj, *tempContextObj;
5219         if (GetParent() && GetParent()->wxRichTextObject::HitTest(dc, pt, tmpPos, & tempObj, & tempContextObj, flags) == wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE)
5220             return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
5221     }
5222
5223     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator objNode = m_children.GetFirst();
5224     while (objNode)
5225     {
5226         wxRichTextObject* child = objNode->GetData();
5227         if (child->IsTopLevel() && ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS) == 0))
5228         {
5229             {
5230                 int hitTest = child->HitTest(dc, pt, textPosition, obj, contextObj);
5231                 if (hitTest != wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE)
5232                     return hitTest;
5233             }
5234         }
5235
5236         objNode = objNode->GetNext();
5237     }
5238
5239     wxPoint paraPos = GetPosition();
5240
5241     wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node = m_cachedLines.GetFirst();
5242     while (node)
5243     {
5244         wxRichTextLine* line = node->GetData();
5245         wxPoint linePos = paraPos + line->GetPosition();
5246         wxSize lineSize = line->GetSize();
5247         wxRichTextRange lineRange = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
5248
5249         if (pt.y <= linePos.y + lineSize.y)
5250         {
5251             if (pt.x < linePos.x)
5252             {
5253                 textPosition = lineRange.GetStart();
5254                 *obj = FindObjectAtPosition(textPosition);
5255                 *contextObj = GetContainer();
5256                 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE|wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE;
5257             }
5258             else if (pt.x >= (linePos.x + lineSize.x))
5259             {
5260                 textPosition = lineRange.GetEnd();
5261                 *obj = FindObjectAtPosition(textPosition);
5262                 *contextObj = GetContainer();
5263                 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER|wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE;
5264             }
5265             else
5266             {
5267 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
5268                 wxArrayInt partialExtents;
5269
5270                 wxSize paraSize;
5271                 int paraDescent;
5272
5273                 // This calculates the partial text extents
5274                 GetRangeSize(lineRange, paraSize, paraDescent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED, linePos, & partialExtents);
5275
5276                 int lastX = linePos.x;
5277                 size_t i;
5278                 for (i = 0; i < partialExtents.GetCount(); i++)
5279                 {
5280                     int nextX = partialExtents[i] + linePos.x;
5281
5282                     if (pt.x >= lastX && pt.x <= nextX)
5283                     {
5284                         textPosition = i + lineRange.GetStart(); // minus 1?
5285
5286                         *obj = FindObjectAtPosition(textPosition);
5287                         *contextObj = GetContainer();
5288
5289                         // So now we know it's between i-1 and i.
5290                         // Let's see if we can be more precise about
5291                         // which side of the position it's on.
5292
5293                         int midPoint = (nextX + lastX)/2;
5294                         if (pt.x >= midPoint)
5295                             return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER;
5296                         else
5297                             return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE;
5298                     }
5299
5300                     lastX = nextX;
5301                 }
5302 #else
5303                 long i;
5304                 int lastX = linePos.x;
5305                 for (i = lineRange.GetStart(); i <= lineRange.GetEnd(); i++)
5306                 {
5307                     wxSize childSize;
5308                     int descent = 0;
5309
5310                     wxRichTextRange rangeToUse(lineRange.GetStart(), i);
5311
5312                     GetRangeSize(rangeToUse, childSize, descent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED, linePos);
5313
5314                     int nextX = childSize.x + linePos.x;
5315
5316                     if (pt.x >= lastX && pt.x <= nextX)
5317                     {
5318                         textPosition = i;
5319
5320                         *obj = FindObjectAtPosition(textPosition);
5321                         *contextObj = GetContainer();
5322
5323                         // So now we know it's between i-1 and i.
5324                         // Let's see if we can be more precise about
5325                         // which side of the position it's on.
5326
5327                         int midPoint = (nextX + lastX)/2;
5328                         if (pt.x >= midPoint)
5329                             return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER;
5330                         else
5331                             return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE;
5332                     }
5333                     else
5334                     {
5335                         lastX = nextX;
5336                     }
5337                 }
5338 #endif
5339             }
5340         }
5341
5342         node = node->GetNext();
5343     }
5344
5345     return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
5346 }
5347
5348 /// Split an object at this position if necessary, and return
5349 /// the previous object, or NULL if inserting at beginning.
5350 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextParagraph::SplitAt(long pos, wxRichTextObject** previousObject)
5351 {
5352     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
5353     while (node)
5354     {
5355         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
5356
5357         if (pos == child->GetRange().GetStart())
5358         {
5359             if (previousObject)
5360             {
5361                 if (node->GetPrevious())
5362                     *previousObject = node->GetPrevious()->GetData();
5363                 else
5364                     *previousObject = NULL;
5365             }
5366
5367             return child;
5368         }
5369
5370         if (child->GetRange().Contains(pos))
5371         {
5372             // This should create a new object, transferring part of
5373             // the content to the old object and the rest to the new object.
5374             wxRichTextObject* newObject = child->DoSplit(pos);
5375
5376             // If we couldn't split this object, just insert in front of it.
5377             if (!newObject)
5378             {
5379                 // Maybe this is an empty string, try the next one
5380                 // return child;
5381             }
5382             else
5383             {
5384                 // Insert the new object after 'child'
5385                 if (node->GetNext())
5386                     m_children.Insert(node->GetNext(), newObject);
5387                 else
5388                     m_children.Append(newObject);
5389                 newObject->SetParent(this);
5390
5391                 if (previousObject)
5392                     *previousObject = child;
5393
5394                 return newObject;
5395             }
5396         }
5397
5398         node = node->GetNext();
5399     }
5400     if (previousObject)
5401         *previousObject = NULL;
5402     return NULL;
5403 }
5404
5405 /// Move content to a list from obj on
5406 void wxRichTextParagraph::MoveToList(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxList& list)
5407 {
5408     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.Find(obj);
5409     while (node)
5410     {
5411         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
5412         list.Append(child);
5413
5414         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator oldNode = node;
5415
5416         node = node->GetNext();
5417
5418         m_children.DeleteNode(oldNode);
5419     }
5420 }
5421
5422 /// Add content back from list
5423 void wxRichTextParagraph::MoveFromList(wxList& list)
5424 {
5425     for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node = list.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext())
5426     {
5427         AppendChild((wxRichTextObject*) node->GetData());
5428     }
5429 }
5430
5431 /// Calculate range
5432 void wxRichTextParagraph::CalculateRange(long start, long& end)
5433 {
5434     wxRichTextCompositeObject::CalculateRange(start, end);
5435
5436     // Add one for end of paragraph
5437     end ++;
5438
5439     m_range.SetRange(start, end);
5440 }
5441
5442 /// Find the object at the given position
5443 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextParagraph::FindObjectAtPosition(long position)
5444 {
5445     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
5446     while (node)
5447     {
5448         wxRichTextObject* obj = node->GetData();
5449         if (obj->GetRange().Contains(position) ||
5450             obj->GetRange().GetStart() == position ||
5451             obj->GetRange().GetEnd() == position)
5452             return obj;
5453
5454         node = node->GetNext();
5455     }
5456     return NULL;
5457 }
5458
5459 /// Get the plain text searching from the start or end of the range.
5460 /// The resulting string may be shorter than the range given.
5461 bool wxRichTextParagraph::GetContiguousPlainText(wxString& text, const wxRichTextRange& range, bool fromStart)
5462 {
5463     text = wxEmptyString;
5464
5465     if (fromStart)
5466     {
5467         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
5468         while (node)
5469         {
5470             wxRichTextObject* obj = node->GetData();
5471             if (!obj->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
5472             {
5473                 wxRichTextPlainText* textObj = wxDynamicCast(obj, wxRichTextPlainText);
5474                 if (textObj)
5475                 {
5476                     text += textObj->GetTextForRange(range);
5477                 }
5478                 else
5479                 {
5480                     text += wxT(" ");
5481                 }
5482             }
5483
5484             node = node->GetNext();
5485         }
5486     }
5487     else
5488     {
5489         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetLast();
5490         while (node)
5491         {
5492             wxRichTextObject* obj = node->GetData();
5493             if (!obj->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
5494             {
5495                 wxRichTextPlainText* textObj = wxDynamicCast(obj, wxRichTextPlainText);
5496                 if (textObj)
5497                 {
5498                     text = textObj->GetTextForRange(range) + text;
5499                 }
5500                 else
5501                 {
5502                     text = wxT(" ") + text;
5503                 }
5504             }
5505
5506             node = node->GetPrevious();
5507         }
5508     }
5509
5510     return true;
5511 }
5512
5513 /// Find a suitable wrap position.
5514 bool wxRichTextParagraph::FindWrapPosition(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxDC& dc, int availableSpace, long& wrapPosition, wxArrayInt* partialExtents)
5515 {
5516     if (range.GetLength() <= 0)
5517         return false;
5518
5519     // Find the first position where the line exceeds the available space.
5520     wxSize sz;
5521     long breakPosition = range.GetEnd();
5522
5523 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
5524     if (partialExtents && partialExtents->GetCount() >= (size_t) (GetRange().GetLength()-1)) // the final position in a paragraph is the newline
5525     {
5526         int widthBefore;
5527
5528         if (range.GetStart() > GetRange().GetStart())
5529             widthBefore = (*partialExtents)[range.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart() - 1];
5530         else
5531             widthBefore = 0;
5532
5533         size_t i;
5534         for (i = (size_t) range.GetStart(); i <= (size_t) range.GetEnd(); i++)
5535         {
5536             int widthFromStartOfThisRange = (*partialExtents)[i - GetRange().GetStart()] - widthBefore;
5537
5538             if (widthFromStartOfThisRange > availableSpace)
5539             {
5540                 breakPosition = i-1;
5541                 break;
5542             }
5543         }
5544     }
5545     else
5546 #endif
5547     {
5548         // Binary chop for speed
5549         long minPos = range.GetStart();
5550         long maxPos = range.GetEnd();
5551         while (true)
5552         {
5553             if (minPos == maxPos)
5554             {
5555                 int descent = 0;
5556                 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(range.GetStart(), minPos), sz, descent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED);
5557
5558                 if (sz.x > availableSpace)
5559                     breakPosition = minPos - 1;
5560                 break;
5561             }
5562             else if ((maxPos - minPos) == 1)
5563             {
5564                 int descent = 0;
5565                 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(range.GetStart(), minPos), sz, descent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED);
5566
5567                 if (sz.x > availableSpace)
5568                     breakPosition = minPos - 1;
5569                 else
5570                 {
5571                     GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(range.GetStart(), maxPos), sz, descent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED);
5572                     if (sz.x > availableSpace)
5573                         breakPosition = maxPos-1;
5574                 }
5575                 break;
5576             }
5577             else
5578             {
5579                 long nextPos = minPos + ((maxPos - minPos) / 2);
5580
5581                 int descent = 0;
5582                 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(range.GetStart(), nextPos), sz, descent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED);
5583
5584                 if (sz.x > availableSpace)
5585                 {
5586                     maxPos = nextPos;
5587                 }
5588                 else
5589                 {
5590                     minPos = nextPos;
5591                 }
5592             }
5593         }
5594     }
5595
5596     // Now we know the last position on the line.
5597     // Let's try to find a word break.
5598
5599     wxString plainText;
5600     if (GetContiguousPlainText(plainText, wxRichTextRange(range.GetStart(), breakPosition), false))
5601     {
5602         int newLinePos = plainText.Find(wxRichTextLineBreakChar);
5603         if (newLinePos != wxNOT_FOUND)
5604         {
5605             breakPosition = wxMax(0, range.GetStart() + newLinePos);
5606         }
5607         else
5608         {
5609             int spacePos = plainText.Find(wxT(' '), true);
5610             int tabPos = plainText.Find(wxT('\t'), true);
5611             int pos = wxMax(spacePos, tabPos);
5612             if (pos != wxNOT_FOUND)
5613             {
5614                 int positionsFromEndOfString = plainText.length() - pos - 1;
5615                 breakPosition = breakPosition - positionsFromEndOfString;
5616             }
5617         }
5618     }
5619
5620     wrapPosition = breakPosition;
5621
5622     return true;
5623 }
5624
5625 /// Get the bullet text for this paragraph.
5626 wxString wxRichTextParagraph::GetBulletText()
5627 {
5628     if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() == wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE ||
5629         (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_BITMAP))
5630         return wxEmptyString;
5631
5632     int number = GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber();
5633
5634     wxString text;
5635     if ((GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ARABIC) || (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE))
5636     {
5637         text.Printf(wxT("%d"), number);
5638     }
5639     else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_LETTERS_UPPER)
5640     {
5641         // TODO: Unicode, and also check if number > 26
5642         text.Printf(wxT("%c"), (wxChar) (number+64));
5643     }
5644     else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_LETTERS_LOWER)
5645     {
5646         // TODO: Unicode, and also check if number > 26
5647         text.Printf(wxT("%c"), (wxChar) (number+96));
5648     }
5649     else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ROMAN_UPPER)
5650     {
5651         text = wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(number);
5652     }
5653     else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ROMAN_LOWER)
5654     {
5655         text = wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(number);
5656         text.MakeLower();
5657     }
5658     else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL)
5659     {
5660         text = GetAttributes().GetBulletText();
5661     }
5662
5663     if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE)
5664     {
5665         // The outline style relies on the text being computed statically,
5666         // since it depends on other levels points (e.g. 1.2.1.1). So normally the bullet text
5667         // should be stored in the attributes; if not, just use the number for this
5668         // level, as previously computed.
5669         if (!GetAttributes().GetBulletText().IsEmpty())
5670             text = GetAttributes().GetBulletText();
5671     }
5672
5673     if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PARENTHESES)
5674     {
5675         text = wxT("(") + text + wxT(")");
5676     }
5677     else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
5678     {
5679         text = text + wxT(")");
5680     }
5681
5682     if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PERIOD)
5683     {
5684         text += wxT(".");
5685     }
5686
5687     return text;
5688 }
5689
5690 /// Allocate or reuse a line object
5691 wxRichTextLine* wxRichTextParagraph::AllocateLine(int pos)
5692 {
5693     if (pos < (int) m_cachedLines.GetCount())
5694     {
5695         wxRichTextLine* line = m_cachedLines.Item(pos)->GetData();
5696         line->Init(this);
5697         return line;
5698     }
5699     else
5700     {
5701         wxRichTextLine* line = new wxRichTextLine(this);
5702         m_cachedLines.Append(line);
5703         return line;
5704     }
5705 }
5706
5707 /// Clear remaining unused line objects, if any
5708 bool wxRichTextParagraph::ClearUnusedLines(int lineCount)
5709 {
5710     int cachedLineCount = m_cachedLines.GetCount();
5711     if ((int) cachedLineCount > lineCount)
5712     {
5713         for (int i = 0; i < (int) (cachedLineCount - lineCount); i ++)
5714         {
5715             wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node = m_cachedLines.GetLast();
5716             wxRichTextLine* line = node->GetData();
5717             m_cachedLines.Erase(node);
5718             delete line;
5719         }
5720     }
5721     return true;
5722 }
5723
5724 /// Get combined attributes of the base style, paragraph style and character style. We use this to dynamically
5725 /// retrieve the actual style.
5726 wxRichTextAttr wxRichTextParagraph::GetCombinedAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& contentStyle, bool includingBoxAttr) const
5727 {
5728     wxRichTextAttr attr;
5729     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* buf = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox);
5730     if (buf)
5731     {
5732         attr = buf->GetBasicStyle();
5733         if (!includingBoxAttr)
5734         {
5735             attr.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
5736             // The background colour will be painted by the container, and we don't
5737             // want to unnecessarily overwrite the background when we're drawing text
5738             // because this may erase the guideline (which appears just under the text
5739             // if there's no padding).
5740             attr.SetFlags(attr.GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR);
5741         }
5742         wxRichTextApplyStyle(attr, GetAttributes());
5743     }
5744     else
5745         attr = GetAttributes();
5746
5747     wxRichTextApplyStyle(attr, contentStyle);
5748     return attr;
5749 }
5750
5751 /// Get combined attributes of the base style and paragraph style.
5752 wxRichTextAttr wxRichTextParagraph::GetCombinedAttributes(bool includingBoxAttr) const
5753 {
5754     wxRichTextAttr attr;
5755     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* buf = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox);
5756     if (buf)
5757     {
5758         attr = buf->GetBasicStyle();
5759         if (!includingBoxAttr)
5760             attr.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
5761         wxRichTextApplyStyle(attr, GetAttributes());
5762     }
5763     else
5764         attr = GetAttributes();
5765
5766     return attr;
5767 }
5768
5769 // Create default tabstop array
5770 void wxRichTextParagraph::InitDefaultTabs()
5771 {
5772     // create a default tab list at 10 mm each.
5773     for (int i = 0; i < 20; ++i)
5774     {
5775         sm_defaultTabs.Add(i*100);
5776     }
5777 }
5778
5779 // Clear default tabstop array
5780 void wxRichTextParagraph::ClearDefaultTabs()
5781 {
5782     sm_defaultTabs.Clear();
5783 }
5784
5785 void wxRichTextParagraph::LayoutFloat(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int style, wxRichTextFloatCollector* floatCollector)
5786 {
5787     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
5788     while (node)
5789     {
5790         wxRichTextObject* anchored = node->GetData();
5791         if (anchored && anchored->IsFloating() && !floatCollector->HasFloat(anchored))
5792         {
5793             wxSize size;
5794             int descent, x = 0;
5795             anchored->GetRangeSize(anchored->GetRange(), size, descent, dc, style);
5796
5797             int offsetY = 0;
5798             if (anchored->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().IsValid())
5799             {
5800                 offsetY = anchored->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().GetValue();
5801                 if (anchored->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM)
5802                 {
5803                     offsetY = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, offsetY);
5804                 }
5805             }
5806
5807             int pos = floatCollector->GetFitPosition(anchored->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetFloatMode(), rect.y + offsetY, size.y);
5808
5809             /* Update the offset */
5810             int newOffsetY = pos - rect.y;
5811             if (newOffsetY != offsetY)
5812             {
5813                 if (anchored->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM)
5814                     newOffsetY = ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(dc, newOffsetY);
5815                 anchored->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().SetValue(newOffsetY);
5816             }
5817
5818             if (anchored->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetFloatMode() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT)
5819                 x = rect.x;
5820             else if (anchored->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetFloatMode() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT)
5821                 x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x;
5822
5823             anchored->SetPosition(wxPoint(x, pos));
5824             anchored->SetCachedSize(size);
5825             floatCollector->CollectFloat(this, anchored);
5826         }
5827
5828         node = node->GetNext();
5829     }
5830 }
5831
5832 // Get the first position from pos that has a line break character.
5833 long wxRichTextParagraph::GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos)
5834 {
5835     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
5836     while (node)
5837     {
5838         wxRichTextObject* obj = node->GetData();
5839         if (pos >= obj->GetRange().GetStart() && pos <= obj->GetRange().GetEnd())
5840         {
5841             wxRichTextPlainText* textObj = wxDynamicCast(obj, wxRichTextPlainText);
5842             if (textObj)
5843             {
5844                 long breakPos = textObj->GetFirstLineBreakPosition(pos);
5845                 if (breakPos > -1)
5846                     return breakPos;
5847             }
5848         }
5849         node = node->GetNext();
5850     }
5851     return -1;
5852 }
5853
5854 /*!
5855  * wxRichTextLine
5856  * This object represents a line in a paragraph, and stores
5857  * offsets from the start of the paragraph representing the
5858  * start and end positions of the line.
5859  */
5860
5861 wxRichTextLine::wxRichTextLine(wxRichTextParagraph* parent)
5862 {
5863     Init(parent);
5864 }
5865
5866 /// Initialisation
5867 void wxRichTextLine::Init(wxRichTextParagraph* parent)
5868 {
5869     m_parent = parent;
5870     m_range.SetRange(-1, -1);
5871     m_pos = wxPoint(0, 0);
5872     m_size = wxSize(0, 0);
5873     m_descent = 0;
5874 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
5875     m_objectSizes.Clear();
5876 #endif
5877 }
5878
5879 /// Copy
5880 void wxRichTextLine::Copy(const wxRichTextLine& obj)
5881 {
5882     m_range = obj.m_range;
5883 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
5884     m_objectSizes = obj.m_objectSizes;
5885 #endif
5886 }
5887
5888 /// Get the absolute object position
5889 wxPoint wxRichTextLine::GetAbsolutePosition() const
5890 {
5891     return m_parent->GetPosition() + m_pos;
5892 }
5893
5894 /// Get the absolute range
5895 wxRichTextRange wxRichTextLine::GetAbsoluteRange() const
5896 {
5897     wxRichTextRange range(m_range.GetStart() + m_parent->GetRange().GetStart(), 0);
5898     range.SetEnd(range.GetStart() + m_range.GetLength()-1);
5899     return range;
5900 }
5901
5902 /*!
5903  * wxRichTextPlainText
5904  * This object represents a single piece of text.
5905  */
5906
5907 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainText, wxRichTextObject)
5908
5909 wxRichTextPlainText::wxRichTextPlainText(const wxString& text, wxRichTextObject* parent, wxRichTextAttr* style):
5910     wxRichTextObject(parent)
5911 {
5912     if (style)
5913         SetAttributes(*style);
5914
5915     m_text = text;
5916 }
5917
5918 #define USE_KERNING_FIX 1
5919
5920 // If insufficient tabs are defined, this is the tab width used
5921 #define WIDTH_FOR_DEFAULT_TABS 50
5922
5923 /// Draw the item
5924 bool wxRichTextPlainText::Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int WXUNUSED(style))
5925 {
5926     wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraph);
5927     wxASSERT (para != NULL);
5928
5929     wxRichTextAttr textAttr(para ? para->GetCombinedAttributes(GetAttributes(), false /* no box attributes */) : GetAttributes());
5930
5931     // Let's make the assumption for now that for content in a paragraph, including
5932     // text, we never have a discontinuous selection. So we only deal with a
5933     // single range.
5934     wxRichTextRange selectionRange;
5935     if (selection.IsValid())
5936     {
5937         wxRichTextRangeArray selectionRanges = selection.GetSelectionForObject(this);
5938         if (selectionRanges.GetCount() > 0)
5939             selectionRange = selectionRanges[0];
5940         else
5941             selectionRange = wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION;
5942     }
5943     else
5944         selectionRange = wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION;
5945
5946     int offset = GetRange().GetStart();
5947
5948     // Replace line break characters with spaces
5949     wxString str = m_text;
5950     wxString toRemove = wxRichTextLineBreakChar;
5951     str.Replace(toRemove, wxT(" "));
5952     if (textAttr.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_CAPITALS))
5953         str.MakeUpper();
5954
5955     long len = range.GetLength();
5956     wxString stringChunk = str.Mid(range.GetStart() - offset, (size_t) len);
5957
5958     // Test for the optimized situations where all is selected, or none
5959     // is selected.
5960
5961     wxFont textFont(GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(textAttr));
5962     wxCheckSetFont(dc, textFont);
5963     int charHeight = dc.GetCharHeight();
5964
5965     int x, y;
5966     if ( textFont.IsOk() )
5967     {
5968         if ( textAttr.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUPERSCRIPT) )
5969         {
5970             double size = static_cast<double>(textFont.GetPointSize()) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR;
5971             textFont.SetPointSize( static_cast<int>(size) );
5972             x = rect.x;
5973             y = rect.y;
5974             wxCheckSetFont(dc, textFont);
5975         }
5976         else if ( textAttr.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUBSCRIPT) )
5977         {
5978             double size = static_cast<double>(textFont.GetPointSize()) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR;
5979             textFont.SetPointSize( static_cast<int>(size) );
5980             x = rect.x;
5981             int sub_height = static_cast<int>( static_cast<double>(charHeight) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR);
5982             y = rect.y + (rect.height - sub_height + (descent - m_descent));
5983             wxCheckSetFont(dc, textFont);
5984         }
5985         else
5986         {
5987             x = rect.x;
5988             y = rect.y + (rect.height - charHeight - (descent - m_descent));
5989         }
5990     }
5991     else
5992     {
5993         x = rect.x;
5994         y = rect.y + (rect.height - charHeight - (descent - m_descent));
5995     }
5996
5997     // TODO: new selection code
5998
5999     // (a) All selected.
6000     if (selectionRange.GetStart() <= range.GetStart() && selectionRange.GetEnd() >= range.GetEnd())
6001     {
6002         DrawTabbedString(dc, textAttr, rect, stringChunk, x, y, true);
6003     }
6004     // (b) None selected.
6005     else if (selectionRange.GetEnd() < range.GetStart() || selectionRange.GetStart() > range.GetEnd())
6006     {
6007         // Draw all unselected
6008         DrawTabbedString(dc, textAttr, rect, stringChunk, x, y, false);
6009     }
6010     else
6011     {
6012         // (c) Part selected, part not
6013         // Let's draw unselected chunk, selected chunk, then unselected chunk.
6014
6015         dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT);
6016
6017         // 1. Initial unselected chunk, if any, up until start of selection.
6018         if (selectionRange.GetStart() > range.GetStart() && selectionRange.GetStart() <= range.GetEnd())
6019         {
6020             int r1 = range.GetStart();
6021             int s1 = selectionRange.GetStart()-1;
6022             int fragmentLen = s1 - r1 + 1;
6023             if (fragmentLen < 0)
6024             {
6025                 wxLogDebug(wxT("Mid(%d, %d"), (int)(r1 - offset), (int)fragmentLen);
6026             }
6027             wxString stringFragment = str.Mid(r1 - offset, fragmentLen);
6028
6029             DrawTabbedString(dc, textAttr, rect, stringFragment, x, y, false);
6030
6031 #if USE_KERNING_FIX
6032             if (stringChunk.Find(wxT("\t")) == wxNOT_FOUND)
6033             {
6034                 // Compensate for kerning difference
6035                 wxString stringFragment2(str.Mid(r1 - offset, fragmentLen+1));
6036                 wxString stringFragment3(str.Mid(r1 - offset + fragmentLen, 1));
6037
6038                 wxCoord w1, h1, w2, h2, w3, h3;
6039                 dc.GetTextExtent(stringFragment,  & w1, & h1);
6040                 dc.GetTextExtent(stringFragment2, & w2, & h2);
6041                 dc.GetTextExtent(stringFragment3, & w3, & h3);
6042
6043                 int kerningDiff = (w1 + w3) - w2;
6044                 x = x - kerningDiff;
6045             }
6046 #endif
6047         }
6048
6049         // 2. Selected chunk, if any.
6050         if (selectionRange.GetEnd() >= range.GetStart())
6051         {
6052             int s1 = wxMax(selectionRange.GetStart(), range.GetStart());
6053             int s2 = wxMin(selectionRange.GetEnd(), range.GetEnd());
6054
6055             int fragmentLen = s2 - s1 + 1;
6056             if (fragmentLen < 0)
6057             {
6058                 wxLogDebug(wxT("Mid(%d, %d"), (int)(s1 - offset), (int)fragmentLen);
6059             }
6060             wxString stringFragment = str.Mid(s1 - offset, fragmentLen);
6061
6062             DrawTabbedString(dc, textAttr, rect, stringFragment, x, y, true);
6063
6064 #if USE_KERNING_FIX
6065             if (stringChunk.Find(wxT("\t")) == wxNOT_FOUND)
6066             {
6067                 // Compensate for kerning difference
6068                 wxString stringFragment2(str.Mid(s1 - offset, fragmentLen+1));
6069                 wxString stringFragment3(str.Mid(s1 - offset + fragmentLen, 1));
6070
6071                 wxCoord w1, h1, w2, h2, w3, h3;
6072                 dc.GetTextExtent(stringFragment,  & w1, & h1);
6073                 dc.GetTextExtent(stringFragment2, & w2, & h2);
6074                 dc.GetTextExtent(stringFragment3, & w3, & h3);
6075
6076                 int kerningDiff = (w1 + w3) - w2;
6077                 x = x - kerningDiff;
6078             }
6079 #endif
6080         }
6081
6082         // 3. Remaining unselected chunk, if any
6083         if (selectionRange.GetEnd() < range.GetEnd())
6084         {
6085             int s2 = wxMin(selectionRange.GetEnd()+1, range.GetEnd());
6086             int r2 = range.GetEnd();
6087
6088             int fragmentLen = r2 - s2 + 1;
6089             if (fragmentLen < 0)
6090             {
6091                 wxLogDebug(wxT("Mid(%d, %d"), (int)(s2 - offset), (int)fragmentLen);
6092             }
6093             wxString stringFragment = str.Mid(s2 - offset, fragmentLen);
6094
6095             DrawTabbedString(dc, textAttr, rect, stringFragment, x, y, false);
6096         }
6097     }
6098
6099     return true;
6100 }
6101
6102 bool wxRichTextPlainText::DrawTabbedString(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect,wxString& str, wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, bool selected)
6103 {
6104     bool hasTabs = (str.Find(wxT('\t')) != wxNOT_FOUND);
6105
6106     wxArrayInt tabArray;
6107     int tabCount;
6108     if (hasTabs)
6109     {
6110         if (attr.GetTabs().IsEmpty())
6111             tabArray = wxRichTextParagraph::GetDefaultTabs();
6112         else
6113             tabArray = attr.GetTabs();
6114         tabCount = tabArray.GetCount();
6115
6116         for (int i = 0; i < tabCount; ++i)
6117         {
6118             int pos = tabArray[i];
6119             pos = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, pos);
6120             tabArray[i] = pos;
6121         }
6122     }
6123     else
6124         tabCount = 0;
6125
6126     int nextTabPos = -1;
6127     int tabPos = -1;
6128     wxCoord w, h;
6129
6130     if (selected)
6131     {
6132         wxColour highlightColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT));
6133         wxColour highlightTextColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT));
6134
6135         wxCheckSetBrush(dc, wxBrush(highlightColour));
6136         wxCheckSetPen(dc, wxPen(highlightColour));
6137         dc.SetTextForeground(highlightTextColour);
6138         dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT);
6139     }
6140     else
6141     {
6142         dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
6143
6144         if (attr.HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR) && attr.GetBackgroundColour().IsOk())
6145         {
6146             dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID);
6147             dc.SetTextBackground(attr.GetBackgroundColour());
6148         }
6149         else
6150             dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT);
6151     }
6152
6153     wxCoord x_orig = GetParent()->GetPosition().x;
6154     while (hasTabs)
6155     {
6156         // the string has a tab
6157         // break up the string at the Tab
6158         wxString stringChunk = str.BeforeFirst(wxT('\t'));
6159         str = str.AfterFirst(wxT('\t'));
6160         dc.GetTextExtent(stringChunk, & w, & h);
6161         tabPos = x + w;
6162         bool not_found = true;
6163         for (int i = 0; i < tabCount && not_found; ++i)
6164         {
6165             nextTabPos = tabArray.Item(i) + x_orig;
6166
6167             // Find the next tab position.
6168             // Even if we're at the end of the tab array, we must still draw the chunk.
6169
6170             if (nextTabPos > tabPos || (i == (tabCount - 1)))
6171             {
6172                 if (nextTabPos <= tabPos)
6173                 {
6174                     int defaultTabWidth = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, WIDTH_FOR_DEFAULT_TABS);
6175                     nextTabPos = tabPos + defaultTabWidth;
6176                 }
6177
6178                 not_found = false;
6179                 if (selected)
6180                 {
6181                     w = nextTabPos - x;
6182                     wxRect selRect(x, rect.y, w, rect.GetHeight());
6183                     dc.DrawRectangle(selRect);
6184                 }
6185                 dc.DrawText(stringChunk, x, y);
6186
6187                 if (attr.HasTextEffects() && (attr.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_STRIKETHROUGH))
6188                 {
6189                     wxPen oldPen = dc.GetPen();
6190                     wxCheckSetPen(dc, wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1));
6191                     dc.DrawLine(x, (int) (y+(h/2)+0.5), x+w, (int) (y+(h/2)+0.5));
6192                     wxCheckSetPen(dc, oldPen);
6193                 }
6194
6195                 x = nextTabPos;
6196             }
6197         }
6198         hasTabs = (str.Find(wxT('\t')) != wxNOT_FOUND);
6199     }
6200
6201     if (!str.IsEmpty())
6202     {
6203         dc.GetTextExtent(str, & w, & h);
6204         if (selected)
6205         {
6206             wxRect selRect(x, rect.y, w, rect.GetHeight());
6207             dc.DrawRectangle(selRect);
6208         }
6209         dc.DrawText(str, x, y);
6210
6211         if (attr.HasTextEffects() && (attr.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_STRIKETHROUGH))
6212         {
6213             wxPen oldPen = dc.GetPen();
6214             wxCheckSetPen(dc, wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1));
6215             dc.DrawLine(x, (int) (y+(h/2)+0.5), x+w, (int) (y+(h/2)+0.5));
6216             wxCheckSetPen(dc, oldPen);
6217         }
6218
6219         x += w;
6220     }
6221     return true;
6222
6223 }
6224
6225 /// Lay the item out
6226 bool wxRichTextPlainText::Layout(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect), int WXUNUSED(style))
6227 {
6228     // Only lay out if we haven't already cached the size
6229     if (m_size.x == -1)
6230         GetRangeSize(GetRange(), m_size, m_descent, dc, 0, wxPoint(0, 0));
6231     m_maxSize = m_size;
6232     // Eventually we want to have a reasonable estimate of minimum size.
6233     m_minSize = wxSize(0, 0);
6234     return true;
6235 }
6236
6237 /// Copy
6238 void wxRichTextPlainText::Copy(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj)
6239 {
6240     wxRichTextObject::Copy(obj);
6241
6242     m_text = obj.m_text;
6243 }
6244
6245 /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
6246 /// is invalid for this object.
6247 bool wxRichTextPlainText::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, int WXUNUSED(flags), wxPoint position, wxArrayInt* partialExtents) const
6248 {
6249     if (!range.IsWithin(GetRange()))
6250         return false;
6251
6252     wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraph);
6253     wxASSERT (para != NULL);
6254
6255     int relativeX = position.x - GetParent()->GetPosition().x;
6256
6257     wxRichTextAttr textAttr(para ? para->GetCombinedAttributes(GetAttributes()) : GetAttributes());
6258
6259     // Always assume unformatted text, since at this level we have no knowledge
6260     // of line breaks - and we don't need it, since we'll calculate size within
6261     // formatted text by doing it in chunks according to the line ranges
6262
6263     bool bScript(false);
6264     wxFont font(GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(textAttr));
6265     if (font.IsOk())
6266     {
6267         if ( textAttr.HasTextEffects() && ( (textAttr.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUPERSCRIPT)
6268             || (textAttr.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUBSCRIPT) ) )
6269         {
6270             wxFont textFont = font;
6271             double size = static_cast<double>(textFont.GetPointSize()) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR;
6272             textFont.SetPointSize( static_cast<int>(size) );
6273             wxCheckSetFont(dc, textFont);
6274             bScript = true;
6275         }
6276         else
6277         {
6278             wxCheckSetFont(dc, font);
6279         }
6280     }
6281
6282     bool haveDescent = false;
6283     int startPos = range.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart();
6284     long len = range.GetLength();
6285
6286     wxString str(m_text);
6287     wxString toReplace = wxRichTextLineBreakChar;
6288     str.Replace(toReplace, wxT(" "));
6289
6290     wxString stringChunk = str.Mid(startPos, (size_t) len);
6291
6292     if (textAttr.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_CAPITALS))
6293         stringChunk.MakeUpper();
6294
6295     wxCoord w, h;
6296     int width = 0;
6297     if (stringChunk.Find(wxT('\t')) != wxNOT_FOUND)
6298     {
6299         // the string has a tab
6300         wxArrayInt tabArray;
6301         if (textAttr.GetTabs().IsEmpty())
6302             tabArray = wxRichTextParagraph::GetDefaultTabs();
6303         else
6304             tabArray = textAttr.GetTabs();
6305
6306         int tabCount = tabArray.GetCount();
6307
6308         for (int i = 0; i < tabCount; ++i)
6309         {
6310             int pos = tabArray[i];
6311             pos = ((wxRichTextPlainText*) this)->ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, pos);
6312             tabArray[i] = pos;
6313         }
6314
6315         int nextTabPos = -1;
6316
6317         while (stringChunk.Find(wxT('\t')) >= 0)
6318         {
6319             int absoluteWidth = 0;
6320
6321             // the string has a tab
6322             // break up the string at the Tab
6323             wxString stringFragment = stringChunk.BeforeFirst(wxT('\t'));
6324             stringChunk = stringChunk.AfterFirst(wxT('\t'));
6325
6326             if (partialExtents)
6327             {
6328                 int oldWidth;
6329                 if (partialExtents->GetCount() > 0)
6330                     oldWidth = (*partialExtents)[partialExtents->GetCount()-1];
6331                 else
6332                     oldWidth = 0;
6333
6334                 // Add these partial extents
6335                 wxArrayInt p;
6336                 dc.GetPartialTextExtents(stringFragment, p);
6337                 size_t j;
6338                 for (j = 0; j < p.GetCount(); j++)
6339                     partialExtents->Add(oldWidth + p[j]);
6340
6341                 if (partialExtents->GetCount() > 0)
6342                     absoluteWidth = (*partialExtents)[(*partialExtents).GetCount()-1] + relativeX;
6343                 else
6344                     absoluteWidth = relativeX;
6345             }
6346             else
6347             {
6348                 dc.GetTextExtent(stringFragment, & w, & h);
6349                 width += w;
6350                 absoluteWidth = width + relativeX;
6351                 haveDescent = true;
6352             }
6353
6354             bool notFound = true;
6355             for (int i = 0; i < tabCount && notFound; ++i)
6356             {
6357                 nextTabPos = tabArray.Item(i);
6358
6359                 // Find the next tab position.
6360                 // Even if we're at the end of the tab array, we must still process the chunk.
6361
6362                 if (nextTabPos > absoluteWidth || (i == (tabCount - 1)))
6363                 {
6364                     if (nextTabPos <= absoluteWidth)
6365                     {
6366                         int defaultTabWidth = ((wxRichTextPlainText*) this)->ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, WIDTH_FOR_DEFAULT_TABS);
6367                         nextTabPos = absoluteWidth + defaultTabWidth;
6368                     }
6369
6370                     notFound = false;
6371                     width = nextTabPos - relativeX;
6372
6373                     if (partialExtents)
6374                         partialExtents->Add(width);
6375                 }
6376             }
6377         }
6378     }
6379
6380     if (!stringChunk.IsEmpty())
6381     {
6382         if (partialExtents)
6383         {
6384             int oldWidth;
6385             if (partialExtents->GetCount() > 0)
6386                 oldWidth = (*partialExtents)[partialExtents->GetCount()-1];
6387             else
6388                 oldWidth = 0;
6389
6390             // Add these partial extents
6391             wxArrayInt p;
6392             dc.GetPartialTextExtents(stringChunk, p);
6393             size_t j;
6394             for (j = 0; j < p.GetCount(); j++)
6395                 partialExtents->Add(oldWidth + p[j]);
6396         }
6397         else
6398         {
6399             dc.GetTextExtent(stringChunk, & w, & h, & descent);
6400             width += w;
6401             haveDescent = true;
6402         }
6403     }
6404
6405     if (partialExtents)
6406     {
6407         int charHeight = dc.GetCharHeight();
6408         if ((*partialExtents).GetCount() > 0)
6409             w = (*partialExtents)[partialExtents->GetCount()-1];
6410         else
6411             w = 0;
6412         size = wxSize(w, charHeight);
6413     }
6414     else
6415     {
6416         size = wxSize(width, dc.GetCharHeight());
6417     }
6418
6419     if (!haveDescent)
6420         dc.GetTextExtent(wxT("X"), & w, & h, & descent);
6421
6422     if ( bScript )
6423         dc.SetFont(font);
6424
6425     return true;
6426 }
6427
6428 /// Do a split, returning an object containing the second part, and setting
6429 /// the first part in 'this'.
6430 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextPlainText::DoSplit(long pos)
6431 {
6432     long index = pos - GetRange().GetStart();
6433
6434     if (index < 0 || index >= (int) m_text.length())
6435         return NULL;
6436
6437     wxString firstPart = m_text.Mid(0, index);
6438     wxString secondPart = m_text.Mid(index);
6439
6440     m_text = firstPart;
6441
6442     wxRichTextPlainText* newObject = new wxRichTextPlainText(secondPart);
6443     newObject->SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
6444
6445     newObject->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos, GetRange().GetEnd()));
6446     GetRange().SetEnd(pos-1);
6447
6448     return newObject;
6449 }
6450
6451 /// Calculate range
6452 void wxRichTextPlainText::CalculateRange(long start, long& end)
6453 {
6454     end = start + m_text.length() - 1;
6455     m_range.SetRange(start, end);
6456 }
6457
6458 /// Delete range
6459 bool wxRichTextPlainText::DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range)
6460 {
6461     wxRichTextRange r = range;
6462
6463     r.LimitTo(GetRange());
6464
6465     if (r.GetStart() == GetRange().GetStart() && r.GetEnd() == GetRange().GetEnd())
6466     {
6467         m_text.Empty();
6468         return true;
6469     }
6470
6471     long startIndex = r.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart();
6472     long len = r.GetLength();
6473
6474     m_text = m_text.Mid(0, startIndex) + m_text.Mid(startIndex+len);
6475     return true;
6476 }
6477
6478 /// Get text for the given range.
6479 wxString wxRichTextPlainText::GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const
6480 {
6481     wxRichTextRange r = range;
6482
6483     r.LimitTo(GetRange());
6484
6485     long startIndex = r.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart();
6486     long len = r.GetLength();
6487
6488     return m_text.Mid(startIndex, len);
6489 }
6490
6491 /// Returns true if this object can merge itself with the given one.
6492 bool wxRichTextPlainText::CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* object) const
6493 {
6494     return object->GetClassInfo() == CLASSINFO(wxRichTextPlainText) &&
6495         (m_text.empty() || wxTextAttrEq(GetAttributes(), object->GetAttributes()));
6496 }
6497
6498 /// Returns true if this object merged itself with the given one.
6499 /// The calling code will then delete the given object.
6500 bool wxRichTextPlainText::Merge(wxRichTextObject* object)
6501 {
6502     wxRichTextPlainText* textObject = wxDynamicCast(object, wxRichTextPlainText);
6503     wxASSERT( textObject != NULL );
6504
6505     if (textObject)
6506     {
6507         m_text += textObject->GetText();
6508         wxRichTextApplyStyle(m_attributes, textObject->GetAttributes());
6509         return true;
6510     }
6511     else
6512         return false;
6513 }
6514
6515 /// Dump to output stream for debugging
6516 void wxRichTextPlainText::Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream)
6517 {
6518     wxRichTextObject::Dump(stream);
6519     stream << m_text << wxT("\n");
6520 }
6521
6522 /// Get the first position from pos that has a line break character.
6523 long wxRichTextPlainText::GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos)
6524 {
6525     int i;
6526     int len = m_text.length();
6527     int startPos = pos - m_range.GetStart();
6528     for (i = startPos; i < len; i++)
6529     {
6530         wxChar ch = m_text[i];
6531         if (ch == wxRichTextLineBreakChar)
6532         {
6533             return i + m_range.GetStart();
6534         }
6535     }
6536     return -1;
6537 }
6538
6539 /*!
6540  * wxRichTextBuffer
6541  * This is a kind of box, used to represent the whole buffer
6542  */
6543
6544 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox)
6545
6546 wxList                  wxRichTextBuffer::sm_handlers;
6547 wxRichTextRenderer*     wxRichTextBuffer::sm_renderer = NULL;
6548 int                     wxRichTextBuffer::sm_bulletRightMargin = 20;
6549 float                   wxRichTextBuffer::sm_bulletProportion = (float) 0.3;
6550
6551 /// Initialisation
6552 void wxRichTextBuffer::Init()
6553 {
6554     m_commandProcessor = new wxCommandProcessor;
6555     m_styleSheet = NULL;
6556     m_modified = false;
6557     m_batchedCommandDepth = 0;
6558     m_batchedCommand = NULL;
6559     m_suppressUndo = 0;
6560     m_handlerFlags = 0;
6561     m_scale = 1.0;
6562 }
6563
6564 /// Initialisation
6565 wxRichTextBuffer::~wxRichTextBuffer()
6566 {
6567     delete m_commandProcessor;
6568     delete m_batchedCommand;
6569
6570     ClearStyleStack();
6571     ClearEventHandlers();
6572 }
6573
6574 void wxRichTextBuffer::ResetAndClearCommands()
6575 {
6576     Reset();
6577
6578     GetCommandProcessor()->ClearCommands();
6579
6580     Modify(false);
6581     Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
6582 }
6583
6584 void wxRichTextBuffer::Copy(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj)
6585 {
6586     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Copy(obj);
6587
6588     m_styleSheet = obj.m_styleSheet;
6589     m_modified = obj.m_modified;
6590     m_batchedCommandDepth = 0;
6591     if (m_batchedCommand)
6592         delete m_batchedCommand;
6593     m_batchedCommand = NULL;
6594     m_suppressUndo = obj.m_suppressUndo;
6595     m_invalidRange = obj.m_invalidRange;
6596 }
6597
6598 /// Push style sheet to top of stack
6599 bool wxRichTextBuffer::PushStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet)
6600 {
6601     if (m_styleSheet)
6602         styleSheet->InsertSheet(m_styleSheet);
6603
6604     SetStyleSheet(styleSheet);
6605
6606     return true;
6607 }
6608
6609 /// Pop style sheet from top of stack
6610 wxRichTextStyleSheet* wxRichTextBuffer::PopStyleSheet()
6611 {
6612     if (m_styleSheet)
6613     {
6614         wxRichTextStyleSheet* oldSheet = m_styleSheet;
6615         m_styleSheet = oldSheet->GetNextSheet();
6616         oldSheet->Unlink();
6617
6618         return oldSheet;
6619     }
6620     else
6621         return NULL;
6622 }
6623
6624 /// Submit command to insert paragraphs
6625 bool wxRichTextBuffer::InsertParagraphsWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags)
6626 {
6627     return ctrl->GetFocusObject()->InsertParagraphsWithUndo(pos, paragraphs, ctrl, this, flags);
6628 }
6629
6630 /// Submit command to insert paragraphs
6631 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertParagraphsWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, int WXUNUSED(flags))
6632 {
6633     wxRichTextAction* action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Insert Text"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT, buffer, this, ctrl, false);
6634
6635     action->GetNewParagraphs() = paragraphs;
6636
6637     action->SetPosition(pos);
6638
6639     wxRichTextRange range = wxRichTextRange(pos, pos + paragraphs.GetOwnRange().GetEnd() - 1);
6640     if (!paragraphs.GetPartialParagraph())
6641         range.SetEnd(range.GetEnd()+1);
6642
6643     // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
6644     action->SetRange(range);
6645
6646     buffer->SubmitAction(action);
6647
6648     return true;
6649 }
6650
6651 /// Submit command to insert the given text
6652 bool wxRichTextBuffer::InsertTextWithUndo(long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags)
6653 {
6654     return ctrl->GetFocusObject()->InsertTextWithUndo(pos, text, ctrl, this, flags);
6655 }
6656
6657 /// Submit command to insert the given text
6658 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertTextWithUndo(long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, int flags)
6659 {
6660     wxRichTextAction* action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Insert Text"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT, buffer, this, ctrl, false);
6661
6662     wxRichTextAttr* p = NULL;
6663     wxRichTextAttr paraAttr;
6664     if (flags & wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE)
6665     {
6666         // Get appropriate paragraph style
6667         paraAttr = GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer, pos, false, false);
6668         if (!paraAttr.IsDefault())
6669             p = & paraAttr;
6670     }
6671
6672     action->GetNewParagraphs().AddParagraphs(text, p);
6673
6674     int length = action->GetNewParagraphs().GetOwnRange().GetLength();
6675
6676     if (!text.empty() && text.Last() != wxT('\n'))
6677     {
6678         // Don't count the newline when undoing
6679         length --;
6680         action->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
6681     }
6682     else if (!text.empty() && text.Last() == wxT('\n'))
6683         length --;
6684
6685     action->SetPosition(pos);
6686
6687     // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
6688     action->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos, pos + length - 1));
6689
6690     buffer->SubmitAction(action);
6691
6692     return true;
6693 }
6694
6695 /// Submit command to insert the given text
6696 bool wxRichTextBuffer::InsertNewlineWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags)
6697 {
6698     return ctrl->GetFocusObject()->InsertNewlineWithUndo(pos, ctrl, this, flags);
6699 }
6700
6701 /// Submit command to insert the given text
6702 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertNewlineWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, int flags)
6703 {
6704     wxRichTextAction* action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Insert Text"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT, buffer, this, ctrl, false);
6705
6706     wxRichTextAttr* p = NULL;
6707     wxRichTextAttr paraAttr;
6708     if (flags & wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE)
6709     {
6710         paraAttr = GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer, pos, false, true /* look for next paragraph style */);
6711         if (!paraAttr.IsDefault())
6712             p = & paraAttr;
6713     }
6714
6715     wxRichTextAttr attr(buffer->GetDefaultStyle());
6716
6717     wxRichTextParagraph* newPara = new wxRichTextParagraph(wxEmptyString, this, & attr);
6718     action->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara);
6719     action->GetNewParagraphs().UpdateRanges();
6720     action->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(false);
6721     wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtPosition(pos, false);
6722     long pos1 = pos;
6723
6724     if (p)
6725         newPara->SetAttributes(*p);
6726
6727     if (flags & wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_INTERACTIVE)
6728     {
6729         if (para && para->GetRange().GetEnd() == pos)
6730             pos1 ++;
6731
6732         // Now see if we need to number the paragraph.
6733         if (newPara->GetAttributes().HasBulletNumber())
6734         {
6735             wxRichTextAttr numberingAttr;
6736             if (FindNextParagraphNumber(para, numberingAttr))
6737                 wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara->GetAttributes(), (const wxRichTextAttr&) numberingAttr);
6738         }
6739     }
6740
6741     action->SetPosition(pos);
6742
6743     // Use the default character style
6744     // Use the default character style
6745     if (!buffer->GetDefaultStyle().IsDefault() && newPara->GetChildren().GetFirst())
6746     {
6747         // Check whether the default style merely reflects the paragraph/basic style,
6748         // in which case don't apply it.
6749         wxRichTextAttr defaultStyle(buffer->GetDefaultStyle());
6750         wxRichTextAttr toApply;
6751         if (para)
6752         {
6753             wxRichTextAttr combinedAttr = para->GetCombinedAttributes(true /* include box attributes */);
6754             wxRichTextAttr newAttr;
6755             // This filters out attributes that are accounted for by the current
6756             // paragraph/basic style
6757             wxRichTextApplyStyle(toApply, defaultStyle, & combinedAttr);
6758         }
6759         else
6760             toApply = defaultStyle;
6761
6762         if (!toApply.IsDefault())
6763             newPara->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData()->SetAttributes(toApply);
6764     }
6765
6766     // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
6767     action->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos1, pos1));
6768
6769     buffer->SubmitAction(action);
6770
6771     return true;
6772 }
6773
6774 /// Submit command to insert the given image
6775 bool wxRichTextBuffer::InsertImageWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags,
6776                                             const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr)
6777 {
6778     return ctrl->GetFocusObject()->InsertImageWithUndo(pos, imageBlock, ctrl, this, flags, textAttr);
6779 }
6780
6781 /// Submit command to insert the given image
6782 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertImageWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock,
6783                                                         wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, int flags,
6784                                                         const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr)
6785 {
6786     wxRichTextAction* action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Insert Image"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT, buffer, this, ctrl, false);
6787
6788     wxRichTextAttr* p = NULL;
6789     wxRichTextAttr paraAttr;
6790     if (flags & wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE)
6791     {
6792         paraAttr = GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer, pos);
6793         if (!paraAttr.IsDefault())
6794             p = & paraAttr;
6795     }
6796
6797     wxRichTextAttr attr(buffer->GetDefaultStyle());
6798
6799     wxRichTextParagraph* newPara = new wxRichTextParagraph(this, & attr);
6800     if (p)
6801         newPara->SetAttributes(*p);
6802
6803     wxRichTextImage* imageObject = new wxRichTextImage(imageBlock, newPara);
6804     newPara->AppendChild(imageObject);
6805     imageObject->SetAttributes(textAttr);
6806     action->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara);
6807     action->GetNewParagraphs().UpdateRanges();
6808
6809     action->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
6810
6811     action->SetPosition(pos);
6812
6813     // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
6814     action->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos, pos));
6815
6816     buffer->SubmitAction(action);
6817
6818     return true;
6819 }
6820
6821 // Insert an object with no change of it
6822 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextBuffer::InsertObjectWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags)
6823 {
6824     return ctrl->GetFocusObject()->InsertObjectWithUndo(pos, object, ctrl, this, flags);
6825 }
6826
6827 // Insert an object with no change of it
6828 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertObjectWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, int flags)
6829 {
6830     wxRichTextAction* action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Insert Object"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT, buffer, this, ctrl, false);
6831
6832     wxRichTextAttr* p = NULL;
6833     wxRichTextAttr paraAttr;
6834     if (flags & wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE)
6835     {
6836         paraAttr = GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer, pos);
6837         if (!paraAttr.IsDefault())
6838             p = & paraAttr;
6839     }
6840
6841     wxRichTextAttr attr(buffer->GetDefaultStyle());
6842
6843     wxRichTextParagraph* newPara = new wxRichTextParagraph(this, & attr);
6844     if (p)
6845         newPara->SetAttributes(*p);
6846
6847     newPara->AppendChild(object);
6848     action->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara);
6849     action->GetNewParagraphs().UpdateRanges();
6850
6851     action->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
6852
6853     action->SetPosition(pos);
6854
6855     // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
6856     action->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos, pos));
6857
6858     buffer->SubmitAction(action);
6859
6860     wxRichTextObject* obj = GetLeafObjectAtPosition(pos);
6861     return obj;
6862 }
6863
6864 /// Get the style that is appropriate for a new paragraph at this position.
6865 /// If the previous paragraph has a paragraph style name, look up the next-paragraph
6866 /// style.
6867 wxRichTextAttr wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetStyleForNewParagraph(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, bool caretPosition, bool lookUpNewParaStyle) const
6868 {
6869     wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtPosition(pos, caretPosition);
6870     if (para)
6871     {
6872         wxRichTextAttr attr;
6873         bool foundAttributes = false;
6874
6875         // Look for a matching paragraph style
6876         if (lookUpNewParaStyle && !para->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty() && buffer->GetStyleSheet())
6877         {
6878             wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* paraDef = buffer->GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(para->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName());
6879             if (paraDef)
6880             {
6881                 // If we're not at the end of the paragraph, then we apply THIS style, and not the designated next style.
6882                 if (para->GetRange().GetEnd() == pos && !paraDef->GetNextStyle().IsEmpty())
6883                 {
6884                     wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* nextParaDef = buffer->GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(paraDef->GetNextStyle());
6885                     if (nextParaDef)
6886                     {
6887                         foundAttributes = true;
6888                         attr = nextParaDef->GetStyleMergedWithBase(buffer->GetStyleSheet());
6889                     }
6890                 }
6891
6892                 // If we didn't find the 'next style', use this style instead.
6893                 if (!foundAttributes)
6894                 {
6895                     foundAttributes = true;
6896                     attr = paraDef->GetStyleMergedWithBase(buffer->GetStyleSheet());
6897                 }
6898             }
6899         }
6900
6901         // Also apply list style if present
6902         if (lookUpNewParaStyle && !para->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty() && buffer->GetStyleSheet())
6903         {
6904             wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* listDef = buffer->GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(para->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
6905             if (listDef)
6906             {
6907                 int thisIndent = para->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
6908                 int thisLevel = para->GetAttributes().HasOutlineLevel() ? para->GetAttributes().GetOutlineLevel() : listDef->FindLevelForIndent(thisIndent);
6909
6910                 // Apply the overall list style, and item style for this level
6911                 wxRichTextAttr listStyle(listDef->GetCombinedStyleForLevel(thisLevel, buffer->GetStyleSheet()));
6912                 wxRichTextApplyStyle(attr, listStyle);
6913                 attr.SetOutlineLevel(thisLevel);
6914                 if (para->GetAttributes().HasBulletNumber())
6915                     attr.SetBulletNumber(para->GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber());
6916             }
6917         }
6918
6919         if (!foundAttributes)
6920         {
6921             attr = para->GetAttributes();
6922             int flags = attr.GetFlags();
6923
6924             // Eliminate character styles
6925             flags &= ( (~ wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT) |
6926                     (~ wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR) |
6927                     (~ wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR) );
6928             attr.SetFlags(flags);
6929         }
6930
6931         return attr;
6932     }
6933     else
6934         return wxRichTextAttr();
6935 }
6936
6937 /// Submit command to delete this range
6938 bool wxRichTextBuffer::DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl)
6939 {
6940     return ctrl->GetFocusObject()->DeleteRangeWithUndo(range, ctrl, this);
6941 }
6942
6943 /// Submit command to delete this range
6944 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer)
6945 {
6946     wxRichTextAction* action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Delete"), wxRICHTEXT_DELETE, buffer, this, ctrl);
6947
6948     action->SetPosition(ctrl->GetCaretPosition());
6949
6950     // Set the range to delete
6951     action->SetRange(range);
6952
6953     // Copy the fragment that we'll need to restore in Undo
6954     CopyFragment(range, action->GetOldParagraphs());
6955
6956     // See if we're deleting a paragraph marker, in which case we need to
6957     // make a note not to copy the attributes from the 2nd paragraph to the 1st.
6958     if (range.GetStart() == range.GetEnd())
6959     {
6960         wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtPosition(range.GetStart());
6961         if (para && para->GetRange().GetEnd() == range.GetEnd())
6962         {
6963             wxRichTextParagraph* nextPara = GetParagraphAtPosition(range.GetStart()+1);
6964             if (nextPara && nextPara != para)
6965             {
6966                 action->GetOldParagraphs().GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData()->SetAttributes(nextPara->GetAttributes());
6967                 action->GetOldParagraphs().GetAttributes().SetFlags(action->GetOldParagraphs().GetAttributes().GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE);
6968             }
6969         }
6970     }
6971
6972     buffer->SubmitAction(action);
6973
6974     return true;
6975 }
6976
6977 /// Collapse undo/redo commands
6978 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginBatchUndo(const wxString& cmdName)
6979 {
6980     if (m_batchedCommandDepth == 0)
6981     {
6982         wxASSERT(m_batchedCommand == NULL);
6983         if (m_batchedCommand)
6984         {
6985             GetCommandProcessor()->Store(m_batchedCommand);
6986         }
6987         m_batchedCommand = new wxRichTextCommand(cmdName);
6988     }
6989
6990     m_batchedCommandDepth ++;
6991
6992     return true;
6993 }
6994
6995 /// Collapse undo/redo commands
6996 bool wxRichTextBuffer::EndBatchUndo()
6997 {
6998     m_batchedCommandDepth --;
6999
7000     wxASSERT(m_batchedCommandDepth >= 0);
7001     wxASSERT(m_batchedCommand != NULL);
7002
7003     if (m_batchedCommandDepth == 0)
7004     {
7005         GetCommandProcessor()->Store(m_batchedCommand);
7006         m_batchedCommand = NULL;
7007     }
7008
7009     return true;
7010 }
7011
7012 /// Submit immediately, or delay according to whether collapsing is on
7013 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SubmitAction(wxRichTextAction* action)
7014 {
7015     if (BatchingUndo() && m_batchedCommand && !SuppressingUndo())
7016     {
7017         wxRichTextCommand* cmd = new wxRichTextCommand(action->GetName());
7018         cmd->AddAction(action);
7019         cmd->Do();
7020         cmd->GetActions().Clear();
7021         delete cmd;
7022
7023         m_batchedCommand->AddAction(action);
7024     }
7025     else
7026     {
7027         wxRichTextCommand* cmd = new wxRichTextCommand(action->GetName());
7028         cmd->AddAction(action);
7029
7030         // Only store it if we're not suppressing undo.
7031         return GetCommandProcessor()->Submit(cmd, !SuppressingUndo());
7032     }
7033
7034     return true;
7035 }
7036
7037 /// Begin suppressing undo/redo commands.
7038 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginSuppressUndo()
7039 {
7040     m_suppressUndo ++;
7041
7042     return true;
7043 }
7044
7045 /// End suppressing undo/redo commands.
7046 bool wxRichTextBuffer::EndSuppressUndo()
7047 {
7048     m_suppressUndo --;
7049
7050     return true;
7051 }
7052
7053 /// Begin using a style
7054 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style)
7055 {
7056     wxRichTextAttr newStyle(GetDefaultStyle());
7057
7058     // Save the old default style
7059     m_attributeStack.Append((wxObject*) new wxRichTextAttr(GetDefaultStyle()));
7060
7061     wxRichTextApplyStyle(newStyle, style);
7062     newStyle.SetFlags(style.GetFlags()|newStyle.GetFlags());
7063
7064     SetDefaultStyle(newStyle);
7065
7066     return true;
7067 }
7068
7069 /// End the style
7070 bool wxRichTextBuffer::EndStyle()
7071 {
7072     if (!m_attributeStack.GetFirst())
7073     {
7074         wxLogDebug(_("Too many EndStyle calls!"));
7075         return false;
7076     }
7077
7078     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_attributeStack.GetLast();
7079     wxRichTextAttr* attr = (wxRichTextAttr*)node->GetData();
7080     m_attributeStack.Erase(node);
7081
7082     SetDefaultStyle(*attr);
7083
7084     delete attr;
7085     return true;
7086 }
7087
7088 /// End all styles
7089 bool wxRichTextBuffer::EndAllStyles()
7090 {
7091     while (m_attributeStack.GetCount() != 0)
7092         EndStyle();
7093     return true;
7094 }
7095
7096 /// Clear the style stack
7097 void wxRichTextBuffer::ClearStyleStack()
7098 {
7099     for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_attributeStack.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext())
7100         delete (wxRichTextAttr*) node->GetData();
7101     m_attributeStack.Clear();
7102 }
7103
7104 /// Begin using bold
7105 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginBold()
7106 {
7107     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7108     attr.SetFontWeight(wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD);
7109
7110     return BeginStyle(attr);
7111 }
7112
7113 /// Begin using italic
7114 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginItalic()
7115 {
7116     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7117     attr.SetFontStyle(wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC);
7118
7119     return BeginStyle(attr);
7120 }
7121
7122 /// Begin using underline
7123 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginUnderline()
7124 {
7125     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7126     attr.SetFontUnderlined(true);
7127
7128     return BeginStyle(attr);
7129 }
7130
7131 /// Begin using point size
7132 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginFontSize(int pointSize)
7133 {
7134     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7135     attr.SetFontSize(pointSize);
7136
7137     return BeginStyle(attr);
7138 }
7139
7140 /// Begin using this font
7141 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginFont(const wxFont& font)
7142 {
7143     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7144     attr.SetFont(font);
7145
7146     return BeginStyle(attr);
7147 }
7148
7149 /// Begin using this colour
7150 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginTextColour(const wxColour& colour)
7151 {
7152     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7153     attr.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR);
7154     attr.SetTextColour(colour);
7155
7156     return BeginStyle(attr);
7157 }
7158
7159 /// Begin using alignment
7160 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment)
7161 {
7162     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7163     attr.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT);
7164     attr.SetAlignment(alignment);
7165
7166     return BeginStyle(attr);
7167 }
7168
7169 /// Begin left indent
7170 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginLeftIndent(int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent)
7171 {
7172     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7173     attr.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT);
7174     attr.SetLeftIndent(leftIndent, leftSubIndent);
7175
7176     return BeginStyle(attr);
7177 }
7178
7179 /// Begin right indent
7180 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginRightIndent(int rightIndent)
7181 {
7182     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7183     attr.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT);
7184     attr.SetRightIndent(rightIndent);
7185
7186     return BeginStyle(attr);
7187 }
7188
7189 /// Begin paragraph spacing
7190 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginParagraphSpacing(int before, int after)
7191 {
7192     long flags = 0;
7193     if (before != 0)
7194         flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE;
7195     if (after != 0)
7196         flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER;
7197
7198     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7199     attr.SetFlags(flags);
7200     attr.SetParagraphSpacingBefore(before);
7201     attr.SetParagraphSpacingAfter(after);
7202
7203     return BeginStyle(attr);
7204 }
7205
7206 /// Begin line spacing
7207 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginLineSpacing(int lineSpacing)
7208 {
7209     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7210     attr.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING);
7211     attr.SetLineSpacing(lineSpacing);
7212
7213     return BeginStyle(attr);
7214 }
7215
7216 /// Begin numbered bullet
7217 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginNumberedBullet(int bulletNumber, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle)
7218 {
7219     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7220     attr.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE|wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT);
7221     attr.SetBulletStyle(bulletStyle);
7222     attr.SetBulletNumber(bulletNumber);
7223     attr.SetLeftIndent(leftIndent, leftSubIndent);
7224
7225     return BeginStyle(attr);
7226 }
7227
7228 /// Begin symbol bullet
7229 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginSymbolBullet(const wxString& symbol, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle)
7230 {
7231     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7232     attr.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE|wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT);
7233     attr.SetBulletStyle(bulletStyle);
7234     attr.SetLeftIndent(leftIndent, leftSubIndent);
7235     attr.SetBulletText(symbol);
7236
7237     return BeginStyle(attr);
7238 }
7239
7240 /// Begin standard bullet
7241 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginStandardBullet(const wxString& bulletName, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle)
7242 {
7243     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7244     attr.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE|wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT);
7245     attr.SetBulletStyle(bulletStyle);
7246     attr.SetLeftIndent(leftIndent, leftSubIndent);
7247     attr.SetBulletName(bulletName);
7248
7249     return BeginStyle(attr);
7250 }
7251
7252 /// Begin named character style
7253 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginCharacterStyle(const wxString& characterStyle)
7254 {
7255     if (GetStyleSheet())
7256     {
7257         wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition* def = GetStyleSheet()->FindCharacterStyle(characterStyle);
7258         if (def)
7259         {
7260             wxRichTextAttr attr = def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
7261             return BeginStyle(attr);
7262         }
7263     }
7264     return false;
7265 }
7266
7267 /// Begin named paragraph style
7268 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginParagraphStyle(const wxString& paragraphStyle)
7269 {
7270     if (GetStyleSheet())
7271     {
7272         wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* def = GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(paragraphStyle);
7273         if (def)
7274         {
7275             wxRichTextAttr attr = def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
7276             return BeginStyle(attr);
7277         }
7278     }
7279     return false;
7280 }
7281
7282 /// Begin named list style
7283 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginListStyle(const wxString& listStyle, int level, int number)
7284 {
7285     if (GetStyleSheet())
7286     {
7287         wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(listStyle);
7288         if (def)
7289         {
7290             wxRichTextAttr attr(def->GetCombinedStyleForLevel(level));
7291
7292             attr.SetBulletNumber(number);
7293
7294             return BeginStyle(attr);
7295         }
7296     }
7297     return false;
7298 }
7299
7300 /// Begin URL
7301 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginURL(const wxString& url, const wxString& characterStyle)
7302 {
7303     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7304
7305     if (!characterStyle.IsEmpty() && GetStyleSheet())
7306     {
7307         wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition* def = GetStyleSheet()->FindCharacterStyle(characterStyle);
7308         if (def)
7309         {
7310             attr = def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
7311         }
7312     }
7313     attr.SetURL(url);
7314
7315     return BeginStyle(attr);
7316 }
7317
7318 /// Adds a handler to the end
7319 void wxRichTextBuffer::AddHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler)
7320 {
7321     sm_handlers.Append(handler);
7322 }
7323
7324 /// Inserts a handler at the front
7325 void wxRichTextBuffer::InsertHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler)
7326 {
7327     sm_handlers.Insert( handler );
7328 }
7329
7330 /// Removes a handler
7331 bool wxRichTextBuffer::RemoveHandler(const wxString& name)
7332 {
7333     wxRichTextFileHandler *handler = FindHandler(name);
7334     if (handler)
7335     {
7336         sm_handlers.DeleteObject(handler);
7337         delete handler;
7338         return true;
7339     }
7340     else
7341         return false;
7342 }
7343
7344 /// Finds a handler by filename or, if supplied, type
7345 wxRichTextFileHandler *wxRichTextBuffer::FindHandlerFilenameOrType(const wxString& filename,
7346                                                                    wxRichTextFileType imageType)
7347 {
7348     if (imageType != wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY)
7349         return FindHandler(imageType);
7350     else if (!filename.IsEmpty())
7351     {
7352         wxString path, file, ext;
7353         wxFileName::SplitPath(filename, & path, & file, & ext);
7354         return FindHandler(ext, imageType);
7355     }
7356     else
7357         return NULL;
7358 }
7359
7360
7361 /// Finds a handler by name
7362 wxRichTextFileHandler* wxRichTextBuffer::FindHandler(const wxString& name)
7363 {
7364     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst();
7365     while (node)
7366     {
7367         wxRichTextFileHandler *handler = (wxRichTextFileHandler*)node->GetData();
7368         if (handler->GetName().Lower() == name.Lower()) return handler;
7369
7370         node = node->GetNext();
7371     }
7372     return NULL;
7373 }
7374
7375 /// Finds a handler by extension and type
7376 wxRichTextFileHandler* wxRichTextBuffer::FindHandler(const wxString& extension, wxRichTextFileType type)
7377 {
7378     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst();
7379     while (node)
7380     {
7381         wxRichTextFileHandler *handler = (wxRichTextFileHandler*)node->GetData();
7382         if ( handler->GetExtension().Lower() == extension.Lower() &&
7383             (type == wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY || handler->GetType() == type) )
7384             return handler;
7385         node = node->GetNext();
7386     }
7387     return 0;
7388 }
7389
7390 /// Finds a handler by type
7391 wxRichTextFileHandler* wxRichTextBuffer::FindHandler(wxRichTextFileType type)
7392 {
7393     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst();
7394     while (node)
7395     {
7396         wxRichTextFileHandler *handler = (wxRichTextFileHandler *)node->GetData();
7397         if (handler->GetType() == type) return handler;
7398         node = node->GetNext();
7399     }
7400     return NULL;
7401 }
7402
7403 void wxRichTextBuffer::InitStandardHandlers()
7404 {
7405     if (!FindHandler(wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT))
7406         AddHandler(new wxRichTextPlainTextHandler);
7407 }
7408
7409 void wxRichTextBuffer::CleanUpHandlers()
7410 {
7411     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst();
7412     while (node)
7413     {
7414         wxRichTextFileHandler* handler = (wxRichTextFileHandler*)node->GetData();
7415         wxList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext();
7416         delete handler;
7417         node = next;
7418     }
7419
7420     sm_handlers.Clear();
7421 }
7422
7423 wxString wxRichTextBuffer::GetExtWildcard(bool combine, bool save, wxArrayInt* types)
7424 {
7425     if (types)
7426         types->Clear();
7427
7428     wxString wildcard;
7429
7430     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = GetHandlers().GetFirst();
7431     int count = 0;
7432     while (node)
7433     {
7434         wxRichTextFileHandler* handler = (wxRichTextFileHandler*) node->GetData();
7435         if (handler->IsVisible() && ((save && handler->CanSave()) || (!save && handler->CanLoad())))
7436         {
7437             if (combine)
7438             {
7439                 if (count > 0)
7440                     wildcard += wxT(";");
7441                 wildcard += wxT("*.") + handler->GetExtension();
7442             }
7443             else
7444             {
7445                 if (count > 0)
7446                     wildcard += wxT("|");
7447                 wildcard += handler->GetName();
7448                 wildcard += wxT(" ");
7449                 wildcard += _("files");
7450                 wildcard += wxT(" (*.");
7451                 wildcard += handler->GetExtension();
7452                 wildcard += wxT(")|*.");
7453                 wildcard += handler->GetExtension();
7454                 if (types)
7455                     types->Add(handler->GetType());
7456             }
7457             count ++;
7458         }
7459
7460         node = node->GetNext();
7461     }
7462
7463     if (combine)
7464         wildcard = wxT("(") + wildcard + wxT(")|") + wildcard;
7465     return wildcard;
7466 }
7467
7468 /// Load a file
7469 bool wxRichTextBuffer::LoadFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type)
7470 {
7471     wxRichTextFileHandler* handler = FindHandlerFilenameOrType(filename, type);
7472     if (handler)
7473     {
7474         SetDefaultStyle(wxRichTextAttr());
7475         handler->SetFlags(GetHandlerFlags());
7476         bool success = handler->LoadFile(this, filename);
7477         Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
7478         return success;
7479     }
7480     else
7481         return false;
7482 }
7483
7484 /// Save a file
7485 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SaveFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type)
7486 {
7487     wxRichTextFileHandler* handler = FindHandlerFilenameOrType(filename, type);
7488     if (handler)
7489     {
7490         handler->SetFlags(GetHandlerFlags());
7491         return handler->SaveFile(this, filename);
7492     }
7493     else
7494         return false;
7495 }
7496
7497 /// Load from a stream
7498 bool wxRichTextBuffer::LoadFile(wxInputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type)
7499 {
7500     wxRichTextFileHandler* handler = FindHandler(type);
7501     if (handler)
7502     {
7503         SetDefaultStyle(wxRichTextAttr());
7504         handler->SetFlags(GetHandlerFlags());
7505         bool success = handler->LoadFile(this, stream);
7506         Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
7507         return success;
7508     }
7509     else
7510         return false;
7511 }
7512
7513 /// Save to a stream
7514 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SaveFile(wxOutputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type)
7515 {
7516     wxRichTextFileHandler* handler = FindHandler(type);
7517     if (handler)
7518     {
7519         handler->SetFlags(GetHandlerFlags());
7520         return handler->SaveFile(this, stream);
7521     }
7522     else
7523         return false;
7524 }
7525
7526 /// Copy the range to the clipboard
7527 bool wxRichTextBuffer::CopyToClipboard(const wxRichTextRange& range)
7528 {
7529     bool success = false;
7530     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = this;
7531     if (GetRichTextCtrl())
7532         container = GetRichTextCtrl()->GetFocusObject();
7533
7534 #if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD && wxUSE_DATAOBJ
7535
7536     if (!wxTheClipboard->IsOpened() && wxTheClipboard->Open())
7537     {
7538         wxTheClipboard->Clear();
7539
7540         // Add composite object
7541
7542         wxDataObjectComposite* compositeObject = new wxDataObjectComposite();
7543
7544         {
7545             wxString text = container->GetTextForRange(range);
7546
7547 #ifdef __WXMSW__
7548             text = wxTextFile::Translate(text, wxTextFileType_Dos);
7549 #endif
7550
7551             compositeObject->Add(new wxTextDataObject(text), false /* not preferred */);
7552         }
7553
7554         // Add rich text buffer data object. This needs the XML handler to be present.
7555
7556         if (FindHandler(wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML))
7557         {
7558             wxRichTextBuffer* richTextBuf = new wxRichTextBuffer;
7559             container->CopyFragment(range, *richTextBuf);
7560
7561             compositeObject->Add(new wxRichTextBufferDataObject(richTextBuf), true /* preferred */);
7562         }
7563
7564         if (wxTheClipboard->SetData(compositeObject))
7565             success = true;
7566
7567         wxTheClipboard->Close();
7568     }
7569
7570 #else
7571     wxUnusedVar(range);
7572 #endif
7573     return success;
7574 }
7575
7576 /// Paste the clipboard content to the buffer
7577 bool wxRichTextBuffer::PasteFromClipboard(long position)
7578 {
7579     bool success = false;
7580     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = this;
7581     if (GetRichTextCtrl())
7582         container = GetRichTextCtrl()->GetFocusObject();
7583
7584 #if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD && wxUSE_DATAOBJ
7585     if (CanPasteFromClipboard())
7586     {
7587         if (wxTheClipboard->Open())
7588         {
7589             if (wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDataFormat(wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetRichTextBufferFormatId())))
7590             {
7591                 wxRichTextBufferDataObject data;
7592                 wxTheClipboard->GetData(data);
7593                 wxRichTextBuffer* richTextBuffer = data.GetRichTextBuffer();
7594                 if (richTextBuffer)
7595                 {
7596                     container->InsertParagraphsWithUndo(position+1, *richTextBuffer, GetRichTextCtrl(), this, 0);
7597                     if (GetRichTextCtrl())
7598                         GetRichTextCtrl()->ShowPosition(position + richTextBuffer->GetOwnRange().GetEnd());
7599                     delete richTextBuffer;
7600                 }
7601             }
7602             else if (wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDF_TEXT)
7603  #if wxUSE_UNICODE
7604                      || wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDF_UNICODETEXT)
7605  #endif
7606                     )
7607             {
7608                 wxTextDataObject data;
7609                 wxTheClipboard->GetData(data);
7610                 wxString text(data.GetText());
7611 #ifdef __WXMSW__
7612                 wxString text2;
7613                 text2.Alloc(text.Length()+1);
7614                 size_t i;
7615                 for (i = 0; i < text.Length(); i++)
7616                 {
7617                     wxChar ch = text[i];
7618                     if (ch != wxT('\r'))
7619                         text2 += ch;
7620                 }
7621 #else
7622                 wxString text2 = text;
7623 #endif
7624                 container->InsertTextWithUndo(position+1, text2, GetRichTextCtrl(), this, wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE);
7625
7626                 if (GetRichTextCtrl())
7627                     GetRichTextCtrl()->ShowPosition(position + text2.Length());
7628
7629                 success = true;
7630             }
7631             else if (wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDF_BITMAP))
7632             {
7633                 wxBitmapDataObject data;
7634                 wxTheClipboard->GetData(data);
7635                 wxBitmap bitmap(data.GetBitmap());
7636                 wxImage image(bitmap.ConvertToImage());
7637
7638                 wxRichTextAction* action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Insert Image"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT, this, container, GetRichTextCtrl(), false);
7639
7640                 action->GetNewParagraphs().AddImage(image);
7641
7642                 if (action->GetNewParagraphs().GetChildCount() == 1)
7643                     action->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
7644
7645                 action->SetPosition(position+1);
7646
7647                 // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
7648                 action->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(position+1, position+1));
7649
7650                 SubmitAction(action);
7651
7652                 success = true;
7653             }
7654             wxTheClipboard->Close();
7655         }
7656     }
7657 #else
7658     wxUnusedVar(position);
7659 #endif
7660     return success;
7661 }
7662
7663 /// Can we paste from the clipboard?
7664 bool wxRichTextBuffer::CanPasteFromClipboard() const
7665 {
7666     bool canPaste = false;
7667 #if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD && wxUSE_DATAOBJ
7668     if (!wxTheClipboard->IsOpened() && wxTheClipboard->Open())
7669     {
7670         if (wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDF_TEXT)
7671 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
7672             || wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDF_UNICODETEXT)
7673 #endif
7674             || wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDataFormat(wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetRichTextBufferFormatId())) ||
7675             wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDF_BITMAP))
7676         {
7677             canPaste = true;
7678         }
7679         wxTheClipboard->Close();
7680     }
7681 #endif
7682     return canPaste;
7683 }
7684
7685 /// Dumps contents of buffer for debugging purposes
7686 void wxRichTextBuffer::Dump()
7687 {
7688     wxString text;
7689     {
7690         wxStringOutputStream stream(& text);
7691         wxTextOutputStream textStream(stream);
7692         Dump(textStream);
7693     }
7694
7695     wxLogDebug(text);
7696 }
7697
7698 /// Add an event handler
7699 bool wxRichTextBuffer::AddEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler)
7700 {
7701     m_eventHandlers.Append(handler);
7702     return true;
7703 }
7704
7705 /// Remove an event handler
7706 bool wxRichTextBuffer::RemoveEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler, bool deleteHandler)
7707 {
7708     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_eventHandlers.Find(handler);
7709     if (node)
7710     {
7711         m_eventHandlers.Erase(node);
7712         if (deleteHandler)
7713             delete handler;
7714
7715         return true;
7716     }
7717     else
7718         return false;
7719 }
7720
7721 /// Clear event handlers
7722 void wxRichTextBuffer::ClearEventHandlers()
7723 {
7724     m_eventHandlers.Clear();
7725 }
7726
7727 /// Send event to event handlers. If sendToAll is true, will send to all event handlers,
7728 /// otherwise will stop at the first successful one.
7729 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SendEvent(wxEvent& event, bool sendToAll)
7730 {
7731     bool success = false;
7732     for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_eventHandlers.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext())
7733     {
7734         wxEvtHandler* handler = (wxEvtHandler*) node->GetData();
7735         if (handler->ProcessEvent(event))
7736         {
7737             success = true;
7738             if (!sendToAll)
7739                 return true;
7740         }
7741     }
7742     return success;
7743 }
7744
7745 /// Set style sheet and notify of the change
7746 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SetStyleSheetAndNotify(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet)
7747 {
7748     wxRichTextStyleSheet* oldSheet = GetStyleSheet();
7749
7750     wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY;
7751     if (GetRichTextCtrl())
7752         winid = GetRichTextCtrl()->GetId();
7753
7754     wxRichTextEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACING, winid);
7755     event.SetEventObject(GetRichTextCtrl());
7756     event.SetContainer(GetRichTextCtrl()->GetFocusObject());
7757     event.SetOldStyleSheet(oldSheet);
7758     event.SetNewStyleSheet(sheet);
7759     event.Allow();
7760
7761     if (SendEvent(event) && !event.IsAllowed())
7762     {
7763         if (sheet != oldSheet)
7764             delete sheet;
7765
7766         return false;
7767     }
7768
7769     if (oldSheet && oldSheet != sheet)
7770         delete oldSheet;
7771
7772     SetStyleSheet(sheet);
7773
7774     event.SetEventType(wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACED);
7775     event.SetOldStyleSheet(NULL);
7776     event.Allow();
7777
7778     return SendEvent(event);
7779 }
7780
7781 /// Set renderer, deleting old one
7782 void wxRichTextBuffer::SetRenderer(wxRichTextRenderer* renderer)
7783 {
7784     if (sm_renderer)
7785         delete sm_renderer;
7786     sm_renderer = renderer;
7787 }
7788
7789 /// Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
7790 /// information about position
7791 int wxRichTextBuffer::HitTest(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags)
7792 {
7793     int ret = wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::HitTest(dc, pt, textPosition, obj, contextObj, flags);
7794     if (ret != wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE)
7795     {
7796         return ret;
7797     }
7798     else
7799     {
7800         textPosition = m_ownRange.GetEnd()-1;
7801         *obj = this;
7802         *contextObj = this;
7803         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER|wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE;
7804     }
7805 }
7806
7807 bool wxRichTextStdRenderer::DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& bulletAttr, const wxRect& rect)
7808 {
7809     if (bulletAttr.GetTextColour().IsOk())
7810     {
7811         wxCheckSetPen(dc, wxPen(bulletAttr.GetTextColour()));
7812         wxCheckSetBrush(dc, wxBrush(bulletAttr.GetTextColour()));
7813     }
7814     else
7815     {
7816         wxCheckSetPen(dc, *wxBLACK_PEN);
7817         wxCheckSetBrush(dc, *wxBLACK_BRUSH);
7818     }
7819
7820     wxFont font;
7821     if (bulletAttr.HasFont())
7822     {
7823         font = paragraph->GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(bulletAttr);
7824     }
7825     else
7826         font = (*wxNORMAL_FONT);
7827
7828     wxCheckSetFont(dc, font);
7829
7830     int charHeight = dc.GetCharHeight();
7831
7832     int bulletWidth = (int) (((float) charHeight) * wxRichTextBuffer::GetBulletProportion());
7833     int bulletHeight = bulletWidth;
7834
7835     int x = rect.x;
7836
7837     // Calculate the top position of the character (as opposed to the whole line height)
7838     int y = rect.y + (rect.height - charHeight);
7839
7840     // Calculate where the bullet should be positioned
7841     y = y + (charHeight+1)/2 - (bulletHeight+1)/2;
7842
7843     // The margin between a bullet and text.
7844     int margin = paragraph->ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, wxRichTextBuffer::GetBulletRightMargin());
7845
7846     if (bulletAttr.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_RIGHT)
7847         x = rect.x + rect.width - bulletWidth - margin;
7848     else if (bulletAttr.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_CENTRE)
7849         x = x + (rect.width)/2 - bulletWidth/2;
7850
7851     if (bulletAttr.GetBulletName() == wxT("standard/square"))
7852     {
7853         dc.DrawRectangle(x, y, bulletWidth, bulletHeight);
7854     }
7855     else if (bulletAttr.GetBulletName() == wxT("standard/diamond"))
7856     {
7857         wxPoint pts[5];
7858         pts[0].x = x;                   pts[0].y = y + bulletHeight/2;
7859         pts[1].x = x + bulletWidth/2;   pts[1].y = y;
7860         pts[2].x = x + bulletWidth;     pts[2].y = y + bulletHeight/2;
7861         pts[3].x = x + bulletWidth/2;   pts[3].y = y + bulletHeight;
7862
7863         dc.DrawPolygon(4, pts);
7864     }
7865     else if (bulletAttr.GetBulletName() == wxT("standard/triangle"))
7866     {
7867         wxPoint pts[3];
7868         pts[0].x = x;                   pts[0].y = y;
7869         pts[1].x = x + bulletWidth;     pts[1].y = y + bulletHeight/2;
7870         pts[2].x = x;                   pts[2].y = y + bulletHeight;
7871
7872         dc.DrawPolygon(3, pts);
7873     }
7874     else if (bulletAttr.GetBulletName() == wxT("standard/circle-outline"))
7875     {
7876         wxCheckSetBrush(dc, *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7877         dc.DrawEllipse(x, y, bulletWidth, bulletHeight);
7878     }
7879     else // "standard/circle", and catch-all
7880     {
7881         dc.DrawEllipse(x, y, bulletWidth, bulletHeight);
7882     }
7883
7884     return true;
7885 }
7886
7887 bool wxRichTextStdRenderer::DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text)
7888 {
7889     if (!text.empty())
7890     {
7891         wxFont font;
7892         if ((attr.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL) && !attr.GetBulletFont().IsEmpty() && attr.HasFont())
7893         {
7894             wxRichTextAttr fontAttr;
7895             fontAttr.SetFontSize(attr.GetFontSize());
7896             fontAttr.SetFontStyle(attr.GetFontStyle());
7897             fontAttr.SetFontWeight(attr.GetFontWeight());
7898             fontAttr.SetFontUnderlined(attr.GetFontUnderlined());
7899             fontAttr.SetFontFaceName(attr.GetBulletFont());
7900             font = paragraph->GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(fontAttr);
7901         }
7902         else if (attr.HasFont())
7903             font = paragraph->GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(attr);
7904         else
7905             font = (*wxNORMAL_FONT);
7906
7907         wxCheckSetFont(dc, font);
7908
7909         if (attr.GetTextColour().IsOk())
7910             dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
7911
7912         dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT);
7913
7914         int charHeight = dc.GetCharHeight();
7915         wxCoord tw, th;
7916         dc.GetTextExtent(text, & tw, & th);
7917
7918         int x = rect.x;
7919
7920         // Calculate the top position of the character (as opposed to the whole line height)
7921         int y = rect.y + (rect.height - charHeight);
7922
7923         // The margin between a bullet and text.
7924         int margin = paragraph->ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, wxRichTextBuffer::GetBulletRightMargin());
7925
7926         if (attr.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_RIGHT)
7927             x = (rect.x + rect.width) - tw - margin;
7928         else if (attr.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_CENTRE)
7929             x = x + (rect.width)/2 - tw/2;
7930
7931         dc.DrawText(text, x, y);
7932
7933         return true;
7934     }
7935     else
7936         return false;
7937 }
7938
7939 bool wxRichTextStdRenderer::DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* WXUNUSED(paragraph), wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), const wxRichTextAttr& WXUNUSED(attr), const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect))
7940 {
7941     // Currently unimplemented. The intention is to store bitmaps by name in a media store associated
7942     // with the buffer. The store will allow retrieval from memory, disk or other means.
7943     return false;
7944 }
7945
7946 /// Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported
7947 bool wxRichTextStdRenderer::EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames)
7948 {
7949     bulletNames.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/circle"));
7950     bulletNames.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/circle-outline"));
7951     bulletNames.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/square"));
7952     bulletNames.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/diamond"));
7953     bulletNames.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/triangle"));
7954
7955     return true;
7956 }
7957
7958 /*!
7959  * wxRichTextBox
7960  */
7961
7962 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBox, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox)
7963
7964 wxRichTextBox::wxRichTextBox(wxRichTextObject* parent):
7965     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(parent)
7966 {
7967 }
7968
7969 /// Draw the item
7970 bool wxRichTextBox::Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style)
7971 {
7972     if (!IsShown())
7973         return true;
7974
7975     // TODO: if the active object in the control, draw an indication.
7976     // We need to add the concept of active object, and not just focus object,
7977     // so we can apply commands (properties, delete, ...) to objects such as text boxes and images.
7978     // Ultimately we would like to be able to interactively resize an active object
7979     // using drag handles.
7980     return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Draw(dc, range, selection, rect, descent, style);
7981 }
7982
7983 /// Copy
7984 void wxRichTextBox::Copy(const wxRichTextBox& obj)
7985 {
7986     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Copy(obj);
7987 }
7988
7989 // Edit properties via a GUI
7990 bool wxRichTextBox::EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer)
7991 {
7992     wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog boxDlg(this, wxGetTopLevelParent(parent), wxID_ANY, _("Box Properties"));
7993     boxDlg.SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
7994
7995     if (boxDlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK)
7996     {
7997         // By passing wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET, indeterminate attributes set by the user will be set as
7998         // indeterminate in the object.
7999         boxDlg.ApplyStyle(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET);
8000         return true;
8001     }
8002     else
8003         return false;
8004 }
8005
8006 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextCell, wxRichTextBox)
8007
8008 wxRichTextCell::wxRichTextCell(wxRichTextObject* parent):
8009     wxRichTextBox(parent)
8010 {
8011 }
8012
8013 /// Draw the item
8014 bool wxRichTextCell::Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style)
8015 {
8016     return wxRichTextBox::Draw(dc, range, selection, rect, descent, style);
8017 }
8018
8019 /// Copy
8020 void wxRichTextCell::Copy(const wxRichTextCell& obj)
8021 {
8022     wxRichTextBox::Copy(obj);
8023 }
8024
8025 // Edit properties via a GUI
8026 bool wxRichTextCell::EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer)
8027 {
8028     // We need to gather common attributes for all selected cells.
8029
8030     wxRichTextTable* table = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextTable);
8031     bool multipleCells = false;
8032     wxRichTextAttr attr;
8033
8034     if (table && buffer && buffer->GetRichTextCtrl() && buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetSelection().IsValid() &&
8035         buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetSelection().GetContainer() == GetParent())
8036     {
8037         wxRichTextAttr clashingAttr, absentAttr;
8038         const wxRichTextSelection& sel = buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetSelection();
8039         size_t i;
8040         int selectedCellCount = 0;
8041         for (i = 0; i < sel.GetCount(); i++)
8042         {
8043             const wxRichTextRange& range = sel[i];
8044             wxRichTextCell* cell = table->GetCell(range.GetStart());
8045             if (cell)
8046             {
8047                 wxRichTextAttr cellStyle = cell->GetAttributes();
8048
8049                 CollectStyle(attr, cellStyle, clashingAttr, absentAttr);
8050
8051                 selectedCellCount ++;
8052             }
8053         }
8054         multipleCells = selectedCellCount > 1;
8055     }
8056     else
8057     {
8058         attr = GetAttributes();
8059     }
8060
8061     wxString caption;
8062     if (multipleCells)
8063         caption = _("Multiple Cell Properties");
8064     else
8065         caption = _("Cell Properties");
8066
8067     wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog cellDlg(this, wxGetTopLevelParent(parent), wxID_ANY, caption);
8068     cellDlg.SetAttributes(attr);
8069
8070     wxRichTextSizePage* sizePage = wxDynamicCast(cellDlg.FindPage(CLASSINFO(wxRichTextSizePage)), wxRichTextSizePage);
8071     if (sizePage)
8072     {
8073         // We don't want position and floating controls for a cell.
8074         sizePage->ShowPositionControls(false);
8075         sizePage->ShowFloatingControls(false);
8076     }
8077
8078     if (cellDlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK)
8079     {
8080         if (multipleCells)
8081         {
8082             const wxRichTextSelection& sel = buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetSelection();
8083             // Apply the style; we interpret indeterminate attributes as 'don't touch this attribute'
8084             // since it may represent clashing attributes across multiple objects.
8085             table->SetCellStyle(sel, attr);
8086         }
8087         else
8088             // For a single object, indeterminate attributes set by the user should be reflected in the
8089             // actual object style, so pass the wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET flag to assign
8090             // the style directly instead of applying (which ignores indeterminate attributes,
8091             // leaving them as they were).
8092             cellDlg.ApplyStyle(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET);
8093         return true;
8094     }
8095     else
8096         return false;
8097 }
8098
8099 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray)
8100
8101 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextTable, wxRichTextBox)
8102
8103 wxRichTextTable::wxRichTextTable(wxRichTextObject* parent): wxRichTextBox(parent)
8104 {
8105     m_rowCount = 0;
8106     m_colCount = 0;
8107 }
8108
8109 // Draws the object.
8110 bool wxRichTextTable::Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style)
8111 {
8112     return wxRichTextBox::Draw(dc, range, selection, rect, descent, style);
8113 }
8114
8115 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(wxRect, wxRichTextRectArray);
8116 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextRectArray);
8117
8118 // Lays the object out. rect is the space available for layout. Often it will
8119 // be the specified overall space for this object, if trying to constrain
8120 // layout to a particular size, or it could be the total space available in the
8121 // parent. rect is the overall size, so we must subtract margins and padding.
8122 // to get the actual available space.
8123 bool wxRichTextTable::Layout(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int style)
8124 {
8125     SetPosition(rect.GetPosition());
8126
8127     // TODO: the meaty bit. Calculate sizes of all cells and rows. Try to use
8128     // minimum size if within alloted size, then divide up remaining size
8129     // between rows/cols.
8130
8131     double scale = 1.0;
8132     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
8133     if (buffer) scale = buffer->GetScale();
8134
8135     wxRect availableSpace = GetAvailableContentArea(dc, rect);
8136     wxTextAttrDimensionConverter converter(dc, scale, availableSpace.GetSize());
8137
8138     // If we have no fixed table size, and assuming we're not pushed for
8139     // space, then we don't have to try to stretch the table to fit the contents.
8140     bool stretchToFitTableWidth = false;
8141
8142     int tableWidth = rect.width;
8143     if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid())
8144     {
8145         tableWidth = converter.GetPixels(GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth());
8146
8147         // Fixed table width, so we do want to stretch columns out if necessary.
8148         stretchToFitTableWidth = true;
8149
8150         // Shouldn't be able to exceed the size passed to this function
8151         tableWidth = wxMin(rect.width, tableWidth);
8152     }
8153
8154     // Get internal padding
8155     int paddingLeft = 0, paddingTop = 0;
8156     if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetLeft().IsValid())
8157         paddingLeft = converter.GetPixels(GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetLeft());
8158     if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetTop().IsValid())
8159         paddingTop = converter.GetPixels(GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetTop());
8160
8161     // Assume that left and top padding are also used for inter-cell padding.
8162     int paddingX = paddingLeft;
8163     int paddingY = paddingTop;
8164
8165     int totalLeftMargin = 0, totalRightMargin = 0, totalTopMargin = 0, totalBottomMargin = 0;
8166     GetTotalMargin(dc, buffer, GetAttributes(), totalLeftMargin, totalRightMargin, totalTopMargin, totalBottomMargin);
8167
8168     // Internal table width - the area for content
8169     int internalTableWidth = tableWidth - totalLeftMargin - totalRightMargin;
8170
8171     int rowCount = m_cells.GetCount();
8172     if (m_colCount == 0 || rowCount == 0)
8173     {
8174         wxRect overallRect(rect.x, rect.y, totalLeftMargin + totalRightMargin, totalTopMargin + totalBottomMargin);
8175         SetCachedSize(overallRect.GetSize());
8176
8177         // Zero content size
8178         SetMinSize(overallRect.GetSize());
8179         SetMaxSize(GetMinSize());
8180         return true;
8181     }
8182
8183     // The final calculated widths
8184     wxArrayInt colWidths(m_colCount);
8185
8186     wxArrayInt absoluteColWidths(m_colCount);
8187     // wxArrayInt absoluteColWidthsSpanning(m_colCount);
8188     wxArrayInt percentageColWidths(m_colCount);
8189     // wxArrayInt percentageColWidthsSpanning(m_colCount);
8190     // These are only relevant when the first column contains spanning information.
8191     // wxArrayInt columnSpans(m_colCount); // Each contains 1 for non-spanning cell, > 1 for spanning cell.
8192     wxArrayInt maxColWidths(m_colCount);
8193     wxArrayInt minColWidths(m_colCount);
8194
8195     wxSize tableSize(tableWidth, 0);
8196
8197     int i, j, k;
8198
8199     for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8200     {
8201         absoluteColWidths[i] = 0;
8202         // absoluteColWidthsSpanning[i] = 0;
8203         percentageColWidths[i] = -1;
8204         // percentageColWidthsSpanning[i] = -1;
8205         colWidths[i] = 0;
8206         maxColWidths[i] = 0;
8207         minColWidths[i] = 0;
8208         // columnSpans[i] = 1;
8209     }
8210
8211     // (0) Determine which cells are visible according to spans
8212     //   1  2   3  4   5
8213     //  __________________
8214     // |  |   |      |    | 1
8215     // |------|      |----|
8216     // |------|      |    | 2
8217     // |------|      |    | 3
8218     // |------------------|
8219     // |__________________| 4
8220
8221     // To calculate cell visibility:
8222     // First find all spanning cells. Build an array of span records with start x, y and end x, y.
8223     // Then for each cell, test whether we're within one of those cells, and unless we're at the start of
8224     // that cell, hide the cell.
8225
8226     // We can also use this array to match the size of spanning cells to the grid. Or just do
8227     // this when we iterate through all cells.
8228
8229     // 0.1: add spanning cells to an array
8230     wxRichTextRectArray rectArray;
8231     for (j = 0; j < m_rowCount; j++)
8232     {
8233         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8234         {
8235             wxRichTextBox* cell = GetCell(j, i);
8236             int colSpan = 1, rowSpan = 1;
8237             if (cell->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("colspan")))
8238                 colSpan = cell->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("colspan"));
8239             if (cell->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("rowspan")))
8240                 rowSpan = cell->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("rowspan"));
8241             if (colSpan > 1 || rowSpan > 1)
8242             {
8243                 rectArray.Add(wxRect(i, j, colSpan, rowSpan));
8244             }
8245         }
8246     }
8247     // 0.2: find which cells are subsumed by a spanning cell
8248     for (j = 0; j < m_rowCount; j++)
8249     {
8250         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8251         {
8252             wxRichTextBox* cell = GetCell(j, i);
8253             if (rectArray.GetCount() == 0)
8254             {
8255                 cell->Show(true);
8256             }
8257             else
8258             {
8259                 int colSpan = 1, rowSpan = 1;
8260                 if (cell->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("colspan")))
8261                     colSpan = cell->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("colspan"));
8262                 if (cell->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("rowspan")))
8263                     rowSpan = cell->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("rowspan"));
8264                 if (colSpan > 1 || rowSpan > 1)
8265                 {
8266                     // Assume all spanning cells are shown
8267                     cell->Show(true);
8268                 }
8269                 else
8270                 {
8271                     bool shown = true;
8272                     for (k = 0; k < (int) rectArray.GetCount(); k++)
8273                     {
8274                         if (rectArray[k].Contains(wxPoint(i, j)))
8275                         {
8276                             shown = false;
8277                             break;
8278                         }
8279                     }
8280                     cell->Show(shown);
8281                 }
8282             }
8283         }
8284     }
8285
8286     // TODO: find the first spanned cell in each row that spans the most columns and doesn't
8287     // overlap with a spanned cell starting at a previous column position.
8288     // This means we need to keep an array of rects so we can check. However
8289     // it does also mean that some spans simply may not be taken into account
8290     // where there are different spans happening on different rows. In these cases,
8291     // they will simply be as wide as their constituent columns.
8292
8293     // (1) Do an initial layout for all cells to get minimum and maximum size, and get
8294     // the absolute or percentage width of each column.
8295
8296     for (j = 0; j < m_rowCount; j++)
8297     {
8298         // First get the overall margins so we can calculate percentage widths based on
8299         // the available content space for all cells on the row
8300
8301         int overallRowContentMargin = 0;
8302         int visibleCellCount = 0;
8303
8304         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8305         {
8306             wxRichTextBox* cell = GetCell(j, i);
8307             if (cell->IsShown())
8308             {
8309                 int cellTotalLeftMargin = 0, cellTotalRightMargin = 0, cellTotalTopMargin = 0, cellTotalBottomMargin = 0;
8310                 GetTotalMargin(dc, buffer, cell->GetAttributes(), cellTotalLeftMargin, cellTotalRightMargin, cellTotalTopMargin, cellTotalBottomMargin);
8311
8312                 overallRowContentMargin += (cellTotalLeftMargin + cellTotalRightMargin);
8313                 visibleCellCount ++;
8314             }
8315         }
8316
8317         // Add in inter-cell padding
8318         overallRowContentMargin += ((visibleCellCount-1) * paddingX);
8319
8320         int rowContentWidth = internalTableWidth - overallRowContentMargin;
8321         wxSize rowTableSize(rowContentWidth, 0);
8322         wxTextAttrDimensionConverter converter(dc, scale, rowTableSize);
8323
8324         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8325         {
8326             wxRichTextBox* cell = GetCell(j, i);
8327             if (cell->IsShown())
8328             {
8329                 int colSpan = 1;
8330                 if (cell->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("colspan")))
8331                     colSpan = cell->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("colspan"));
8332
8333                 // Lay out cell to find min/max widths
8334                 cell->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
8335                 cell->Layout(dc, availableSpace, style);
8336
8337                 if (colSpan == 1)
8338                 {
8339                     int absoluteCellWidth = -1;
8340                     int percentageCellWidth = -1;
8341
8342                     // I think we need to calculate percentages from the internal table size,
8343                     // minus the padding between cells which we'll need to calculate from the
8344                     // (number of VISIBLE cells - 1)*paddingX. Then percentages that add up to 100%
8345                     // will add up to 100%. In CSS, the width specifies the cell's content rect width,
8346                     // so if we want to conform to that we'll need to add in the overall cell margins.
8347                     // However, this will make it difficult to specify percentages that add up to
8348                     // 100% and still fit within the table width.
8349                     // Let's say two cells have 50% width. They have 10 pixels of overall margin each.
8350                     // The table content rect is 500 pixels and the inter-cell padding is 20 pixels.
8351                     // If we're using internal content size for the width, we would calculate the
8352                     // the overall cell width for n cells as:
8353                     // (500 - 20*(n-1) - overallCellMargin1 - overallCellMargin2 - ...) * percentage / 100
8354                     // + thisOverallCellMargin
8355                     // = 500 - 20 - 10 - 10) * 0.5 + 10 = 240 pixels overall cell width.
8356                     // Adding this back, we get 240 + 240 + 20 = 500 pixels.
8357
8358                     if (cell->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid())
8359                     {
8360                         int w = converter.GetPixels(cell->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth());
8361                         if (cell->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE)
8362                         {
8363                             percentageCellWidth = w;
8364                         }
8365                         else
8366                         {
8367                             absoluteCellWidth = w;
8368                         }
8369                         // Override absolute width with minimum width if necessary
8370                         if (cell->GetMinSize().x > 0 && absoluteCellWidth !=1 && cell->GetMinSize().x > absoluteCellWidth)
8371                             absoluteCellWidth = cell->GetMinSize().x;
8372                     }
8373
8374                     if (absoluteCellWidth != -1)
8375                     {
8376                         if (absoluteCellWidth > absoluteColWidths[i])
8377                             absoluteColWidths[i] = absoluteCellWidth;
8378                     }
8379
8380                     if (percentageCellWidth != -1)
8381                     {
8382                         if (percentageCellWidth > percentageColWidths[i])
8383                             percentageColWidths[i] = percentageCellWidth;
8384                     }
8385
8386                     if (colSpan == 1 && cell->GetMinSize().x && cell->GetMinSize().x > minColWidths[i])
8387                         minColWidths[i] = cell->GetMinSize().x;
8388                     if (colSpan == 1 && cell->GetMaxSize().x && cell->GetMaxSize().x > maxColWidths[i])
8389                         maxColWidths[i] = cell->GetMaxSize().x;
8390                 }
8391             }
8392         }
8393     }
8394
8395     // (2) Allocate initial column widths from minimum widths, absolute values and proportions
8396     // TODO: simply merge this into (1).
8397     for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8398     {
8399         if (absoluteColWidths[i] > 0)
8400         {
8401             colWidths[i] = absoluteColWidths[i];
8402         }
8403         else if (percentageColWidths[i] > 0)
8404         {
8405             colWidths[i] = percentageColWidths[i];
8406
8407             // This is rubbish - we calculated the absolute widths from percentages, so
8408             // we can't do it again here.
8409             //colWidths[i] = (int) (double(percentageColWidths[i]) * double(tableWidth) / 100.0 + 0.5);
8410         }
8411     }
8412
8413     // (3) Process absolute or proportional widths of spanning columns,
8414     // now that we know what our fixed column widths are going to be.
8415     // Spanned cells will try to adjust columns so the span will fit.
8416     // Even existing fixed column widths can be expanded if necessary.
8417     // Actually, currently fixed columns widths aren't adjusted; instead,
8418     // the algorithm favours earlier rows and adjusts unspecified column widths
8419     // the first time only. After that, we can't know whether the column has been
8420     // specified explicitly or not. (We could make a note if necessary.)
8421     for (j = 0; j < m_rowCount; j++)
8422     {
8423         // First get the overall margins so we can calculate percentage widths based on
8424         // the available content space for all cells on the row
8425
8426         int overallRowContentMargin = 0;
8427         int visibleCellCount = 0;
8428
8429         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8430         {
8431             wxRichTextBox* cell = GetCell(j, i);
8432             if (cell->IsShown())
8433             {
8434                 int cellTotalLeftMargin = 0, cellTotalRightMargin = 0, cellTotalTopMargin = 0, cellTotalBottomMargin = 0;
8435                 GetTotalMargin(dc, buffer, cell->GetAttributes(), cellTotalLeftMargin, cellTotalRightMargin, cellTotalTopMargin, cellTotalBottomMargin);
8436
8437                 overallRowContentMargin += (cellTotalLeftMargin + cellTotalRightMargin);
8438                 visibleCellCount ++;
8439             }
8440         }
8441
8442         // Add in inter-cell padding
8443         overallRowContentMargin += ((visibleCellCount-1) * paddingX);
8444
8445         int rowContentWidth = internalTableWidth - overallRowContentMargin;
8446         wxSize rowTableSize(rowContentWidth, 0);
8447         wxTextAttrDimensionConverter converter(dc, scale, rowTableSize);
8448
8449         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8450         {
8451             wxRichTextBox* cell = GetCell(j, i);
8452             if (cell->IsShown())
8453             {
8454                 int colSpan = 1;
8455                 if (cell->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("colspan")))
8456                     colSpan = cell->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("colspan"));
8457
8458                 if (colSpan > 1)
8459                 {
8460                     int spans = wxMin(colSpan, m_colCount - i);
8461                     int cellWidth = 0;
8462                     if (spans > 0)
8463                     {
8464                         if (cell->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid())
8465                         {
8466                             cellWidth = converter.GetPixels(cell->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth());
8467                             // Override absolute width with minimum width if necessary
8468                             if (cell->GetMinSize().x > 0 && cellWidth !=1 && cell->GetMinSize().x > cellWidth)
8469                                 cellWidth = cell->GetMinSize().x;
8470                         }
8471                         else
8472                         {
8473                             // Do we want to do this? It's the only chance we get to
8474                             // use the cell's min/max sizes, so we need to work out
8475                             // how we're going to balance the unspecified spanning cell
8476                             // width with the possibility more-constrained constituent cell widths.
8477                             // Say there's a tiny bitmap giving it a max width of 10 pixels. We
8478                             // don't want to constraint all the spanned columns to fit into this cell.
8479                             // OK, let's say that if any of the constituent columns don't fit,
8480                             // then we simply stop constraining the columns; instead, we'll just fit the spanning
8481                             // cells to the columns later.
8482                             cellWidth = cell->GetMinSize().x;
8483                             if (cell->GetMaxSize().x > cellWidth)
8484                                 cellWidth = cell->GetMaxSize().x;
8485                         }
8486
8487                         // Subtract the padding between cells
8488                         int spanningWidth = cellWidth;
8489                         spanningWidth -= paddingX * (spans-1);
8490
8491                         if (spanningWidth > 0)
8492                         {
8493                             // Now share the spanning width between columns within that span
8494                             // TODO: take into account min widths of columns within the span
8495                             int spanningWidthLeft = spanningWidth;
8496                             int stretchColCount = 0;
8497                             for (k = i; k < (i+spans); k++)
8498                             {
8499                                 if (colWidths[k] > 0) // absolute or proportional width has been specified
8500                                     spanningWidthLeft -= colWidths[k];
8501                                 else
8502                                     stretchColCount ++;
8503                             }
8504                             // Now divide what's left between the remaining columns
8505                             int colShare = 0;
8506                             if (stretchColCount > 0)
8507                                 colShare = spanningWidthLeft / stretchColCount;
8508                             int colShareRemainder = spanningWidthLeft - (colShare * stretchColCount);
8509
8510                             // If fixed-width columns are currently too big, then we'll later
8511                             // stretch the spanned cell to fit.
8512
8513                             if (spanningWidthLeft > 0)
8514                             {
8515                                 for (k = i; k < (i+spans); k++)
8516                                 {
8517                                     if (colWidths[k] <= 0) // absolute or proportional width has not been specified
8518                                     {
8519                                         int newWidth = colShare;
8520                                         if (k == (i+spans-1))
8521                                             newWidth += colShareRemainder; // ensure all pixels are filled
8522                                         colWidths[k] = newWidth;
8523                                     }
8524                                 }
8525                             }
8526                         }
8527                     }
8528                 }
8529             }
8530         }
8531     }
8532
8533     // (4) Next, share any remaining space out between columns that have not yet been calculated.
8534     // TODO: take into account min widths of columns within the span
8535     int tableWidthMinusPadding = internalTableWidth - (m_colCount-1)*paddingX;
8536     int widthLeft = tableWidthMinusPadding;
8537     int stretchColCount = 0;
8538     for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8539     {
8540         // TODO: we need to take into account min widths.
8541         // Subtract min width from width left, then
8542         // add the colShare to the min width
8543         if (colWidths[i] > 0) // absolute or proportional width has been specified
8544             widthLeft -= colWidths[i];
8545         else
8546         {
8547             if (minColWidths[i] > 0)
8548                 widthLeft -= minColWidths[i];
8549
8550             stretchColCount ++;
8551         }
8552     }
8553
8554     // Now divide what's left between the remaining columns
8555     int colShare = 0;
8556     if (stretchColCount > 0)
8557         colShare = widthLeft / stretchColCount;
8558     int colShareRemainder = widthLeft - (colShare * stretchColCount);
8559
8560     // Check we don't have enough space, in which case shrink all columns, overriding
8561     // any absolute/proportional widths
8562     // TODO: actually we would like to divide up the shrinkage according to size.
8563     // How do we calculate the proportions that will achieve this?
8564     // Could first choose an arbitrary value for stretching cells, and then calculate
8565     // factors to multiply each width by.
8566     // TODO: want to record this fact and pass to an iteration that tries e.g. min widths
8567     if (widthLeft < 0 || (stretchToFitTableWidth && (stretchColCount == 0)))
8568     {
8569         colShare = tableWidthMinusPadding / m_colCount;
8570         colShareRemainder = tableWidthMinusPadding - (colShare * m_colCount);
8571         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8572         {
8573             colWidths[i] = 0;
8574             minColWidths[i] = 0;
8575         }
8576     }
8577
8578     // We have to adjust the columns if either we need to shrink the
8579     // table to fit the parent/table width, or we explicitly set the
8580     // table width and need to stretch out the table.
8581     if (widthLeft < 0 || stretchToFitTableWidth)
8582     {
8583         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8584         {
8585             if (colWidths[i] <= 0) // absolute or proportional width has not been specified
8586             {
8587                 if (minColWidths[i] > 0)
8588                     colWidths[i] = minColWidths[i] + colShare;
8589                 else
8590                     colWidths[i] = colShare;
8591                 if (i == (m_colCount-1))
8592                     colWidths[i] += colShareRemainder; // ensure all pixels are filled
8593             }
8594         }
8595     }
8596
8597     // TODO: if spanned cells have no specified or max width, make them the
8598     // as big as the columns they span. Do this for all spanned cells in all
8599     // rows, of course. Size any spanned cells left over at the end - even if they
8600     // have width > 0, make sure they're limited to the appropriate column edge.
8601
8602
8603 /*
8604     Sort out confusion between content width
8605     and overall width later. For now, assume we specify overall width.
8606
8607     So, now we've laid out the table to fit into the given space
8608     and have used specified widths and minimum widths.
8609
8610     Now we need to consider how we will try to take maximum width into account.
8611
8612 */
8613
8614     // (??) TODO: take max width into account
8615
8616     // (6) Lay out all cells again with the current values
8617
8618     int maxRight = 0;
8619     int y = availableSpace.y;
8620     for (j = 0; j < m_rowCount; j++)
8621     {
8622         int x = availableSpace.x; // TODO: take into account centering etc.
8623         int maxCellHeight = 0;
8624         int maxSpecifiedCellHeight = 0;
8625
8626         wxArrayInt actualWidths(m_colCount);
8627
8628         wxTextAttrDimensionConverter converter(dc, scale);
8629         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8630         {
8631             wxRichTextCell* cell = GetCell(j, i);
8632             if (cell->IsShown())
8633             {
8634                 // Get max specified cell height
8635                 // Don't handle percentages for height
8636                 if (cell->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().IsValid() && cell->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetUnits() != wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE)
8637                 {
8638                     int h = converter.GetPixels(cell->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight());
8639                     if (h > maxSpecifiedCellHeight)
8640                         maxSpecifiedCellHeight = h;
8641                 }
8642
8643                 if (colWidths[i] > 0) // absolute or proportional width has been specified
8644                 {
8645                     int colSpan = 1;
8646                     if (cell->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("colspan")))
8647                         colSpan = cell->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("colspan"));
8648
8649                     wxRect availableCellSpace;
8650
8651                     // TODO: take into acount spans
8652                     if (colSpan > 1)
8653                     {
8654                         // Calculate the size of this spanning cell from its constituent columns
8655                         int xx = x;
8656                         int spans = wxMin(colSpan, m_colCount - i);
8657                         for (k = i; k < spans; k++)
8658                         {
8659                             if (k != i)
8660                                 xx += paddingX;
8661                             xx += colWidths[k];
8662                         }
8663                         availableCellSpace = wxRect(x, y, xx, -1);
8664                     }
8665                     else
8666                         availableCellSpace = wxRect(x, y, colWidths[i], -1);
8667
8668                     // Store actual width so we can force cell to be the appropriate width on the final loop
8669                     actualWidths[i] = availableCellSpace.GetWidth();
8670
8671                     // Lay out cell
8672                     cell->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
8673                     cell->Layout(dc, availableCellSpace, style);
8674
8675                     // TODO: use GetCachedSize().x to compute 'natural' size
8676
8677                     x += (availableCellSpace.GetWidth() + paddingX);
8678                     if (cell->GetCachedSize().y > maxCellHeight)
8679                         maxCellHeight = cell->GetCachedSize().y;
8680                 }
8681             }
8682         }
8683
8684         maxCellHeight = wxMax(maxCellHeight, maxSpecifiedCellHeight);
8685
8686         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8687         {
8688             wxRichTextCell* cell = GetCell(j, i);
8689             if (cell->IsShown())
8690             {
8691                 wxRect availableCellSpace = wxRect(cell->GetPosition(), wxSize(actualWidths[i], maxCellHeight));
8692                 // Lay out cell with new height
8693                 cell->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
8694                 cell->Layout(dc, availableCellSpace, style);
8695
8696                 // Make sure the cell size really is the appropriate size,
8697                 // not the calculated box size
8698                 cell->SetCachedSize(wxSize(actualWidths[i], maxCellHeight));
8699
8700                 maxRight = wxMax(maxRight, cell->GetPosition().x + cell->GetCachedSize().x);
8701             }
8702         }
8703
8704         y += maxCellHeight;
8705         if (j < (m_rowCount-1))
8706             y += paddingY;
8707     }
8708
8709     // We need to add back the margins etc.
8710     {
8711         wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
8712         contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxRight - availableSpace.x, y - availableSpace.y));
8713         GetBoxRects(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
8714         SetCachedSize(marginRect.GetSize());
8715     }
8716
8717     // TODO: calculate max size
8718     {
8719         SetMaxSize(GetCachedSize());
8720     }
8721
8722     // TODO: calculate min size
8723     {
8724         SetMinSize(GetCachedSize());
8725     }
8726
8727     // TODO: currently we use either a fixed table width or the parent's size.
8728     // We also want to be able to calculate the table width from its content,
8729     // whether using fixed column widths or cell content min/max width.
8730     // Probably need a boolean flag to say whether we need to stretch cells
8731     // to fit the table width, or to simply use min/max cell widths. The
8732     // trouble with this is that if cell widths are not specified, they
8733     // will be tiny; we could use arbitrary defaults but this seems unsatisfactory.
8734     // Anyway, ignoring that problem, we probably need to factor layout into a function
8735     // that can can calculate the maximum unconstrained layout in case table size is
8736     // not specified. Then LayoutToBestSize() can choose to use either parent size to
8737     // constrain Layout(), or the previously-calculated max size to constraint layout.
8738
8739     return true;
8740 }
8741
8742 // Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position
8743 bool wxRichTextTable::FindPosition(wxDC& dc, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart)
8744 {
8745     wxRichTextCell* child = GetCell(index+1);
8746     if (child)
8747     {
8748         // Find the position at the start of the child cell, since the table doesn't
8749         // have any caret position of its own.
8750         return child->FindPosition(dc, -1, pt, height, forceLineStart);
8751     }
8752     else
8753         return false;
8754 }
8755
8756 // Get the cell at the given character position (in the range of the table).
8757 wxRichTextCell* wxRichTextTable::GetCell(long pos) const
8758 {
8759     int row = 0, col = 0;
8760     if (GetCellRowColumnPosition(pos, row, col))
8761     {
8762         return GetCell(row, col);
8763     }
8764     else
8765         return NULL;
8766 }
8767
8768 // Get the row/column for a given character position
8769 bool wxRichTextTable::GetCellRowColumnPosition(long pos, int& row, int& col) const
8770 {
8771     if (m_colCount == 0 || m_rowCount == 0)
8772         return false;
8773
8774     row = (int) (pos / m_colCount);
8775     col = pos - (row * m_colCount);
8776
8777     wxASSERT(row < m_rowCount && col < m_colCount);
8778
8779     if (row < m_rowCount && col < m_colCount)
8780         return true;
8781     else
8782         return false;
8783 }
8784
8785 // Calculate range, taking row/cell ordering into account instead of relying
8786 // on list ordering.
8787 void wxRichTextTable::CalculateRange(long start, long& end)
8788 {
8789     long current = start;
8790     long lastEnd = current;
8791
8792     if (IsTopLevel())
8793     {
8794         current = 0;
8795         lastEnd = 0;
8796     }
8797
8798     int i, j;
8799     for (i = 0; i < m_rowCount; i++)
8800     {
8801         for (j = 0; j < m_colCount; j++)
8802         {
8803             wxRichTextCell* child = GetCell(i, j);
8804             if (child)
8805             {
8806                 long childEnd = 0;
8807
8808                 child->CalculateRange(current, childEnd);
8809
8810                 lastEnd = childEnd;
8811                 current = childEnd + 1;
8812             }
8813         }
8814     }
8815
8816     // A top-level object always has a range of size 1,
8817     // because its children don't count at this level.
8818     end = start;
8819     m_range.SetRange(start, start);
8820
8821     // An object with no children has zero length
8822     if (m_children.GetCount() == 0)
8823         lastEnd --;
8824     m_ownRange.SetRange(0, lastEnd);
8825 }
8826
8827 // Gets the range size.
8828 bool wxRichTextTable::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, int flags, wxPoint position, wxArrayInt* partialExtents) const
8829 {
8830     return wxRichTextBox::GetRangeSize(range, size, descent, dc, flags, position, partialExtents);
8831 }
8832
8833 // Deletes content in the given range.
8834 bool wxRichTextTable::DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& WXUNUSED(range))
8835 {
8836     // TODO: implement deletion of cells
8837     return true;
8838 }
8839
8840 // Gets any text in this object for the given range.
8841 wxString wxRichTextTable::GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const
8842 {
8843     return wxRichTextBox::GetTextForRange(range);
8844 }
8845
8846 // Copies this object.
8847 void wxRichTextTable::Copy(const wxRichTextTable& obj)
8848 {
8849     wxRichTextBox::Copy(obj);
8850
8851     ClearTable();
8852
8853     m_rowCount = obj.m_rowCount;
8854     m_colCount = obj.m_colCount;
8855
8856     m_cells.Add(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray(), m_rowCount);
8857
8858     int i, j;
8859     for (i = 0; i < m_rowCount; i++)
8860     {
8861         wxRichTextObjectPtrArray& colArray = m_cells[i];
8862         for (j = 0; j < m_colCount; j++)
8863         {
8864             wxRichTextCell* cell = wxDynamicCast(obj.GetCell(i, j)->Clone(), wxRichTextCell);
8865             AppendChild(cell);
8866
8867             colArray.Add(cell);
8868         }
8869     }
8870 }
8871
8872 void wxRichTextTable::ClearTable()
8873 {
8874     m_cells.Clear();
8875     DeleteChildren();
8876 }
8877
8878 bool wxRichTextTable::CreateTable(int rows, int cols)
8879 {
8880     ClearTable();
8881
8882     m_rowCount = rows;
8883     m_colCount = cols;
8884
8885     m_cells.Add(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray(), rows);
8886
8887     int i, j;
8888     for (i = 0; i < rows; i++)
8889     {
8890         wxRichTextObjectPtrArray& colArray = m_cells[i];
8891         for (j = 0; j < cols; j++)
8892         {
8893             wxRichTextCell* cell = new wxRichTextCell;
8894             AppendChild(cell);
8895             cell->AddParagraph(wxEmptyString);
8896
8897             colArray.Add(cell);
8898         }
8899     }
8900
8901     return true;
8902 }
8903
8904 wxRichTextCell* wxRichTextTable::GetCell(int row, int col) const
8905 {
8906     wxASSERT(row < m_rowCount);
8907     wxASSERT(col < m_colCount);
8908
8909     if (row < m_rowCount && col < m_colCount)
8910     {
8911         wxRichTextObjectPtrArray& colArray = m_cells[row];
8912         wxRichTextObject* obj = colArray[col];
8913         return wxDynamicCast(obj, wxRichTextCell);
8914     }
8915     else
8916         return NULL;
8917 }
8918
8919 // Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions.
8920 // For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table.
8921 wxRichTextSelection wxRichTextTable::GetSelection(long start, long end) const
8922 {
8923     wxRichTextSelection selection;
8924     selection.SetContainer((wxRichTextTable*) this);
8925
8926     if (start > end)
8927     {
8928         long tmp = end;
8929         end = start;
8930         start = tmp;
8931     }
8932
8933     wxASSERT( start >= 0 && end < (m_colCount * m_rowCount));
8934
8935     if (end >= (m_colCount * m_rowCount))
8936         return selection;
8937
8938     // We need to find the rectangle of cells that is described by the rectangle
8939     // with start, end as the diagonal. Make sure we don't add cells that are
8940     // not currenty visible because they are overlapped by spanning cells.
8941 /*
8942     --------------------------
8943     | 0  | 1  | 2  | 3  | 4  |
8944     --------------------------
8945     | 5  | 6  | 7  | 8  | 9  |
8946     --------------------------
8947     | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 |
8948     --------------------------
8949     | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 |
8950     --------------------------
8951
8952     Let's say we select 6 -> 18.
8953
8954     Left and right edge cols of rectangle are 1 and 3 inclusive. Find least/greatest to find
8955     which is left and which is right.
8956
8957     Top and bottom edge rows are 1 and 3 inclusive. Again, find least/greatest to find top and bottom.
8958
8959     Now go through rows from 1 to 3 and only add cells that are (a) within above column range
8960     and (b) shown.
8961
8962
8963 */
8964
8965     int leftCol = start - m_colCount * int(start/m_colCount);
8966     int rightCol = end - m_colCount * int(end/m_colCount);
8967
8968     int topRow = int(start/m_colCount);
8969     int bottomRow = int(end/m_colCount);
8970
8971     if (leftCol > rightCol)
8972     {
8973         int tmp = rightCol;
8974         rightCol = leftCol;
8975         leftCol = tmp;
8976     }
8977
8978     if (topRow > bottomRow)
8979     {
8980         int tmp = bottomRow;
8981         bottomRow = topRow;
8982         topRow = tmp;
8983     }
8984
8985     int i, j;
8986     for (i = topRow; i <= bottomRow; i++)
8987     {
8988         for (j = leftCol; j <= rightCol; j++)
8989         {
8990             wxRichTextCell* cell = GetCell(i, j);
8991             if (cell && cell->IsShown())
8992                 selection.Add(cell->GetRange());
8993         }
8994     }
8995
8996     return selection;
8997 }
8998
8999 // Sets the attributes for the cells specified by the selection.
9000 bool wxRichTextTable::SetCellStyle(const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags)
9001 {
9002     if (selection.GetContainer() != this)
9003         return false;
9004
9005     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
9006     bool haveControl = (buffer && buffer->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL);
9007     bool withUndo = haveControl && ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO) != 0);
9008
9009     if (withUndo)
9010         buffer->BeginBatchUndo(_("Set Cell Style"));
9011
9012     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
9013     while (node)
9014     {
9015         wxRichTextCell* cell = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextCell);
9016         if (cell && selection.WithinSelection(cell->GetRange().GetStart()))
9017             SetStyle(cell, style, flags);
9018         node = node->GetNext();
9019     }
9020
9021     // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
9022     if (withUndo)
9023         buffer->EndBatchUndo();
9024
9025     return true;
9026 }
9027
9028 bool wxRichTextTable::DeleteRows(int startRow, int noRows)
9029 {
9030     wxASSERT((startRow + noRows) < m_rowCount);
9031     if ((startRow + noRows) >= m_rowCount)
9032         return false;
9033
9034     int i, j;
9035     for (i = startRow; i < (startRow+noRows); i++)
9036     {
9037         wxRichTextObjectPtrArray& colArray = m_cells[startRow];
9038         for (j = 0; j < (int) colArray.GetCount(); j++)
9039         {
9040             wxRichTextObject* cell = colArray[j];
9041             RemoveChild(cell, true);
9042         }
9043
9044         // Keep deleting at the same position, since we move all
9045         // the others up
9046         m_cells.RemoveAt(startRow);
9047     }
9048
9049     m_rowCount = m_rowCount - noRows;
9050
9051     return true;
9052 }
9053
9054 bool wxRichTextTable::DeleteColumns(int startCol, int noCols)
9055 {
9056     wxASSERT((startCol + noCols) < m_colCount);
9057     if ((startCol + noCols) >= m_colCount)
9058         return false;
9059
9060     bool deleteRows = (noCols == m_colCount);
9061
9062     int i, j;
9063     for (i = 0; i < m_rowCount; i++)
9064     {
9065         wxRichTextObjectPtrArray& colArray = m_cells[deleteRows ? 0 : i];
9066         for (j = startCol; j < (startCol+noCols); j++)
9067         {
9068             wxRichTextObject* cell = colArray[j];
9069             RemoveChild(cell, true);
9070         }
9071
9072         if (deleteRows)
9073             m_cells.RemoveAt(0);
9074     }
9075
9076     if (deleteRows)
9077         m_rowCount = 0;
9078     m_colCount = m_colCount - noCols;
9079
9080     return true;
9081 }
9082
9083 bool wxRichTextTable::AddRows(int startRow, int noRows, const wxRichTextAttr& attr)
9084 {
9085     wxASSERT(startRow <= m_rowCount);
9086     if (startRow > m_rowCount)
9087         return false;
9088
9089     int i, j;
9090     for (i = 0; i < noRows; i++)
9091     {
9092         int idx;
9093         if (startRow == m_rowCount)
9094         {
9095             m_cells.Add(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray());
9096             idx = m_cells.GetCount() - 1;
9097         }
9098         else
9099         {
9100             m_cells.Insert(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray(), startRow+i);
9101             idx = startRow+i;
9102         }
9103
9104         wxRichTextObjectPtrArray& colArray = m_cells[idx];
9105         for (j = 0; j < m_colCount; j++)
9106         {
9107             wxRichTextCell* cell = new wxRichTextCell;
9108             cell->GetAttributes() = attr;
9109
9110             AppendChild(cell);
9111             colArray.Add(cell);
9112         }
9113     }
9114
9115     m_rowCount = m_rowCount + noRows;
9116     return true;
9117 }
9118
9119 bool wxRichTextTable::AddColumns(int startCol, int noCols, const wxRichTextAttr& attr)
9120 {
9121     wxASSERT(startCol <= m_colCount);
9122     if (startCol > m_colCount)
9123         return false;
9124
9125     int i, j;
9126     for (i = 0; i < m_rowCount; i++)
9127     {
9128         wxRichTextObjectPtrArray& colArray = m_cells[i];
9129         for (j = 0; j < noCols; j++)
9130         {
9131             wxRichTextCell* cell = new wxRichTextCell;
9132             cell->GetAttributes() = attr;
9133
9134             AppendChild(cell);
9135
9136             if (startCol == m_colCount)
9137                 colArray.Add(cell);
9138             else
9139                 colArray.Insert(cell, startCol+j);
9140         }
9141     }
9142
9143     m_colCount = m_colCount + noCols;
9144
9145     return true;
9146 }
9147
9148 // Edit properties via a GUI
9149 bool wxRichTextTable::EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer)
9150 {
9151     wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog boxDlg(this, wxGetTopLevelParent(parent), wxID_ANY, _("Table Properties"));
9152     boxDlg.SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
9153
9154     if (boxDlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK)
9155     {
9156         boxDlg.ApplyStyle(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET);
9157         return true;
9158     }
9159     else
9160         return false;
9161 }
9162
9163 /*
9164  * Module to initialise and clean up handlers
9165  */
9166
9167 class wxRichTextModule: public wxModule
9168 {
9169 DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextModule)
9170 public:
9171     wxRichTextModule() {}
9172     bool OnInit()
9173     {
9174         wxRichTextBuffer::SetRenderer(new wxRichTextStdRenderer);
9175         wxRichTextBuffer::InitStandardHandlers();
9176         wxRichTextParagraph::InitDefaultTabs();
9177         return true;
9178     }
9179     void OnExit()
9180     {
9181         wxRichTextBuffer::CleanUpHandlers();
9182         wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(-1);
9183         wxRichTextParagraph::ClearDefaultTabs();
9184         wxRichTextCtrl::ClearAvailableFontNames();
9185         wxRichTextBuffer::SetRenderer(NULL);
9186     }
9187 };
9188
9189 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextModule, wxModule)
9190
9191
9192 // If the richtext lib is dynamically loaded after the app has already started
9193 // (such as from wxPython) then the built-in module system will not init this
9194 // module.  Provide this function to do it manually.
9195 void wxRichTextModuleInit()
9196 {
9197     wxModule* module = new wxRichTextModule;
9198     module->Init();
9199     wxModule::RegisterModule(module);
9200 }
9201
9202
9203 /*!
9204  * Commands for undo/redo
9205  *
9206  */
9207
9208 wxRichTextCommand::wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer,
9209                                      wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime): wxCommand(true, name)
9210 {
9211     /* wxRichTextAction* action = */ new wxRichTextAction(this, name, id, buffer, container, ctrl, ignoreFirstTime);
9212 }
9213
9214 wxRichTextCommand::wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name): wxCommand(true, name)
9215 {
9216 }
9217
9218 wxRichTextCommand::~wxRichTextCommand()
9219 {
9220     ClearActions();
9221 }
9222
9223 void wxRichTextCommand::AddAction(wxRichTextAction* action)
9224 {
9225     if (!m_actions.Member(action))
9226         m_actions.Append(action);
9227 }
9228
9229 bool wxRichTextCommand::Do()
9230 {
9231     for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_actions.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext())
9232     {
9233         wxRichTextAction* action = (wxRichTextAction*) node->GetData();
9234         action->Do();
9235     }
9236
9237     return true;
9238 }
9239
9240 bool wxRichTextCommand::Undo()
9241 {
9242     for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_actions.GetLast(); node; node = node->GetPrevious())
9243     {
9244         wxRichTextAction* action = (wxRichTextAction*) node->GetData();
9245         action->Undo();
9246     }
9247
9248     return true;
9249 }
9250
9251 void wxRichTextCommand::ClearActions()
9252 {
9253     WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxList, m_actions);
9254 }
9255
9256 /*!
9257  * Individual action
9258  *
9259  */
9260
9261 wxRichTextAction::wxRichTextAction(wxRichTextCommand* cmd, const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id,
9262                                    wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container,
9263                                    wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime)
9264 {
9265     m_buffer = buffer;
9266     m_object = NULL;
9267     m_containerAddress.Create(buffer, container);
9268     m_ignoreThis = ignoreFirstTime;
9269     m_cmdId = id;
9270     m_position = -1;
9271     m_ctrl = ctrl;
9272     m_name = name;
9273     m_newParagraphs.SetDefaultStyle(buffer->GetDefaultStyle());
9274     m_newParagraphs.SetBasicStyle(buffer->GetBasicStyle());
9275     if (cmd)
9276         cmd->AddAction(this);
9277 }
9278
9279 wxRichTextAction::~wxRichTextAction()
9280 {
9281     if (m_object)
9282         delete m_object;
9283 }
9284
9285 // Returns the container that this action refers to, using the container address and top-level buffer.
9286 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* wxRichTextAction::GetContainer() const
9287 {
9288     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = wxDynamicCast(GetContainerAddress().GetObject(m_buffer), wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox);
9289     return container;
9290 }
9291
9292
9293 void wxRichTextAction::CalculateRefreshOptimizations(wxArrayInt& optimizationLineCharPositions, wxArrayInt& optimizationLineYPositions)
9294 {
9295     // Store a list of line start character and y positions so we can figure out which area
9296     // we need to refresh
9297
9298 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
9299     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = GetContainer();
9300     wxASSERT(container != NULL);
9301     if (!container)
9302         return;
9303
9304     // NOTE: we're assuming that the buffer is laid out correctly at this point.
9305     // If we had several actions, which only invalidate and leave layout until the
9306     // paint handler is called, then this might not be true. So we may need to switch
9307     // optimisation on only when we're simply adding text and not simultaneously
9308     // deleting a selection, for example. Or, we make sure the buffer is laid out correctly
9309     // first, but of course this means we'll be doing it twice.
9310     if (!m_buffer->IsDirty() && m_ctrl) // can only do optimisation if the buffer is already laid out correctly
9311     {
9312         wxSize clientSize = m_ctrl->GetClientSize();
9313         wxPoint firstVisiblePt = m_ctrl->GetFirstVisiblePoint();
9314         int lastY = firstVisiblePt.y + clientSize.y;
9315
9316         wxRichTextParagraph* para = container->GetParagraphAtPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9317         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = container->GetChildren().Find(para);
9318         while (node)
9319         {
9320             wxRichTextParagraph* child = (wxRichTextParagraph*) node->GetData();
9321             wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2 = child->GetLines().GetFirst();
9322             while (node2)
9323             {
9324                 wxRichTextLine* line = node2->GetData();
9325                 wxPoint pt = line->GetAbsolutePosition();
9326                 wxRichTextRange range = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
9327
9328                 if (pt.y > lastY)
9329                 {
9330                     node2 = wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator();
9331                     node = wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
9332                 }
9333                 else if (range.GetStart() > GetPosition() && pt.y >= firstVisiblePt.y)
9334                 {
9335                     optimizationLineCharPositions.Add(range.GetStart());
9336                     optimizationLineYPositions.Add(pt.y);
9337                 }
9338
9339                 if (node2)
9340                     node2 = node2->GetNext();
9341             }
9342
9343             if (node)
9344                 node = node->GetNext();
9345         }
9346     }
9347 #endif
9348 }
9349
9350 bool wxRichTextAction::Do()
9351 {
9352     m_buffer->Modify(true);
9353
9354     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = GetContainer();
9355     wxASSERT(container != NULL);
9356     if (!container)
9357         return false;
9358
9359     switch (m_cmdId)
9360     {
9361     case wxRICHTEXT_INSERT:
9362         {
9363             // Store a list of line start character and y positions so we can figure out which area
9364             // we need to refresh
9365             wxArrayInt optimizationLineCharPositions;
9366             wxArrayInt optimizationLineYPositions;
9367
9368 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
9369             CalculateRefreshOptimizations(optimizationLineCharPositions, optimizationLineYPositions);
9370 #endif
9371
9372             container->InsertFragment(GetRange().GetStart(), m_newParagraphs);
9373             container->UpdateRanges();
9374
9375             // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
9376             // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
9377             container->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRichTextRange(wxMax(0, GetRange().GetStart()-1), GetRange().GetEnd()));
9378
9379             long newCaretPosition = GetPosition() + m_newParagraphs.GetOwnRange().GetLength();
9380
9381             // Character position to caret position
9382             newCaretPosition --;
9383
9384             // Don't take into account the last newline
9385             if (m_newParagraphs.GetPartialParagraph())
9386                 newCaretPosition --;
9387             else
9388                 if (m_newParagraphs.GetChildren().GetCount() > 1)
9389                 {
9390                     wxRichTextObject* p = (wxRichTextObject*) m_newParagraphs.GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData();
9391                     if (p->GetRange().GetLength() == 1)
9392                         newCaretPosition --;
9393                 }
9394
9395             newCaretPosition = wxMin(newCaretPosition, (container->GetOwnRange().GetEnd()-1));
9396
9397             UpdateAppearance(newCaretPosition, true /* send update event */, & optimizationLineCharPositions, & optimizationLineYPositions, true /* do */);
9398
9399             wxRichTextEvent cmdEvent(
9400                 wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED,
9401                 m_ctrl ? m_ctrl->GetId() : -1);
9402             cmdEvent.SetEventObject(m_ctrl ? (wxObject*) m_ctrl : (wxObject*) m_buffer);
9403             cmdEvent.SetRange(GetRange());
9404             cmdEvent.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9405             cmdEvent.SetContainer(container);
9406
9407             m_buffer->SendEvent(cmdEvent);
9408
9409             break;
9410         }
9411     case wxRICHTEXT_DELETE:
9412         {
9413             wxArrayInt optimizationLineCharPositions;
9414             wxArrayInt optimizationLineYPositions;
9415
9416 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
9417             CalculateRefreshOptimizations(optimizationLineCharPositions, optimizationLineYPositions);
9418 #endif
9419
9420             container->DeleteRange(GetRange());
9421             container->UpdateRanges();
9422             // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
9423             // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
9424             container->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRichTextRange(GetRange().GetStart(), GetRange().GetStart()));
9425
9426             long caretPos = GetRange().GetStart()-1;
9427             if (caretPos >= container->GetOwnRange().GetEnd())
9428                 caretPos --;
9429
9430             UpdateAppearance(caretPos, true /* send update event */, & optimizationLineCharPositions, & optimizationLineYPositions, true /* do */);
9431
9432             wxRichTextEvent cmdEvent(
9433                 wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED,
9434                 m_ctrl ? m_ctrl->GetId() : -1);
9435             cmdEvent.SetEventObject(m_ctrl ? (wxObject*) m_ctrl : (wxObject*) m_buffer);
9436             cmdEvent.SetRange(GetRange());
9437             cmdEvent.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9438             cmdEvent.SetContainer(container);
9439
9440             m_buffer->SendEvent(cmdEvent);
9441
9442             break;
9443         }
9444     case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE:
9445         {
9446             ApplyParagraphs(GetNewParagraphs());
9447
9448             // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
9449             // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
9450             container->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
9451
9452             UpdateAppearance(GetPosition());
9453
9454             wxRichTextEvent cmdEvent(
9455                 wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED,
9456                 m_ctrl ? m_ctrl->GetId() : -1);
9457             cmdEvent.SetEventObject(m_ctrl ? (wxObject*) m_ctrl : (wxObject*) m_buffer);
9458             cmdEvent.SetRange(GetRange());
9459             cmdEvent.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9460             cmdEvent.SetContainer(container);
9461
9462             m_buffer->SendEvent(cmdEvent);
9463
9464             break;
9465         }
9466     case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES:
9467         {
9468             wxRichTextObject* obj = m_objectAddress.GetObject(m_buffer); // container->GetChildAtPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9469             if (obj)
9470             {
9471                 wxRichTextAttr oldAttr = obj->GetAttributes();
9472                 obj->GetAttributes() = m_attributes;
9473                 m_attributes = oldAttr;
9474             }
9475
9476             // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
9477             // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
9478             container->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
9479
9480             UpdateAppearance(GetPosition());
9481
9482             wxRichTextEvent cmdEvent(
9483                 wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED,
9484                 m_ctrl ? m_ctrl->GetId() : -1);
9485             cmdEvent.SetEventObject(m_ctrl ? (wxObject*) m_ctrl : (wxObject*) m_buffer);
9486             cmdEvent.SetRange(GetRange());
9487             cmdEvent.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9488             cmdEvent.SetContainer(container);
9489
9490             m_buffer->SendEvent(cmdEvent);
9491
9492             break;
9493         }
9494     case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT:
9495         {
9496             wxRichTextObject* obj = m_objectAddress.GetObject(m_buffer);
9497             // wxRichTextObject* obj = container->GetChildAtPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9498             if (obj && m_object)
9499             {
9500                 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = container->GetChildren().Find(obj);
9501                 if (node)
9502                 {
9503                     wxRichTextObject* obj = node->GetData();
9504                     node->SetData(m_object);
9505                     m_object = obj;
9506                 }
9507             }
9508
9509             // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
9510             // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
9511             container->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
9512
9513             UpdateAppearance(GetPosition());
9514
9515             // TODO: send new kind of modification event
9516
9517             break;
9518         }
9519     default:
9520         break;
9521     }
9522
9523     return true;
9524 }
9525
9526 bool wxRichTextAction::Undo()
9527 {
9528     m_buffer->Modify(true);
9529
9530     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = GetContainer();
9531     wxASSERT(container != NULL);
9532     if (!container)
9533         return false;
9534
9535     switch (m_cmdId)
9536     {
9537     case wxRICHTEXT_INSERT:
9538         {
9539             wxArrayInt optimizationLineCharPositions;
9540             wxArrayInt optimizationLineYPositions;
9541
9542 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
9543             CalculateRefreshOptimizations(optimizationLineCharPositions, optimizationLineYPositions);
9544 #endif
9545
9546             container->DeleteRange(GetRange());
9547             container->UpdateRanges();
9548             // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
9549             // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
9550             container->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRichTextRange(GetRange().GetStart(), GetRange().GetStart()));
9551
9552             long newCaretPosition = GetPosition() - 1;
9553
9554             UpdateAppearance(newCaretPosition, true, /* send update event */ & optimizationLineCharPositions, & optimizationLineYPositions, false /* undo */);
9555
9556             wxRichTextEvent cmdEvent(
9557                 wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED,
9558                 m_ctrl ? m_ctrl->GetId() : -1);
9559             cmdEvent.SetEventObject(m_ctrl ? (wxObject*) m_ctrl : (wxObject*) m_buffer);
9560             cmdEvent.SetRange(GetRange());
9561             cmdEvent.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9562             cmdEvent.SetContainer(container);
9563
9564             m_buffer->SendEvent(cmdEvent);
9565
9566             break;
9567         }
9568     case wxRICHTEXT_DELETE:
9569         {
9570             wxArrayInt optimizationLineCharPositions;
9571             wxArrayInt optimizationLineYPositions;
9572
9573 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
9574             CalculateRefreshOptimizations(optimizationLineCharPositions, optimizationLineYPositions);
9575 #endif
9576
9577             container->InsertFragment(GetRange().GetStart(), m_oldParagraphs);
9578             container->UpdateRanges();
9579             // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
9580             // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
9581             container->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
9582
9583             UpdateAppearance(GetPosition(), true, /* send update event */ & optimizationLineCharPositions, & optimizationLineYPositions, false /* undo */);
9584
9585             wxRichTextEvent cmdEvent(
9586                 wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED,
9587                 m_ctrl ? m_ctrl->GetId() : -1);
9588             cmdEvent.SetEventObject(m_ctrl ? (wxObject*) m_ctrl : (wxObject*) m_buffer);
9589             cmdEvent.SetRange(GetRange());
9590             cmdEvent.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9591             cmdEvent.SetContainer(container);
9592
9593             m_buffer->SendEvent(cmdEvent);
9594
9595             break;
9596         }
9597     case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE:
9598         {
9599             ApplyParagraphs(GetOldParagraphs());
9600             // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
9601             // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
9602             container->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
9603
9604             UpdateAppearance(GetPosition());
9605
9606             wxRichTextEvent cmdEvent(
9607                 wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED,
9608                 m_ctrl ? m_ctrl->GetId() : -1);
9609             cmdEvent.SetEventObject(m_ctrl ? (wxObject*) m_ctrl : (wxObject*) m_buffer);
9610             cmdEvent.SetRange(GetRange());
9611             cmdEvent.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9612             cmdEvent.SetContainer(container);
9613
9614             m_buffer->SendEvent(cmdEvent);
9615
9616             break;
9617         }
9618     case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES:
9619     case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT:
9620         {
9621             return Do();
9622         }
9623     default:
9624         break;
9625     }
9626
9627     return true;
9628 }
9629
9630 /// Update the control appearance
9631 void wxRichTextAction::UpdateAppearance(long caretPosition, bool sendUpdateEvent, wxArrayInt* optimizationLineCharPositions, wxArrayInt* optimizationLineYPositions, bool isDoCmd)
9632 {
9633     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = GetContainer();
9634     wxASSERT(container != NULL);
9635     if (!container)
9636         return;
9637
9638     if (m_ctrl)
9639     {
9640         m_ctrl->SetFocusObject(container);
9641         m_ctrl->SetCaretPosition(caretPosition);
9642
9643         if (!m_ctrl->IsFrozen())
9644         {
9645             wxRect containerRect = container->GetRect();
9646
9647             m_ctrl->LayoutContent();
9648
9649             // Refresh everything if there were floating objects or the container changed size
9650             // (we can't yet optimize in these cases, since more complex interaction with other content occurs)
9651             if (container->GetFloatingObjectCount() > 0 || (container->GetParent() && containerRect != container->GetRect()))
9652             {
9653                 m_ctrl->Refresh(false);
9654             }
9655             else
9656
9657 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
9658             // Find refresh rectangle if we are in a position to optimise refresh
9659             if ((m_cmdId == wxRICHTEXT_INSERT || m_cmdId == wxRICHTEXT_DELETE) && optimizationLineCharPositions)
9660             {
9661                 size_t i;
9662
9663                 wxSize clientSize = m_ctrl->GetClientSize();
9664                 wxPoint firstVisiblePt = m_ctrl->GetFirstVisiblePoint();
9665
9666                 // Start/end positions
9667                 int firstY = 0;
9668                 int lastY = firstVisiblePt.y + clientSize.y;
9669
9670                 bool foundEnd = false;
9671
9672                 // position offset - how many characters were inserted
9673                 int positionOffset = GetRange().GetLength();
9674
9675                 // Determine whether this is Do or Undo, and adjust positionOffset accordingly
9676                 if ((m_cmdId == wxRICHTEXT_DELETE && isDoCmd) || (m_cmdId == wxRICHTEXT_INSERT && !isDoCmd))
9677                     positionOffset = - positionOffset;
9678
9679                 // find the first line which is being drawn at the same position as it was
9680                 // before. Since we're talking about a simple insertion, we can assume
9681                 // that the rest of the window does not need to be redrawn.
9682
9683                 wxRichTextParagraph* para = container->GetParagraphAtPosition(GetPosition());
9684                 // Since we support floating layout, we should redraw the whole para instead of just
9685                 // the first line touching the invalid range.
9686                 if (para)
9687                 {
9688                     firstY = para->GetPosition().y;
9689                 }
9690
9691                 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = container->GetChildren().Find(para);
9692                 while (node)
9693                 {
9694                     wxRichTextParagraph* child = (wxRichTextParagraph*) node->GetData();
9695                     wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2 = child->GetLines().GetFirst();
9696                     while (node2)
9697                     {
9698                         wxRichTextLine* line = node2->GetData();
9699                         wxPoint pt = line->GetAbsolutePosition();
9700                         wxRichTextRange range = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
9701
9702                         // we want to find the first line that is in the same position
9703                         // as before. This will mean we're at the end of the changed text.
9704
9705                         if (pt.y > lastY) // going past the end of the window, no more info
9706                         {
9707                             node2 = wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator();
9708                             node = wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
9709                         }
9710                         // Detect last line in the buffer
9711                         else if (!node2->GetNext() && para->GetRange().Contains(container->GetOwnRange().GetEnd()))
9712                         {
9713                             // If deleting text, make sure we refresh below as well as above
9714                             if (positionOffset >= 0)
9715                             {
9716                                 foundEnd = true;
9717                                 lastY = pt.y + line->GetSize().y;
9718                             }
9719
9720                             node2 = wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator();
9721                             node = wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
9722
9723                             break;
9724                         }
9725                         else
9726                         {
9727                             // search for this line being at the same position as before
9728                             for (i = 0; i < optimizationLineCharPositions->GetCount(); i++)
9729                             {
9730                                 if (((*optimizationLineCharPositions)[i] + positionOffset == range.GetStart()) &&
9731                                     ((*optimizationLineYPositions)[i] == pt.y))
9732                                 {
9733                                     // Stop, we're now the same as we were
9734                                     foundEnd = true;
9735
9736                                     lastY = pt.y;
9737
9738                                     node2 = wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator();
9739                                     node = wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
9740
9741                                     break;
9742                                 }
9743                             }
9744                         }
9745
9746                         if (node2)
9747                             node2 = node2->GetNext();
9748                     }
9749
9750                     if (node)
9751                         node = node->GetNext();
9752                 }
9753
9754                 firstY = wxMax(firstVisiblePt.y, firstY);
9755                 if (!foundEnd)
9756                     lastY = firstVisiblePt.y + clientSize.y;
9757
9758                 // Convert to device coordinates
9759                 wxRect rect(m_ctrl->GetPhysicalPoint(wxPoint(firstVisiblePt.x, firstY)), wxSize(clientSize.x, lastY - firstY));
9760                 m_ctrl->RefreshRect(rect);
9761             }
9762             else
9763 #endif
9764                 m_ctrl->Refresh(false);
9765
9766             m_ctrl->PositionCaret();
9767
9768             // This causes styles to persist when doing programmatic
9769             // content creation except when Freeze/Thaw is used, so
9770             // disable this and check for the consequences.
9771             // m_ctrl->SetDefaultStyleToCursorStyle();
9772
9773             if (sendUpdateEvent)
9774                 wxTextCtrl::SendTextUpdatedEvent(m_ctrl);
9775         }
9776     }
9777 }
9778
9779 /// Replace the buffer paragraphs with the new ones.
9780 void wxRichTextAction::ApplyParagraphs(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment)
9781 {
9782     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = GetContainer();
9783     wxASSERT(container != NULL);
9784     if (!container)
9785         return;
9786
9787     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = fragment.GetChildren().GetFirst();
9788     while (node)
9789     {
9790         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
9791         wxASSERT (para != NULL);
9792
9793         // We'll replace the existing paragraph by finding the paragraph at this position,
9794         // delete its node data, and setting a copy as the new node data.
9795         // TODO: make more efficient by simply swapping old and new paragraph objects.
9796
9797         wxRichTextParagraph* existingPara = container->GetParagraphAtPosition(para->GetRange().GetStart());
9798         if (existingPara)
9799         {
9800             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator bufferParaNode = container->GetChildren().Find(existingPara);
9801             if (bufferParaNode)
9802             {
9803                 wxRichTextParagraph* newPara = new wxRichTextParagraph(*para);
9804                 newPara->SetParent(container);
9805
9806                 bufferParaNode->SetData(newPara);
9807
9808                 delete existingPara;
9809             }
9810         }
9811
9812         node = node->GetNext();
9813     }
9814 }
9815
9816
9817 /*!
9818  * wxRichTextRange
9819  * This stores beginning and end positions for a range of data.
9820  */
9821
9822 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextRangeArray);
9823
9824 /// Limit this range to be within 'range'
9825 bool wxRichTextRange::LimitTo(const wxRichTextRange& range)
9826 {
9827     if (m_start < range.m_start)
9828         m_start = range.m_start;
9829
9830     if (m_end > range.m_end)
9831         m_end = range.m_end;
9832
9833     return true;
9834 }
9835
9836 /*!
9837  * wxRichTextImage implementation
9838  * This object represents an image.
9839  */
9840
9841 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextImage, wxRichTextObject)
9842
9843 wxRichTextImage::wxRichTextImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextObject* parent, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle):
9844     wxRichTextObject(parent)
9845 {
9846     m_imageBlock.MakeImageBlockDefaultQuality(image, wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG);
9847     if (charStyle)
9848         SetAttributes(*charStyle);
9849 }
9850
9851 wxRichTextImage::wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextObject* parent, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle):
9852     wxRichTextObject(parent)
9853 {
9854     m_imageBlock = imageBlock;
9855     if (charStyle)
9856         SetAttributes(*charStyle);
9857 }
9858
9859 /// Create a cached image at the required size
9860 bool wxRichTextImage::LoadImageCache(wxDC& dc, bool resetCache)
9861 {
9862     if (resetCache || !m_imageCache.IsOk() /* || m_imageCache.GetWidth() != size.x || m_imageCache.GetHeight() != size.y */)
9863     {
9864         if (!m_imageBlock.IsOk())
9865             return false;
9866
9867         wxImage image;
9868         m_imageBlock.Load(image);
9869         if (!image.IsOk())
9870             return false;
9871
9872         int width = image.GetWidth();
9873         int height = image.GetHeight();
9874
9875         if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid() && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetValue() > 0)
9876         {
9877             if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM)
9878                 width = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetValue());
9879             else
9880                 width = GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetValue();
9881         }
9882         if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().IsValid() && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetValue() > 0)
9883         {
9884             if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM)
9885                 height = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetValue());
9886             else
9887                 height = GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetValue();
9888         }
9889
9890         if (image.GetWidth() == width && image.GetHeight() == height)
9891             m_imageCache = wxBitmap(image);
9892         else
9893         {
9894             // If the original width and height is small, e.g. 400 or below,
9895             // scale up and then down to improve image quality. This can make
9896             // a big difference, with not much performance hit.
9897             int upscaleThreshold = 400;
9898             wxImage img;
9899             if (image.GetWidth() <= upscaleThreshold || image.GetHeight() <= upscaleThreshold)
9900             {
9901                 img = image.Scale(image.GetWidth()*2, image.GetHeight()*2);
9902                 img.Rescale(width, height, wxIMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH);
9903             }
9904             else
9905                 img = image.Scale(width, height, wxIMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH);
9906             m_imageCache = wxBitmap(img);
9907         }
9908     }
9909
9910     return m_imageCache.IsOk();
9911 }
9912
9913 /// Draw the item
9914 bool wxRichTextImage::Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int WXUNUSED(descent), int WXUNUSED(style))
9915 {
9916     if (!IsShown())
9917         return true;
9918
9919     // Don't need cached size AFAIK
9920     // wxSize size = GetCachedSize();
9921     if (!LoadImageCache(dc))
9922         return false;
9923
9924     DrawBoxAttributes(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), wxRect(rect.GetPosition(), GetCachedSize()));
9925
9926 #if 0
9927     int y = rect.y + (rect.height - m_imageCache.GetHeight());
9928
9929     dc.DrawBitmap(m_imageCache, rect.x, y, true);
9930 #endif
9931
9932     wxSize imageSize(m_imageCache.GetWidth(), m_imageCache.GetHeight());
9933     wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
9934     marginRect = rect; // outer rectangle, will calculate contentRect
9935     GetBoxRects(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
9936
9937     dc.DrawBitmap(m_imageCache, contentRect.x, contentRect.y, true);
9938
9939     if (selection.WithinSelection(range.GetStart(), this))
9940     {
9941         wxCheckSetBrush(dc, *wxBLACK_BRUSH);
9942         wxCheckSetPen(dc, *wxBLACK_PEN);
9943         dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
9944         dc.DrawRectangle(contentRect);
9945         dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxCOPY);
9946     }
9947
9948     return true;
9949 }
9950
9951 /// Lay the item out
9952 bool wxRichTextImage::Layout(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int WXUNUSED(style))
9953 {
9954     if (!LoadImageCache(dc))
9955         return false;
9956
9957     wxSize imageSize(m_imageCache.GetWidth(), m_imageCache.GetHeight());
9958     wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
9959     contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0,0), imageSize);
9960     GetBoxRects(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
9961
9962     wxSize overallSize = marginRect.GetSize();
9963
9964     SetCachedSize(overallSize);
9965     SetMaxSize(overallSize);
9966     SetMinSize(overallSize);
9967     SetPosition(rect.GetPosition());
9968
9969     return true;
9970 }
9971
9972 /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
9973 /// is invalid for this object.
9974 bool wxRichTextImage::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& WXUNUSED(descent), wxDC& dc, int WXUNUSED(flags), wxPoint WXUNUSED(position), wxArrayInt* partialExtents) const
9975 {
9976     if (!range.IsWithin(GetRange()))
9977         return false;
9978
9979     if (!((wxRichTextImage*)this)->LoadImageCache(dc))
9980     {
9981         size.x = 0; size.y = 0;
9982         if (partialExtents)
9983             partialExtents->Add(0);
9984         return false;
9985     }
9986
9987     wxSize imageSize(m_imageCache.GetWidth(), m_imageCache.GetHeight());
9988     wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
9989     contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0,0), imageSize);
9990     GetBoxRects(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
9991
9992     wxSize overallSize = marginRect.GetSize();
9993
9994     if (partialExtents)
9995         partialExtents->Add(overallSize.x);
9996
9997     size = overallSize;
9998
9999     return true;
10000 }
10001
10002 // Get the 'natural' size for an object. For an image, it would be the
10003 // image size.
10004 wxTextAttrSize wxRichTextImage::GetNaturalSize() const
10005 {
10006     wxTextAttrSize size;
10007     if (GetImageCache().IsOk())
10008     {
10009         size.SetWidth(GetImageCache().GetWidth(), wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS);
10010         size.SetHeight(GetImageCache().GetHeight(), wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS);
10011     }
10012     return size;
10013 }
10014
10015
10016 /// Copy
10017 void wxRichTextImage::Copy(const wxRichTextImage& obj)
10018 {
10019     wxRichTextObject::Copy(obj);
10020
10021     m_imageBlock = obj.m_imageBlock;
10022 }
10023
10024 /// Edit properties via a GUI
10025 bool wxRichTextImage::EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer)
10026 {
10027     wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog imageDlg(this, wxGetTopLevelParent(parent), wxID_ANY, _("Picture Properties"));
10028     imageDlg.SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
10029
10030     if (imageDlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK)
10031     {
10032         // By passing wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET, indeterminate attributes set by the user will be set as
10033         // indeterminate in the object.
10034         imageDlg.ApplyStyle(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET);
10035         return true;
10036     }
10037     else
10038         return false;
10039 }
10040
10041 /*!
10042  * Utilities
10043  *
10044  */
10045
10046 /// Compare two attribute objects
10047 bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2)
10048 {
10049     return (attr1 == attr2);
10050 }
10051
10052 // Partial equality test taking flags into account
10053 bool wxTextAttrEqPartial(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2)
10054 {
10055     return attr1.EqPartial(attr2);
10056 }
10057
10058 /// Compare tabs
10059 bool wxRichTextTabsEq(const wxArrayInt& tabs1, const wxArrayInt& tabs2)
10060 {
10061     if (tabs1.GetCount() != tabs2.GetCount())
10062         return false;
10063
10064     size_t i;
10065     for (i = 0; i < tabs1.GetCount(); i++)
10066     {
10067         if (tabs1[i] != tabs2[i])
10068             return false;
10069     }
10070     return true;
10071 }
10072
10073 bool wxRichTextApplyStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr* compareWith)
10074 {
10075     return destStyle.Apply(style, compareWith);
10076 }
10077
10078 // Remove attributes
10079 bool wxRichTextRemoveStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style)
10080 {
10081     return destStyle.RemoveStyle(style);
10082 }
10083
10084 /// Combine two bitlists, specifying the bits of interest with separate flags.
10085 bool wxRichTextCombineBitlists(int& valueA, int valueB, int& flagsA, int flagsB)
10086 {
10087     return wxRichTextAttr::CombineBitlists(valueA, valueB, flagsA, flagsB);
10088 }
10089
10090 /// Compare two bitlists
10091 bool wxRichTextBitlistsEqPartial(int valueA, int valueB, int flags)
10092 {
10093     return wxRichTextAttr::BitlistsEqPartial(valueA, valueB, flags);
10094 }
10095
10096 /// Split into paragraph and character styles
10097 bool wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& parStyle, wxRichTextAttr& charStyle)
10098 {
10099     return wxRichTextAttr::SplitParaCharStyles(style, parStyle, charStyle);
10100 }
10101
10102 /// Convert a decimal to Roman numerals
10103 wxString wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(long n)
10104 {
10105     static wxArrayInt decimalNumbers;
10106     static wxArrayString romanNumbers;
10107
10108     // Clean up arrays
10109     if (n == -1)
10110     {
10111         decimalNumbers.Clear();
10112         romanNumbers.Clear();
10113         return wxEmptyString;
10114     }
10115
10116     if (decimalNumbers.GetCount() == 0)
10117     {
10118         #define wxRichTextAddDecRom(n, r) decimalNumbers.Add(n); romanNumbers.Add(r);
10119
10120         wxRichTextAddDecRom(1000, wxT("M"));
10121         wxRichTextAddDecRom(900, wxT("CM"));
10122         wxRichTextAddDecRom(500, wxT("D"));
10123         wxRichTextAddDecRom(400, wxT("CD"));
10124         wxRichTextAddDecRom(100, wxT("C"));
10125         wxRichTextAddDecRom(90, wxT("XC"));
10126         wxRichTextAddDecRom(50, wxT("L"));
10127         wxRichTextAddDecRom(40, wxT("XL"));
10128         wxRichTextAddDecRom(10, wxT("X"));
10129         wxRichTextAddDecRom(9, wxT("IX"));
10130         wxRichTextAddDecRom(5, wxT("V"));
10131         wxRichTextAddDecRom(4, wxT("IV"));
10132         wxRichTextAddDecRom(1, wxT("I"));
10133     }
10134
10135     int i = 0;
10136     wxString roman;
10137
10138     while (n > 0 && i < 13)
10139     {
10140         if (n >= decimalNumbers[i])
10141         {
10142             n -= decimalNumbers[i];
10143             roman += romanNumbers[i];
10144         }
10145         else
10146         {
10147             i ++;
10148         }
10149     }
10150     if (roman.IsEmpty())
10151         roman = wxT("0");
10152     return roman;
10153 }
10154
10155 /*!
10156  * wxRichTextFileHandler
10157  * Base class for file handlers
10158  */
10159
10160 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextFileHandler, wxObject)
10161
10162 #if wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
10163 bool wxRichTextFileHandler::LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename)
10164 {
10165     wxFFileInputStream stream(filename);
10166     if (stream.IsOk())
10167         return LoadFile(buffer, stream);
10168
10169     return false;
10170 }
10171
10172 bool wxRichTextFileHandler::SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename)
10173 {
10174     wxFFileOutputStream stream(filename);
10175     if (stream.IsOk())
10176         return SaveFile(buffer, stream);
10177
10178     return false;
10179 }
10180 #endif // wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
10181
10182 /// Can we handle this filename (if using files)? By default, checks the extension.
10183 bool wxRichTextFileHandler::CanHandle(const wxString& filename) const
10184 {
10185     wxString path, file, ext;
10186     wxFileName::SplitPath(filename, & path, & file, & ext);
10187
10188     return (ext.Lower() == GetExtension());
10189 }
10190
10191 /*!
10192  * wxRichTextTextHandler
10193  * Plain text handler
10194  */
10195
10196 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainTextHandler, wxRichTextFileHandler)
10197
10198 #if wxUSE_STREAMS
10199 bool wxRichTextPlainTextHandler::DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream)
10200 {
10201     if (!stream.IsOk())
10202         return false;
10203
10204     wxString str;
10205     int lastCh = 0;
10206
10207     while (!stream.Eof())
10208     {
10209         int ch = stream.GetC();
10210
10211         if (!stream.Eof())
10212         {
10213             if (ch == 10 && lastCh != 13)
10214                 str += wxT('\n');
10215
10216             if (ch > 0 && ch != 10)
10217                 str += wxChar(ch);
10218
10219             lastCh = ch;
10220         }
10221     }
10222
10223     buffer->ResetAndClearCommands();
10224     buffer->Clear();
10225     buffer->AddParagraphs(str);
10226     buffer->UpdateRanges();
10227
10228     return true;
10229 }
10230
10231 bool wxRichTextPlainTextHandler::DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream)
10232 {
10233     if (!stream.IsOk())
10234         return false;
10235
10236     wxString text = buffer->GetText();
10237
10238     wxString newLine = wxRichTextLineBreakChar;
10239     text.Replace(newLine, wxT("\n"));
10240
10241     wxCharBuffer buf = text.ToAscii();
10242
10243     stream.Write((const char*) buf, text.length());
10244     return true;
10245 }
10246 #endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
10247
10248 /*
10249  * Stores information about an image, in binary in-memory form
10250  */
10251
10252 wxRichTextImageBlock::wxRichTextImageBlock()
10253 {
10254     Init();
10255 }
10256
10257 wxRichTextImageBlock::wxRichTextImageBlock(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block):wxObject()
10258 {
10259     Init();
10260     Copy(block);
10261 }
10262
10263 wxRichTextImageBlock::~wxRichTextImageBlock()
10264 {
10265     wxDELETEA(m_data);
10266 }
10267
10268 void wxRichTextImageBlock::Init()
10269 {
10270     m_data = NULL;
10271     m_dataSize = 0;
10272     m_imageType = wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID;
10273 }
10274
10275 void wxRichTextImageBlock::Clear()
10276 {
10277     wxDELETEA(m_data);
10278     m_dataSize = 0;
10279     m_imageType = wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID;
10280 }
10281
10282
10283 // Load the original image into a memory block.
10284 // If the image is not a JPEG, we must convert it into a JPEG
10285 // to conserve space.
10286 // If it's not a JPEG we can make use of 'image', already scaled, so we don't have to
10287 // load the image a 2nd time.
10288
10289 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::MakeImageBlock(const wxString& filename, wxBitmapType imageType,
10290                                           wxImage& image, bool convertToJPEG)
10291 {
10292     m_imageType = imageType;
10293
10294     wxString filenameToRead(filename);
10295     bool removeFile = false;
10296
10297     if (imageType == wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID)
10298         return false; // Could not determine image type
10299
10300     if ((imageType != wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG) && convertToJPEG)
10301     {
10302         wxString tempFile =
10303             wxFileName::CreateTempFileName(_("image"));
10304
10305         wxASSERT(!tempFile.IsEmpty());
10306
10307         image.SaveFile(tempFile, wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG);
10308         filenameToRead = tempFile;
10309         removeFile = true;
10310
10311         m_imageType = wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG;
10312     }
10313     wxFile file;
10314     if (!file.Open(filenameToRead))
10315         return false;
10316
10317     m_dataSize = (size_t) file.Length();
10318     file.Close();
10319
10320     if (m_data)
10321         delete[] m_data;
10322     m_data = ReadBlock(filenameToRead, m_dataSize);
10323
10324     if (removeFile)
10325         wxRemoveFile(filenameToRead);
10326
10327     return (m_data != NULL);
10328 }
10329
10330 // Make an image block from the wxImage in the given
10331 // format.
10332 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::MakeImageBlock(wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType, int quality)
10333 {
10334     image.SetOption(wxT("quality"), quality);
10335
10336     if (imageType == wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID)
10337         return false; // Could not determine image type
10338
10339     return DoMakeImageBlock(image, imageType);
10340 }
10341
10342 // Uses a const wxImage for efficiency, but can't set quality (only relevant for JPEG)
10343 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::MakeImageBlockDefaultQuality(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType)
10344 {
10345     if (imageType == wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID)
10346         return false; // Could not determine image type
10347
10348     return DoMakeImageBlock(image, imageType);
10349 }
10350
10351 // Makes the image block
10352 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::DoMakeImageBlock(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType)
10353 {
10354     wxMemoryOutputStream memStream;
10355     if (!image.SaveFile(memStream, imageType))
10356     {
10357         return false;
10358     }
10359
10360     unsigned char* block = new unsigned char[memStream.GetSize()];
10361     if (!block)
10362         return false;
10363
10364     if (m_data)
10365         delete[] m_data;
10366     m_data = block;
10367
10368     m_imageType = imageType;
10369     m_dataSize = memStream.GetSize();
10370
10371     memStream.CopyTo(m_data, m_dataSize);
10372
10373     return (m_data != NULL);
10374 }
10375
10376 // Write to a file
10377 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::Write(const wxString& filename)
10378 {
10379     return WriteBlock(filename, m_data, m_dataSize);
10380 }
10381
10382 void wxRichTextImageBlock::Copy(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block)
10383 {
10384     m_imageType = block.m_imageType;
10385     wxDELETEA(m_data);
10386     m_dataSize = block.m_dataSize;
10387     if (m_dataSize == 0)
10388         return;
10389
10390     m_data = new unsigned char[m_dataSize];
10391     unsigned int i;
10392     for (i = 0; i < m_dataSize; i++)
10393         m_data[i] = block.m_data[i];
10394 }
10395
10396 //// Operators
10397 void wxRichTextImageBlock::operator=(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block)
10398 {
10399     Copy(block);
10400 }
10401
10402 // Load a wxImage from the block
10403 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::Load(wxImage& image)
10404 {
10405     if (!m_data)
10406         return false;
10407
10408     // Read in the image.
10409 #if wxUSE_STREAMS
10410     wxMemoryInputStream mstream(m_data, m_dataSize);
10411     bool success = image.LoadFile(mstream, GetImageType());
10412 #else
10413     wxString tempFile = wxFileName::CreateTempFileName(_("image"));
10414     wxASSERT(!tempFile.IsEmpty());
10415
10416     if (!WriteBlock(tempFile, m_data, m_dataSize))
10417     {
10418         return false;
10419     }
10420     success = image.LoadFile(tempFile, GetImageType());
10421     wxRemoveFile(tempFile);
10422 #endif
10423
10424     return success;
10425 }
10426
10427 // Write data in hex to a stream
10428 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::WriteHex(wxOutputStream& stream)
10429 {
10430     if (m_dataSize == 0)
10431         return true;
10432
10433     int bufSize = 100000;
10434     if (int(2*m_dataSize) < bufSize)
10435         bufSize = 2*m_dataSize;
10436     char* buf = new char[bufSize+1];
10437
10438     int left = m_dataSize;
10439     int n, i, j;
10440     j = 0;
10441     while (left > 0)
10442     {
10443         if (left*2 > bufSize)
10444         {
10445             n = bufSize; left -= (bufSize/2);
10446         }
10447         else
10448         {
10449             n = left*2; left = 0;
10450         }
10451
10452         char* b = buf;
10453         for (i = 0; i < (n/2); i++)
10454         {
10455             wxDecToHex(m_data[j], b, b+1);
10456             b += 2; j ++;
10457         }
10458
10459         buf[n] = 0;
10460         stream.Write((const char*) buf, n);
10461     }
10462     delete[] buf;
10463     return true;
10464 }
10465
10466 // Read data in hex from a stream
10467 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::ReadHex(wxInputStream& stream, int length, wxBitmapType imageType)
10468 {
10469     int dataSize = length/2;
10470
10471     if (m_data)
10472         delete[] m_data;
10473
10474     // create a null terminated temporary string:
10475     char str[3];
10476     str[2] = '\0';
10477
10478     m_data = new unsigned char[dataSize];
10479     int i;
10480     for (i = 0; i < dataSize; i ++)
10481     {
10482         str[0] = (char)stream.GetC();
10483         str[1] = (char)stream.GetC();
10484
10485         m_data[i] = (unsigned char)wxHexToDec(str);
10486     }
10487
10488     m_dataSize = dataSize;
10489     m_imageType = imageType;
10490
10491     return true;
10492 }
10493
10494 // Allocate and read from stream as a block of memory
10495 unsigned char* wxRichTextImageBlock::ReadBlock(wxInputStream& stream, size_t size)
10496 {
10497     unsigned char* block = new unsigned char[size];
10498     if (!block)
10499         return NULL;
10500
10501     stream.Read(block, size);
10502
10503     return block;
10504 }
10505
10506 unsigned char* wxRichTextImageBlock::ReadBlock(const wxString& filename, size_t size)
10507 {
10508     wxFileInputStream stream(filename);
10509     if (!stream.IsOk())
10510         return NULL;
10511
10512     return ReadBlock(stream, size);
10513 }
10514
10515 // Write memory block to stream
10516 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::WriteBlock(wxOutputStream& stream, unsigned char* block, size_t size)
10517 {
10518     stream.Write((void*) block, size);
10519     return stream.IsOk();
10520
10521 }
10522
10523 // Write memory block to file
10524 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::WriteBlock(const wxString& filename, unsigned char* block, size_t size)
10525 {
10526     wxFileOutputStream outStream(filename);
10527     if (!outStream.IsOk())
10528         return false;
10529
10530     return WriteBlock(outStream, block, size);
10531 }
10532
10533 // Gets the extension for the block's type
10534 wxString wxRichTextImageBlock::GetExtension() const
10535 {
10536     wxImageHandler* handler = wxImage::FindHandler(GetImageType());
10537     if (handler)
10538         return handler->GetExtension();
10539     else
10540         return wxEmptyString;
10541 }
10542
10543 #if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
10544
10545 /*!
10546  * The data object for a wxRichTextBuffer
10547  */
10548
10549 const wxChar *wxRichTextBufferDataObject::ms_richTextBufferFormatId = wxT("wxShape");
10550
10551 wxRichTextBufferDataObject::wxRichTextBufferDataObject(wxRichTextBuffer* richTextBuffer)
10552 {
10553     m_richTextBuffer = richTextBuffer;
10554
10555     // this string should uniquely identify our format, but is otherwise
10556     // arbitrary
10557     m_formatRichTextBuffer.SetId(GetRichTextBufferFormatId());
10558
10559     SetFormat(m_formatRichTextBuffer);
10560 }
10561
10562 wxRichTextBufferDataObject::~wxRichTextBufferDataObject()
10563 {
10564     delete m_richTextBuffer;
10565 }
10566
10567 // after a call to this function, the richTextBuffer is owned by the caller and it
10568 // is responsible for deleting it!
10569 wxRichTextBuffer* wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetRichTextBuffer()
10570 {
10571     wxRichTextBuffer* richTextBuffer = m_richTextBuffer;
10572     m_richTextBuffer = NULL;
10573
10574     return richTextBuffer;
10575 }
10576
10577 wxDataFormat wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetPreferredFormat(Direction WXUNUSED(dir)) const
10578 {
10579     return m_formatRichTextBuffer;
10580 }
10581
10582 size_t wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetDataSize() const
10583 {
10584     if (!m_richTextBuffer)
10585         return 0;
10586
10587     wxString bufXML;
10588
10589     {
10590         wxStringOutputStream stream(& bufXML);
10591         if (!m_richTextBuffer->SaveFile(stream, wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML))
10592         {
10593             wxLogError(wxT("Could not write the buffer to an XML stream.\nYou may have forgotten to add the XML file handler."));
10594             return 0;
10595         }
10596     }
10597
10598 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
10599     wxCharBuffer buffer = bufXML.mb_str(wxConvUTF8);
10600     return strlen(buffer) + 1;
10601 #else
10602     return bufXML.Length()+1;
10603 #endif
10604 }
10605
10606 bool wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetDataHere(void *pBuf) const
10607 {
10608     if (!pBuf || !m_richTextBuffer)
10609         return false;
10610
10611     wxString bufXML;
10612
10613     {
10614         wxStringOutputStream stream(& bufXML);
10615         if (!m_richTextBuffer->SaveFile(stream, wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML))
10616         {
10617             wxLogError(wxT("Could not write the buffer to an XML stream.\nYou may have forgotten to add the XML file handler."));
10618             return 0;
10619         }
10620     }
10621
10622 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
10623     wxCharBuffer buffer = bufXML.mb_str(wxConvUTF8);
10624     size_t len = strlen(buffer);
10625     memcpy((char*) pBuf, (const char*) buffer, len);
10626     ((char*) pBuf)[len] = 0;
10627 #else
10628     size_t len = bufXML.Length();
10629     memcpy((char*) pBuf, (const char*) bufXML.c_str(), len);
10630     ((char*) pBuf)[len] = 0;
10631 #endif
10632
10633     return true;
10634 }
10635
10636 bool wxRichTextBufferDataObject::SetData(size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void *buf)
10637 {
10638     wxDELETE(m_richTextBuffer);
10639
10640     wxString bufXML((const char*) buf, wxConvUTF8);
10641
10642     m_richTextBuffer = new wxRichTextBuffer;
10643
10644     wxStringInputStream stream(bufXML);
10645     if (!m_richTextBuffer->LoadFile(stream, wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML))
10646     {
10647         wxLogError(wxT("Could not read the buffer from an XML stream.\nYou may have forgotten to add the XML file handler."));
10648
10649         wxDELETE(m_richTextBuffer);
10650
10651         return false;
10652     }
10653     return true;
10654 }
10655
10656 #endif
10657     // wxUSE_DATAOBJ
10658
10659
10660 /*
10661  * wxRichTextFontTable
10662  * Manages quick access to a pool of fonts for rendering rich text
10663  */
10664
10665 WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(wxFont, wxRichTextFontTableHashMap, class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT);
10666
10667 class wxRichTextFontTableData: public wxObjectRefData
10668 {
10669 public:
10670     wxRichTextFontTableData() {}
10671
10672     wxFont FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr& fontSpec);
10673
10674     wxRichTextFontTableHashMap  m_hashMap;
10675 };
10676
10677 wxFont wxRichTextFontTableData::FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr& fontSpec)
10678 {
10679     wxString facename(fontSpec.GetFontFaceName());
10680     wxString spec(wxString::Format(wxT("%d-%d-%d-%d-%s-%d"), fontSpec.GetFontSize(), fontSpec.GetFontStyle(), fontSpec.GetFontWeight(), (int) fontSpec.GetFontUnderlined(), facename.c_str(), (int) fontSpec.GetFontEncoding()));
10681     wxRichTextFontTableHashMap::iterator entry = m_hashMap.find(spec);
10682
10683     if ( entry == m_hashMap.end() )
10684     {
10685         wxFont font(fontSpec.GetFontSize(), wxDEFAULT, fontSpec.GetFontStyle(), fontSpec.GetFontWeight(), fontSpec.GetFontUnderlined(), facename.c_str());
10686         m_hashMap[spec] = font;
10687         return font;
10688     }
10689     else
10690     {
10691         return entry->second;
10692     }
10693 }
10694
10695 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextFontTable, wxObject)
10696
10697 wxRichTextFontTable::wxRichTextFontTable()
10698 {
10699     m_refData = new wxRichTextFontTableData;
10700 }
10701
10702 wxRichTextFontTable::wxRichTextFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable& table)
10703     : wxObject()
10704 {
10705     (*this) = table;
10706 }
10707
10708 wxRichTextFontTable::~wxRichTextFontTable()
10709 {
10710     UnRef();
10711 }
10712
10713 bool wxRichTextFontTable::operator == (const wxRichTextFontTable& table) const
10714 {
10715     return (m_refData == table.m_refData);
10716 }
10717
10718 void wxRichTextFontTable::operator= (const wxRichTextFontTable& table)
10719 {
10720     Ref(table);
10721 }
10722
10723 wxFont wxRichTextFontTable::FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr& fontSpec)
10724 {
10725     wxRichTextFontTableData* data = (wxRichTextFontTableData*) m_refData;
10726     if (data)
10727         return data->FindFont(fontSpec);
10728     else
10729         return wxFont();
10730 }
10731
10732 void wxRichTextFontTable::Clear()
10733 {
10734     wxRichTextFontTableData* data = (wxRichTextFontTableData*) m_refData;
10735     if (data)
10736         data->m_hashMap.clear();
10737 }
10738
10739 // wxTextBoxAttr
10740
10741
10742 void wxTextBoxAttr::Reset()
10743 {
10744     m_flags = 0;
10745     m_floatMode = wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE;
10746     m_clearMode = wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_NONE;
10747     m_collapseMode = wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_NONE;
10748     m_verticalAlignment = wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_NONE;
10749     m_boxStyleName = wxEmptyString;
10750
10751     m_margins.Reset();
10752     m_padding.Reset();
10753     m_position.Reset();
10754
10755     m_size.Reset();
10756
10757     m_border.Reset();
10758     m_outline.Reset();
10759 }
10760
10761 // Equality test
10762 bool wxTextBoxAttr::operator== (const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) const
10763 {
10764     return (
10765         m_flags == attr.m_flags &&
10766         m_floatMode == attr.m_floatMode &&
10767         m_clearMode == attr.m_clearMode &&
10768         m_collapseMode == attr.m_collapseMode &&
10769         m_verticalAlignment == attr.m_verticalAlignment &&
10770
10771         m_margins == attr.m_margins &&
10772         m_padding == attr.m_padding &&
10773         m_position == attr.m_position &&
10774
10775         m_size == attr.m_size &&
10776
10777         m_border == attr.m_border &&
10778         m_outline == attr.m_outline &&
10779
10780         m_boxStyleName == attr.m_boxStyleName
10781         );
10782 }
10783
10784 // Partial equality test
10785 bool wxTextBoxAttr::EqPartial(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) const
10786 {
10787     if (attr.HasFloatMode() && HasFloatMode() && (GetFloatMode() != attr.GetFloatMode()))
10788         return false;
10789
10790     if (attr.HasClearMode() && HasClearMode() && (GetClearMode() != attr.GetClearMode()))
10791         return false;
10792
10793     if (attr.HasCollapseBorders() && HasCollapseBorders() && (attr.GetCollapseBorders() != GetCollapseBorders()))
10794         return false;
10795
10796     if (attr.HasVerticalAlignment() && HasVerticalAlignment() && (attr.GetVerticalAlignment() != GetVerticalAlignment()))
10797         return false;
10798
10799     if (attr.HasBoxStyleName() && HasBoxStyleName() && (attr.GetBoxStyleName() != GetBoxStyleName()))
10800         return false;
10801
10802     // Position
10803
10804     if (!m_position.EqPartial(attr.m_position))
10805         return false;
10806
10807     // Margins
10808
10809     if (!m_margins.EqPartial(attr.m_margins))
10810         return false;
10811
10812     // Padding
10813
10814     if (!m_padding.EqPartial(attr.m_padding))
10815         return false;
10816
10817     // Border
10818
10819     if (!GetBorder().EqPartial(attr.GetBorder()))
10820         return false;
10821
10822     // Outline
10823
10824     if (!GetOutline().EqPartial(attr.GetOutline()))
10825         return false;
10826
10827     return true;
10828 }
10829
10830 // Merges the given attributes. If compareWith
10831 // is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style
10832 // and compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
10833 bool wxTextBoxAttr::Apply(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr, const wxTextBoxAttr* compareWith)
10834 {
10835     if (attr.HasFloatMode())
10836     {
10837         if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasFloatMode() && compareWith->GetFloatMode() == attr.GetFloatMode()))
10838             SetFloatMode(attr.GetFloatMode());
10839     }
10840
10841     if (attr.HasClearMode())
10842     {
10843         if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasClearMode() && compareWith->GetClearMode() == attr.GetClearMode()))
10844             SetClearMode(attr.GetClearMode());
10845     }
10846
10847     if (attr.HasCollapseBorders())
10848     {
10849         if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasCollapseBorders() && compareWith->GetCollapseBorders() == attr.GetCollapseBorders()))
10850             SetCollapseBorders(attr.GetCollapseBorders());
10851     }
10852
10853     if (attr.HasVerticalAlignment())
10854     {
10855         if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasVerticalAlignment() && compareWith->GetVerticalAlignment() == attr.GetVerticalAlignment()))
10856             SetVerticalAlignment(attr.GetVerticalAlignment());
10857     }
10858
10859     if (attr.HasBoxStyleName())
10860     {
10861         if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasBoxStyleName() && compareWith->GetBoxStyleName() == attr.GetBoxStyleName()))
10862             SetBoxStyleName(attr.GetBoxStyleName());
10863     }
10864
10865     m_margins.Apply(attr.m_margins, compareWith ? (& attr.m_margins) : (const wxTextAttrDimensions*) NULL);
10866     m_padding.Apply(attr.m_padding, compareWith ? (& attr.m_padding) : (const wxTextAttrDimensions*) NULL);
10867     m_position.Apply(attr.m_position, compareWith ? (& attr.m_position) : (const wxTextAttrDimensions*) NULL);
10868
10869     m_size.Apply(attr.m_size, compareWith ? (& attr.m_size) : (const wxTextAttrSize*) NULL);
10870
10871     m_border.Apply(attr.m_border, compareWith ? (& attr.m_border) : (const wxTextAttrBorders*) NULL);
10872     m_outline.Apply(attr.m_outline, compareWith ? (& attr.m_outline) : (const wxTextAttrBorders*) NULL);
10873
10874     return true;
10875 }
10876
10877 // Remove specified attributes from this object
10878 bool wxTextBoxAttr::RemoveStyle(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr)
10879 {
10880     if (attr.HasFloatMode())
10881         RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT);
10882
10883     if (attr.HasClearMode())
10884         RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR);
10885
10886     if (attr.HasCollapseBorders())
10887         RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS);
10888
10889     if (attr.HasVerticalAlignment())
10890         RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT);
10891
10892     if (attr.HasBoxStyleName())
10893     {
10894         SetBoxStyleName(wxEmptyString);
10895         RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME);
10896     }
10897
10898     m_margins.RemoveStyle(attr.m_margins);
10899     m_padding.RemoveStyle(attr.m_padding);
10900     m_position.RemoveStyle(attr.m_position);
10901
10902     m_size.RemoveStyle(attr.m_size);
10903
10904     m_border.RemoveStyle(attr.m_border);
10905     m_outline.RemoveStyle(attr.m_outline);
10906
10907     return true;
10908 }
10909
10910 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
10911 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
10912 void wxTextBoxAttr::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr, wxTextBoxAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextBoxAttr& absentAttr)
10913 {
10914     if (attr.HasFloatMode())
10915     {
10916         if (!clashingAttr.HasFloatMode() && !absentAttr.HasFloatMode())
10917         {
10918             if (HasFloatMode())
10919             {
10920                 if (GetFloatMode() != attr.GetFloatMode())
10921                 {
10922                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT);
10923                     RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT);
10924                 }
10925             }
10926             else
10927                 SetFloatMode(attr.GetFloatMode());
10928         }
10929     }
10930     else
10931         absentAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT);
10932
10933     if (attr.HasClearMode())
10934     {
10935         if (!clashingAttr.HasClearMode() && !absentAttr.HasClearMode())
10936         {
10937             if (HasClearMode())
10938             {
10939                 if (GetClearMode() != attr.GetClearMode())
10940                 {
10941                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR);
10942                     RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR);
10943                 }
10944             }
10945             else
10946                 SetClearMode(attr.GetClearMode());
10947         }
10948     }
10949     else
10950         absentAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR);
10951
10952     if (attr.HasCollapseBorders())
10953     {
10954         if (!clashingAttr.HasCollapseBorders() && !absentAttr.HasCollapseBorders())
10955         {
10956             if (HasCollapseBorders())
10957             {
10958                 if (GetCollapseBorders() != attr.GetCollapseBorders())
10959                 {
10960                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS);
10961                     RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS);
10962                 }
10963             }
10964             else
10965                 SetCollapseBorders(attr.GetCollapseBorders());
10966         }
10967     }
10968     else
10969         absentAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS);
10970
10971     if (attr.HasVerticalAlignment())
10972     {
10973         if (!clashingAttr.HasVerticalAlignment() && !absentAttr.HasVerticalAlignment())
10974         {
10975             if (HasVerticalAlignment())
10976             {
10977                 if (GetVerticalAlignment() != attr.GetVerticalAlignment())
10978                 {
10979                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT);
10980                     RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT);
10981                 }
10982             }
10983             else
10984                 SetVerticalAlignment(attr.GetVerticalAlignment());
10985         }
10986     }
10987     else
10988         absentAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT);
10989
10990     if (attr.HasBoxStyleName())
10991     {
10992         if (!clashingAttr.HasBoxStyleName() && !absentAttr.HasBoxStyleName())
10993         {
10994             if (HasBoxStyleName())
10995             {
10996                 if (GetBoxStyleName() != attr.GetBoxStyleName())
10997                 {
10998                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME);
10999                     RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME);
11000                 }
11001             }
11002             else
11003                 SetBoxStyleName(attr.GetBoxStyleName());
11004         }
11005     }
11006     else
11007         absentAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME);
11008
11009     m_margins.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_margins, clashingAttr.m_margins, absentAttr.m_margins);
11010     m_padding.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_padding, clashingAttr.m_padding, absentAttr.m_padding);
11011     m_position.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_position, clashingAttr.m_position, absentAttr.m_position);
11012
11013     m_size.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_size, clashingAttr.m_size, absentAttr.m_size);
11014
11015     m_border.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_border, clashingAttr.m_border, absentAttr.m_border);
11016     m_outline.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_outline, clashingAttr.m_outline, absentAttr.m_outline);
11017 }
11018
11019 bool wxTextBoxAttr::IsDefault() const
11020 {
11021     return GetFlags() == 0 && !m_border.IsValid() && !m_outline.IsValid() &&
11022         !m_size.GetWidth().IsValid() && !m_size.GetHeight().IsValid() &&
11023         !m_position.IsValid() && !m_padding.IsValid() && !m_margins.IsValid();
11024 }
11025
11026 // wxRichTextAttr
11027
11028 void wxRichTextAttr::Copy(const wxRichTextAttr& attr)
11029 {
11030     wxTextAttr::Copy(attr);
11031
11032     m_textBoxAttr = attr.m_textBoxAttr;
11033 }
11034
11035 bool wxRichTextAttr::operator==(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) const
11036 {
11037     if (!(wxTextAttr::operator==(attr)))
11038         return false;
11039
11040     return (m_textBoxAttr == attr.m_textBoxAttr);
11041 }
11042
11043 // Partial equality test taking comparison object into account
11044 bool wxRichTextAttr::EqPartial(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) const
11045 {
11046     if (!(wxTextAttr::EqPartial(attr)))
11047         return false;
11048
11049     return m_textBoxAttr.EqPartial(attr.m_textBoxAttr);
11050 }
11051
11052 // Merges the given attributes. If compareWith
11053 // is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style
11054 // and compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
11055 bool wxRichTextAttr::Apply(const wxRichTextAttr& style, const wxRichTextAttr* compareWith)
11056 {
11057     wxTextAttr::Apply(style, compareWith);
11058
11059     return m_textBoxAttr.Apply(style.m_textBoxAttr, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_textBoxAttr) : (const wxTextBoxAttr*) NULL);
11060 }
11061
11062 // Remove specified attributes from this object
11063 bool wxRichTextAttr::RemoveStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& attr)
11064 {
11065     wxTextAttr::RemoveStyle(*this, attr);
11066
11067     return m_textBoxAttr.RemoveStyle(attr.m_textBoxAttr);
11068 }
11069
11070 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
11071 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
11072 void wxRichTextAttr::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr)
11073 {
11074     wxTextAttrCollectCommonAttributes(*this, attr, clashingAttr, absentAttr);
11075
11076     m_textBoxAttr.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_textBoxAttr, clashingAttr.m_textBoxAttr, absentAttr.m_textBoxAttr);
11077 }
11078
11079 // Partial equality test
11080 bool wxTextAttrBorder::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorder& border) const
11081 {
11082     if (border.HasStyle() && !HasStyle() && (border.GetStyle() != GetStyle()))
11083         return false;
11084
11085     if (border.HasColour() && !HasColour() && (border.GetColourLong() != GetColourLong()))
11086         return false;
11087
11088     if (border.HasWidth() && !HasWidth() && !(border.GetWidth() == GetWidth()))
11089         return false;
11090
11091     return true;
11092 }
11093
11094 // Apply border to 'this', but not if the same as compareWith
11095 bool wxTextAttrBorder::Apply(const wxTextAttrBorder& border, const wxTextAttrBorder* compareWith)
11096 {
11097     if (border.HasStyle())
11098     {
11099         if (!(compareWith && (border.GetStyle() == compareWith->GetStyle())))
11100             SetStyle(border.GetStyle());
11101     }
11102     if (border.HasColour())
11103     {
11104         if (!(compareWith && (border.GetColourLong() == compareWith->GetColourLong())))
11105             SetColour(border.GetColourLong());
11106     }
11107     if (border.HasWidth())
11108     {
11109         if (!(compareWith && (border.GetWidth() == compareWith->GetWidth())))
11110             SetWidth(border.GetWidth());
11111     }
11112
11113     return true;
11114 }
11115
11116 // Remove specified attributes from this object
11117 bool wxTextAttrBorder::RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr)
11118 {
11119     if (attr.HasStyle() && HasStyle())
11120         SetFlags(GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE);
11121     if (attr.HasColour() && HasColour())
11122         SetFlags(GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR);
11123     if (attr.HasWidth() && HasWidth())
11124         m_borderWidth.Reset();
11125
11126     return true;
11127 }
11128
11129 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
11130 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
11131 void wxTextAttrBorder::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr, wxTextAttrBorder& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorder& absentAttr)
11132 {
11133     if (attr.HasStyle())
11134     {
11135         if (!clashingAttr.HasStyle() && !absentAttr.HasStyle())
11136         {
11137             if (HasStyle())
11138             {
11139                 if (GetStyle() != attr.GetStyle())
11140                 {
11141                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE);
11142                     RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE);
11143                 }
11144             }
11145             else
11146                 SetStyle(attr.GetStyle());
11147         }
11148     }
11149     else
11150         absentAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE);
11151
11152     if (attr.HasColour())
11153     {
11154         if (!clashingAttr.HasColour() && !absentAttr.HasColour())
11155         {
11156             if (HasColour())
11157             {
11158                 if (GetColour() != attr.GetColour())
11159                 {
11160                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR);
11161                     RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR);
11162                 }
11163             }
11164             else
11165                 SetColour(attr.GetColourLong());
11166         }
11167     }
11168     else
11169         absentAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR);
11170
11171     m_borderWidth.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_borderWidth, clashingAttr.m_borderWidth, absentAttr.m_borderWidth);
11172 }
11173
11174 // Partial equality test
11175 bool wxTextAttrBorders::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders) const
11176 {
11177     return m_left.EqPartial(borders.m_left) && m_right.EqPartial(borders.m_right) &&
11178             m_top.EqPartial(borders.m_top) && m_bottom.EqPartial(borders.m_bottom);
11179 }
11180
11181 // Apply border to 'this', but not if the same as compareWith
11182 bool wxTextAttrBorders::Apply(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders, const wxTextAttrBorders* compareWith)
11183 {
11184     m_left.Apply(borders.m_left, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_left) : (const wxTextAttrBorder*) NULL);
11185     m_right.Apply(borders.m_right, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_right) : (const wxTextAttrBorder*) NULL);
11186     m_top.Apply(borders.m_top, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_top) : (const wxTextAttrBorder*) NULL);
11187     m_bottom.Apply(borders.m_bottom, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_bottom) : (const wxTextAttrBorder*) NULL);
11188     return true;
11189 }
11190
11191 // Remove specified attributes from this object
11192 bool wxTextAttrBorders::RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr)
11193 {
11194     m_left.RemoveStyle(attr.m_left);
11195     m_right.RemoveStyle(attr.m_right);
11196     m_top.RemoveStyle(attr.m_top);
11197     m_bottom.RemoveStyle(attr.m_bottom);
11198     return true;
11199 }
11200
11201 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
11202 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
11203 void wxTextAttrBorders::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr, wxTextAttrBorders& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorders& absentAttr)
11204 {
11205     m_left.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_left, clashingAttr.m_left, absentAttr.m_left);
11206     m_right.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_right, clashingAttr.m_right, absentAttr.m_right);
11207     m_top.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_top, clashingAttr.m_top, absentAttr.m_top);
11208     m_bottom.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_bottom, clashingAttr.m_bottom, absentAttr.m_bottom);
11209 }
11210
11211 // Set style of all borders
11212 void wxTextAttrBorders::SetStyle(int style)
11213 {
11214     m_left.SetStyle(style);
11215     m_right.SetStyle(style);
11216     m_top.SetStyle(style);
11217     m_bottom.SetStyle(style);
11218 }
11219
11220 // Set colour of all borders
11221 void wxTextAttrBorders::SetColour(unsigned long colour)
11222 {
11223     m_left.SetColour(colour);
11224     m_right.SetColour(colour);
11225     m_top.SetColour(colour);
11226     m_bottom.SetColour(colour);
11227 }
11228
11229 void wxTextAttrBorders::SetColour(const wxColour& colour)
11230 {
11231     m_left.SetColour(colour);
11232     m_right.SetColour(colour);
11233     m_top.SetColour(colour);
11234     m_bottom.SetColour(colour);
11235 }
11236
11237 // Set width of all borders
11238 void wxTextAttrBorders::SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& width)
11239 {
11240     m_left.SetWidth(width);
11241     m_right.SetWidth(width);
11242     m_top.SetWidth(width);
11243     m_bottom.SetWidth(width);
11244 }
11245
11246 // Partial equality test
11247 bool wxTextAttrDimension::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const
11248 {
11249     if (dim.IsValid() && IsValid() && !((*this) == dim))
11250         return false;
11251     else
11252         return true;
11253 }
11254
11255 bool wxTextAttrDimension::Apply(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, const wxTextAttrDimension* compareWith)
11256 {
11257     if (dim.IsValid())
11258     {
11259         if (!(compareWith && dim == (*compareWith)))
11260             (*this) = dim;
11261     }
11262
11263     return true;
11264 }
11265
11266 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
11267 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
11268 void wxTextAttrDimension::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimension& attr, wxTextAttrDimension& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimension& absentAttr)
11269 {
11270     if (attr.IsValid())
11271     {
11272         if (!clashingAttr.IsValid() && !absentAttr.IsValid())
11273         {
11274             if (IsValid())
11275             {
11276                 if (!((*this) == attr))
11277                 {
11278                     clashingAttr.SetValid(true);
11279                     SetValid(false);
11280                 }
11281             }
11282             else
11283                 (*this) = attr;
11284         }
11285     }
11286     else
11287         absentAttr.SetValid(true);
11288 }
11289
11290 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(wxDC& dc, double scale, const wxSize& parentSize)
11291 {
11292     m_ppi = dc.GetPPI().x; m_scale = scale; m_parentSize = parentSize;
11293 }
11294
11295 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(int ppi, double scale, const wxSize& parentSize)
11296 {
11297     m_ppi = ppi; m_scale = scale; m_parentSize = parentSize;
11298 }
11299
11300 int wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int units) const
11301 {
11302     return wxRichTextObject::ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(m_ppi, units, m_scale);
11303 }
11304
11305 int wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int pixels) const
11306 {
11307     return wxRichTextObject::ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(m_ppi, pixels, m_scale);
11308 }
11309
11310 int wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::GetPixels(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, int direction) const
11311 {
11312     if (dim.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM)
11313         return ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dim.GetValue());
11314     else if (dim.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS)
11315         return dim.GetValue();
11316     else if (dim.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE)
11317     {
11318         wxASSERT(m_parentSize != wxDefaultSize);
11319         if (direction == wxHORIZONTAL)
11320             return (int) (double(m_parentSize.x) * double(dim.GetValue()) / 100.0);
11321         else
11322             return (int) (double(m_parentSize.y) * double(dim.GetValue()) / 100.0);
11323     }
11324     else
11325     {
11326         wxASSERT(false);
11327         return 0;
11328     }
11329 }
11330
11331 int wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::GetTenthsMM(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const
11332 {
11333     if (dim.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM)
11334         return dim.GetValue();
11335     else if (dim.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS)
11336         return ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(dim.GetValue());
11337     else
11338     {
11339         wxASSERT(false);
11340         return 0;
11341     }
11342 }
11343
11344 // Partial equality test
11345 bool wxTextAttrDimensions::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims) const
11346 {
11347     if (!m_left.EqPartial(dims.m_left))
11348         return false;
11349
11350     if (!m_right.EqPartial(dims.m_right))
11351         return false;
11352
11353     if (!m_top.EqPartial(dims.m_top))
11354         return false;
11355
11356     if (!m_bottom.EqPartial(dims.m_bottom))
11357         return false;
11358
11359     return true;
11360 }
11361
11362 // Apply border to 'this', but not if the same as compareWith
11363 bool wxTextAttrDimensions::Apply(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims, const wxTextAttrDimensions* compareWith)
11364 {
11365     m_left.Apply(dims.m_left, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_left) : (const wxTextAttrDimension*) NULL);
11366     m_right.Apply(dims.m_right, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_right): (const wxTextAttrDimension*) NULL);
11367     m_top.Apply(dims.m_top, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_top): (const wxTextAttrDimension*) NULL);
11368     m_bottom.Apply(dims.m_bottom, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_bottom): (const wxTextAttrDimension*) NULL);
11369
11370     return true;
11371 }
11372
11373 // Remove specified attributes from this object
11374 bool wxTextAttrDimensions::RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr)
11375 {
11376     if (attr.m_left.IsValid())
11377         m_left.Reset();
11378     if (attr.m_right.IsValid())
11379         m_right.Reset();
11380     if (attr.m_top.IsValid())
11381         m_top.Reset();
11382     if (attr.m_bottom.IsValid())
11383         m_bottom.Reset();
11384
11385     return true;
11386 }
11387
11388 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
11389 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
11390 void wxTextAttrDimensions::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr, wxTextAttrDimensions& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimensions& absentAttr)
11391 {
11392     m_left.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_left, clashingAttr.m_left, absentAttr.m_left);
11393     m_right.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_right, clashingAttr.m_right, absentAttr.m_right);
11394     m_top.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_top, clashingAttr.m_top, absentAttr.m_top);
11395     m_bottom.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_bottom, clashingAttr.m_bottom, absentAttr.m_bottom);
11396 }
11397
11398 // Partial equality test
11399 bool wxTextAttrSize::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrSize& size) const
11400 {
11401     if (!m_width.EqPartial(size.m_width))
11402         return false;
11403
11404     if (!m_height.EqPartial(size.m_height))
11405         return false;
11406
11407     return true;
11408 }
11409
11410 // Apply border to 'this', but not if the same as compareWith
11411 bool wxTextAttrSize::Apply(const wxTextAttrSize& size, const wxTextAttrSize* compareWith)
11412 {
11413     m_width.Apply(size.m_width, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_width) : (const wxTextAttrDimension*) NULL);
11414     m_height.Apply(size.m_height, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_height): (const wxTextAttrDimension*) NULL);
11415
11416     return true;
11417 }
11418
11419 // Remove specified attributes from this object
11420 bool wxTextAttrSize::RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrSize& attr)
11421 {
11422     if (attr.m_width.IsValid())
11423         m_width.Reset();
11424     if (attr.m_height.IsValid())
11425         m_height.Reset();
11426
11427     return true;
11428 }
11429
11430 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
11431 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
11432 void wxTextAttrSize::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrSize& attr, wxTextAttrSize& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrSize& absentAttr)
11433 {
11434     m_width.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_width, clashingAttr.m_width, absentAttr.m_width);
11435     m_height.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_height, clashingAttr.m_height, absentAttr.m_height);
11436 }
11437
11438 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
11439 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
11440 void wxTextAttrCollectCommonAttributes(wxTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxTextAttr& attr, wxTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextAttr& absentAttr)
11441 {
11442     absentAttr.SetFlags(absentAttr.GetFlags() | (~attr.GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_ALL));
11443     absentAttr.SetTextEffectFlags(absentAttr.GetTextEffectFlags() | (~attr.GetTextEffectFlags() & 0xFFFF));
11444
11445     long forbiddenFlags = clashingAttr.GetFlags()|absentAttr.GetFlags();
11446
11447     if (attr.HasFont())
11448     {
11449         if (attr.HasFontSize() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE))
11450         {
11451             if (currentStyle.HasFontSize())
11452             {
11453                 if (currentStyle.GetFontSize() != attr.GetFontSize())
11454                 {
11455                     // Clash of attr - mark as such
11456                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE);
11457                     currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE);
11458                 }
11459             }
11460             else
11461                 currentStyle.SetFontSize(attr.GetFontSize());
11462         }
11463
11464         if (attr.HasFontItalic() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC))
11465         {
11466             if (currentStyle.HasFontItalic())
11467             {
11468                 if (currentStyle.GetFontStyle() != attr.GetFontStyle())
11469                 {
11470                     // Clash of attr - mark as such
11471                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC);
11472                     currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC);
11473                 }
11474             }
11475             else
11476                 currentStyle.SetFontStyle(attr.GetFontStyle());
11477         }
11478
11479         if (attr.HasFontFamily() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY))
11480         {
11481             if (currentStyle.HasFontFamily())
11482             {
11483                 if (currentStyle.GetFontFamily() != attr.GetFontFamily())
11484                 {
11485                     // Clash of attr - mark as such
11486                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY);
11487                     currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY);
11488                 }
11489             }
11490             else
11491                 currentStyle.SetFontFamily(attr.GetFontFamily());
11492         }
11493
11494         if (attr.HasFontWeight() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT))
11495         {
11496             if (currentStyle.HasFontWeight())
11497             {
11498                 if (currentStyle.GetFontWeight() != attr.GetFontWeight())
11499                 {
11500                     // Clash of attr - mark as such
11501                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT);
11502                     currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT);
11503                 }
11504             }
11505             else
11506                 currentStyle.SetFontWeight(attr.GetFontWeight());
11507         }
11508
11509         if (attr.HasFontFaceName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE))
11510         {
11511             if (currentStyle.HasFontFaceName())
11512             {
11513                 wxString faceName1(currentStyle.GetFontFaceName());
11514                 wxString faceName2(attr.GetFontFaceName());
11515
11516                 if (faceName1 != faceName2)
11517                 {
11518                     // Clash of attr - mark as such
11519                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE);
11520                     currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE);
11521                 }
11522             }
11523             else
11524                 currentStyle.SetFontFaceName(attr.GetFontFaceName());
11525         }
11526
11527         if (attr.HasFontUnderlined() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE))
11528         {
11529             if (currentStyle.HasFontUnderlined())
11530             {
11531                 if (currentStyle.GetFontUnderlined() != attr.GetFontUnderlined())
11532                 {
11533                     // Clash of attr - mark as such
11534                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE);
11535                     currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE);
11536                 }
11537             }
11538             else
11539                 currentStyle.SetFontUnderlined(attr.GetFontUnderlined());
11540         }
11541     }
11542
11543     if (attr.HasTextColour() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR))
11544     {
11545         if (currentStyle.HasTextColour())
11546         {
11547             if (currentStyle.GetTextColour() != attr.GetTextColour())
11548             {
11549                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11550                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR);
11551                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR);
11552             }
11553         }
11554         else
11555             currentStyle.SetTextColour(attr.GetTextColour());
11556     }
11557
11558     if (attr.HasBackgroundColour() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR))
11559     {
11560         if (currentStyle.HasBackgroundColour())
11561         {
11562             if (currentStyle.GetBackgroundColour() != attr.GetBackgroundColour())
11563             {
11564                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11565                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR);
11566                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR);
11567             }
11568         }
11569         else
11570             currentStyle.SetBackgroundColour(attr.GetBackgroundColour());
11571     }
11572
11573     if (attr.HasAlignment() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT))
11574     {
11575         if (currentStyle.HasAlignment())
11576         {
11577             if (currentStyle.GetAlignment() != attr.GetAlignment())
11578             {
11579                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11580                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT);
11581                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT);
11582             }
11583         }
11584         else
11585             currentStyle.SetAlignment(attr.GetAlignment());
11586     }
11587
11588     if (attr.HasTabs() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS))
11589     {
11590         if (currentStyle.HasTabs())
11591         {
11592             if (!wxRichTextTabsEq(currentStyle.GetTabs(), attr.GetTabs()))
11593             {
11594                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11595                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS);
11596                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS);
11597             }
11598         }
11599         else
11600             currentStyle.SetTabs(attr.GetTabs());
11601     }
11602
11603     if (attr.HasLeftIndent() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT))
11604     {
11605         if (currentStyle.HasLeftIndent())
11606         {
11607             if (currentStyle.GetLeftIndent() != attr.GetLeftIndent() || currentStyle.GetLeftSubIndent() != attr.GetLeftSubIndent())
11608             {
11609                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11610                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT);
11611                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT);
11612             }
11613         }
11614         else
11615             currentStyle.SetLeftIndent(attr.GetLeftIndent(), attr.GetLeftSubIndent());
11616     }
11617
11618     if (attr.HasRightIndent() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT))
11619     {
11620         if (currentStyle.HasRightIndent())
11621         {
11622             if (currentStyle.GetRightIndent() != attr.GetRightIndent())
11623             {
11624                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11625                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT);
11626                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT);
11627             }
11628         }
11629         else
11630             currentStyle.SetRightIndent(attr.GetRightIndent());
11631     }
11632
11633     if (attr.HasParagraphSpacingAfter() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER))
11634     {
11635         if (currentStyle.HasParagraphSpacingAfter())
11636         {
11637             if (currentStyle.GetParagraphSpacingAfter() != attr.GetParagraphSpacingAfter())
11638             {
11639                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11640                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER);
11641                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER);
11642             }
11643         }
11644         else
11645             currentStyle.SetParagraphSpacingAfter(attr.GetParagraphSpacingAfter());
11646     }
11647
11648     if (attr.HasParagraphSpacingBefore() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE))
11649     {
11650         if (currentStyle.HasParagraphSpacingBefore())
11651         {
11652             if (currentStyle.GetParagraphSpacingBefore() != attr.GetParagraphSpacingBefore())
11653             {
11654                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11655                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE);
11656                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE);
11657             }
11658         }
11659         else
11660             currentStyle.SetParagraphSpacingBefore(attr.GetParagraphSpacingBefore());
11661     }
11662
11663     if (attr.HasLineSpacing() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING))
11664     {
11665         if (currentStyle.HasLineSpacing())
11666         {
11667             if (currentStyle.GetLineSpacing() != attr.GetLineSpacing())
11668             {
11669                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11670                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING);
11671                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING);
11672             }
11673         }
11674         else
11675             currentStyle.SetLineSpacing(attr.GetLineSpacing());
11676     }
11677
11678     if (attr.HasCharacterStyleName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME))
11679     {
11680         if (currentStyle.HasCharacterStyleName())
11681         {
11682             if (currentStyle.GetCharacterStyleName() != attr.GetCharacterStyleName())
11683             {
11684                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11685                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME);
11686                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME);
11687             }
11688         }
11689         else
11690             currentStyle.SetCharacterStyleName(attr.GetCharacterStyleName());
11691     }
11692
11693     if (attr.HasParagraphStyleName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME))
11694     {
11695         if (currentStyle.HasParagraphStyleName())
11696         {
11697             if (currentStyle.GetParagraphStyleName() != attr.GetParagraphStyleName())
11698             {
11699                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11700                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME);
11701                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME);
11702             }
11703         }
11704         else
11705             currentStyle.SetParagraphStyleName(attr.GetParagraphStyleName());
11706     }
11707
11708     if (attr.HasListStyleName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME))
11709     {
11710         if (currentStyle.HasListStyleName())
11711         {
11712             if (currentStyle.GetListStyleName() != attr.GetListStyleName())
11713             {
11714                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11715                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME);
11716                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME);
11717             }
11718         }
11719         else
11720             currentStyle.SetListStyleName(attr.GetListStyleName());
11721     }
11722
11723     if (attr.HasBulletStyle() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE))
11724     {
11725         if (currentStyle.HasBulletStyle())
11726         {
11727             if (currentStyle.GetBulletStyle() != attr.GetBulletStyle())
11728             {
11729                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11730                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE);
11731                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE);
11732             }
11733         }
11734         else
11735             currentStyle.SetBulletStyle(attr.GetBulletStyle());
11736     }
11737
11738     if (attr.HasBulletNumber() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER))
11739     {
11740         if (currentStyle.HasBulletNumber())
11741         {
11742             if (currentStyle.GetBulletNumber() != attr.GetBulletNumber())
11743             {
11744                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11745                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER);
11746                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER);
11747             }
11748         }
11749         else
11750             currentStyle.SetBulletNumber(attr.GetBulletNumber());
11751     }
11752
11753     if (attr.HasBulletText() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT))
11754     {
11755         if (currentStyle.HasBulletText())
11756         {
11757             if (currentStyle.GetBulletText() != attr.GetBulletText())
11758             {
11759                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11760                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT);
11761                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT);
11762             }
11763         }
11764         else
11765         {
11766             currentStyle.SetBulletText(attr.GetBulletText());
11767             currentStyle.SetBulletFont(attr.GetBulletFont());
11768         }
11769     }
11770
11771     if (attr.HasBulletName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME))
11772     {
11773         if (currentStyle.HasBulletName())
11774         {
11775             if (currentStyle.GetBulletName() != attr.GetBulletName())
11776             {
11777                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11778                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME);
11779                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME);
11780             }
11781         }
11782         else
11783         {
11784             currentStyle.SetBulletName(attr.GetBulletName());
11785         }
11786     }
11787
11788     if (attr.HasURL() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_URL))
11789     {
11790         if (currentStyle.HasURL())
11791         {
11792             if (currentStyle.GetURL() != attr.GetURL())
11793             {
11794                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11795                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_URL);
11796                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_URL);
11797             }
11798         }
11799         else
11800         {
11801             currentStyle.SetURL(attr.GetURL());
11802         }
11803     }
11804
11805     if (attr.HasTextEffects() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS))
11806     {
11807         if (currentStyle.HasTextEffects())
11808         {
11809             // We need to find the bits in the new attr that are different:
11810             // just look at those bits that are specified by the new attr.
11811
11812             // We need to remove the bits and flags that are not common between current attr
11813             // and new attr. In so doing we need to take account of the styles absent from one or more of the
11814             // previous styles.
11815
11816             int currentRelevantTextEffects = currentStyle.GetTextEffects() & attr.GetTextEffectFlags();
11817             int newRelevantTextEffects = attr.GetTextEffects() & attr.GetTextEffectFlags();
11818
11819             if (currentRelevantTextEffects != newRelevantTextEffects)
11820             {
11821                 // Find the text effects that were different, using XOR
11822                 int differentEffects = currentRelevantTextEffects ^ newRelevantTextEffects;
11823
11824                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11825                 clashingAttr.SetTextEffectFlags(clashingAttr.GetTextEffectFlags() | differentEffects);
11826                 currentStyle.SetTextEffectFlags(currentStyle.GetTextEffectFlags() & ~differentEffects);
11827             }
11828         }
11829         else
11830         {
11831             currentStyle.SetTextEffects(attr.GetTextEffects());
11832             currentStyle.SetTextEffectFlags(attr.GetTextEffectFlags());
11833         }
11834
11835         // Mask out the flags and values that cannot be common because they were absent in one or more objecrs
11836         // that we've looked at so far
11837         currentStyle.SetTextEffects(currentStyle.GetTextEffects() & ~absentAttr.GetTextEffectFlags());
11838         currentStyle.SetTextEffectFlags(currentStyle.GetTextEffectFlags() & ~absentAttr.GetTextEffectFlags());
11839
11840         if (currentStyle.GetTextEffectFlags() == 0)
11841             currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS);
11842     }
11843
11844     if (attr.HasOutlineLevel() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL))
11845     {
11846         if (currentStyle.HasOutlineLevel())
11847         {
11848             if (currentStyle.GetOutlineLevel() != attr.GetOutlineLevel())
11849             {
11850                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11851                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL);
11852                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL);
11853             }
11854         }
11855         else
11856             currentStyle.SetOutlineLevel(attr.GetOutlineLevel());
11857     }
11858 }
11859
11860 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextVariantArray);
11861
11862 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextProperties, wxObject)
11863
11864 bool wxRichTextProperties::operator==(const wxRichTextProperties& props) const
11865 {
11866     if (m_properties.GetCount() != props.GetCount())
11867         return false;
11868
11869     size_t i;
11870     for (i = 0; i < m_properties.GetCount(); i++)
11871     {
11872         const wxVariant& var1 = m_properties[i];
11873         int idx = props.Find(var1.GetName());
11874         if (idx == -1)
11875             return false;
11876         const wxVariant& var2 = props.m_properties[idx];
11877         if (!(var1 == var2))
11878             return false;
11879     }
11880
11881     return true;
11882 }
11883
11884 wxArrayString wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyNames() const
11885 {
11886     wxArrayString arr;
11887     size_t i;
11888     for (i = 0; i < m_properties.GetCount(); i++)
11889     {
11890         arr.Add(m_properties[i].GetName());
11891     }
11892     return arr;
11893 }
11894
11895 int wxRichTextProperties::Find(const wxString& name) const
11896 {
11897     size_t i;
11898     for (i = 0; i < m_properties.GetCount(); i++)
11899     {
11900         if (m_properties[i].GetName() == name)
11901             return (int) i;
11902     }
11903     return -1;
11904 }
11905
11906 wxVariant* wxRichTextProperties::FindOrCreateProperty(const wxString& name)
11907 {
11908     int idx = Find(name);
11909     if (idx == wxNOT_FOUND)
11910         SetProperty(name, wxString());
11911     idx = Find(name);
11912     if (idx != wxNOT_FOUND)
11913     {
11914         return & (*this)[idx];
11915     }
11916     else
11917         return NULL;
11918 }
11919
11920 const wxVariant& wxRichTextProperties::GetProperty(const wxString& name) const
11921 {
11922     static const wxVariant nullVariant;
11923     int idx = Find(name);
11924     if (idx != -1)
11925         return m_properties[idx];
11926     else
11927         return nullVariant;
11928 }
11929
11930 wxString wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyString(const wxString& name) const
11931 {
11932     return GetProperty(name).GetString();
11933 }
11934
11935 long wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyLong(const wxString& name) const
11936 {
11937     return GetProperty(name).GetLong();
11938 }
11939
11940 bool wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyBool(const wxString& name) const
11941 {
11942     return GetProperty(name).GetBool();
11943 }
11944
11945 double wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyDouble(const wxString& name) const
11946 {
11947     return GetProperty(name).GetDouble();
11948 }
11949
11950 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxVariant& variant)
11951 {
11952     wxASSERT(!variant.GetName().IsEmpty());
11953
11954     int idx = Find(variant.GetName());
11955
11956     if (idx == -1)
11957         m_properties.Add(variant);
11958     else
11959         m_properties[idx] = variant;
11960 }
11961
11962 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxVariant& variant)
11963 {
11964     int idx = Find(name);
11965     wxVariant var(variant);
11966     var.SetName(name);
11967
11968     if (idx == -1)
11969         m_properties.Add(var);
11970     else
11971         m_properties[idx] = var;
11972 }
11973
11974 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxString& value)
11975 {
11976     SetProperty(name, wxVariant(value, name));
11977 }
11978
11979 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString& name, long value)
11980 {
11981     SetProperty(name, wxVariant(value, name));
11982 }
11983
11984 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString& name, double value)
11985 {
11986     SetProperty(name, wxVariant(value, name));
11987 }
11988
11989 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString& name, bool value)
11990 {
11991     SetProperty(name, wxVariant(value, name));
11992 }
11993
11994 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextObjectAddress::GetObject(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer) const
11995 {
11996     if (m_address.GetCount() == 0)
11997         return topLevelContainer;
11998
11999     wxRichTextCompositeObject* p = topLevelContainer;
12000     size_t i = 0;
12001     while (p && i < m_address.GetCount())
12002     {
12003         int pos = m_address[i];
12004         wxASSERT(pos >= 0 && pos < (int) p->GetChildren().GetCount());
12005         if (pos < 0 || pos >= (int) p->GetChildren().GetCount())
12006             return NULL;
12007
12008         wxRichTextObject* p1 = p->GetChild(pos);
12009         if (i == (m_address.GetCount()-1))
12010             return p1;
12011
12012         p = wxDynamicCast(p1, wxRichTextCompositeObject);
12013         i ++;
12014     }
12015     return NULL;
12016 }
12017
12018 bool wxRichTextObjectAddress::Create(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer, wxRichTextObject* obj)
12019 {
12020     m_address.Clear();
12021
12022     if (topLevelContainer == obj)
12023         return true;
12024
12025     wxRichTextObject* o = obj;
12026     while (o)
12027     {
12028         wxRichTextCompositeObject* p = wxDynamicCast(o->GetParent(), wxRichTextCompositeObject);
12029         if (!p)
12030             return false;
12031
12032         int pos = p->GetChildren().IndexOf(o);
12033         if (pos == -1)
12034             return false;
12035
12036         m_address.Insert(pos, 0);
12037
12038         if (p == topLevelContainer)
12039             return true;
12040
12041         o = p;
12042     }
12043     return false;
12044 }
12045
12046 // Equality test
12047 bool wxRichTextSelection::operator==(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) const
12048 {
12049     if (m_container != sel.m_container)
12050         return false;
12051     if (m_ranges.GetCount() != sel.m_ranges.GetCount())
12052         return false;
12053     size_t i;
12054     for (i = 0; i < m_ranges.GetCount(); i++)
12055         if (!(m_ranges[i] == sel.m_ranges[i]))
12056             return false;
12057     return true;
12058 }
12059
12060 // Get the selections appropriate to the specified object, if any; returns wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION if none
12061 // or none at the level of the object's container.
12062 wxRichTextRangeArray wxRichTextSelection::GetSelectionForObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) const
12063 {
12064     if (IsValid())
12065     {
12066         wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = obj->GetParentContainer();
12067
12068         if (container == m_container)
12069             return m_ranges;
12070
12071         container = obj->GetContainer();
12072         while (container)
12073         {
12074             if (container->GetParent())
12075             {
12076                 // If we found that our object's container is within the range of
12077                 // a selection higher up, then assume the whole original object
12078                 // is also selected.
12079                 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* parentContainer = container->GetParentContainer();
12080                 if (parentContainer == m_container)
12081                 {
12082                     if (WithinSelection(container->GetRange().GetStart(), m_ranges))
12083                     {
12084                         wxRichTextRangeArray ranges;
12085                         ranges.Add(obj->GetRange());
12086                         return ranges;
12087                     }
12088                 }
12089
12090                 container = parentContainer;
12091             }
12092             else
12093             {
12094                 container = NULL;
12095                 break;
12096             }
12097         }
12098     }
12099     return wxRichTextRangeArray();
12100 }
12101
12102 // Is the given position within the selection?
12103 bool wxRichTextSelection::WithinSelection(long pos, wxRichTextObject* obj) const
12104 {
12105     if (!IsValid())
12106         return false;
12107     else
12108     {
12109         wxRichTextRangeArray selectionRanges = GetSelectionForObject(obj);
12110         return WithinSelection(pos, selectionRanges);
12111     }
12112 }
12113
12114 // Is the given position within the selection range?
12115 bool wxRichTextSelection::WithinSelection(long pos, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges)
12116 {
12117     size_t i;
12118     for (i = 0; i < ranges.GetCount(); i++)
12119     {
12120         const wxRichTextRange& range = ranges[i];
12121         if (pos >= range.GetStart() && pos <= range.GetEnd())
12122             return true;
12123     }
12124     return false;
12125 }
12126
12127 // Is the given range completely within the selection range?
12128 bool wxRichTextSelection::WithinSelection(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges)
12129 {
12130     size_t i;
12131     for (i = 0; i < ranges.GetCount(); i++)
12132     {
12133         const wxRichTextRange& eachRange = ranges[i];
12134         if (range.IsWithin(eachRange))
12135             return true;
12136     }
12137     return false;
12138 }
12139
12140
12141 #endif
12142     // wxUSE_RICHTEXT